Combined Du and ETC - ISP and OSP Design Guidelines PDF

COMMON DU & ETC - ISP AND OSP DESIGN GUIDELINES
COMMON DU & ETC -

ISP AND OSP DESIGN
GUIDELINES
Version control‐Revision‐0‐25‐10‐2016

1
Technical Specifications
1 Introduction
Etisalat and Du has joined together in “Common” agreement to cooperate in the

development of the Passive Telecommunication Infrastructure in all the Greenfield
projects in UAE.
This document is to provide the Technical guidelines and standard on In-Building
Infrastructure, Outside Network, Meet-Me-Room and electro-mechanical specification
for Master Plan developments, which include Buildings, Villas, Universities, Schools,
shopping Malls, Hospitals, etc.. For the projects where both Etisalat and Du are sharing
the OSP network under the framework of Common agreement.
The Master plan Developers, Consultants and Contractors will be using this documents as their
main reference, while designing and building ISP & OSP cabling infrastructure within their
development plan. These design guidelines will enable the property developers to deliver high-
quality, future-proof telecommunications and multimedia services to their tenants.
The infrastructure guidelines will cover all the OSP & ISP standards that are applicable to
villas, buildings and Meet-Me- Room scenarios.
One of the operator shall be assigned as the Lead Operator to the Greenfield project and
accordingly shall take responsibility of coordination with the developer for Common
infrastructure requirements. The Lead Operator will assist the property developers through a
“No Objection Certificate” (NOC) process that includes OSP design drawing validation, ISP
design drawing validation, Validating ISP material to be from the Pre-Approved
Manufacturer list and Site inspections during implementation.
Developers are encouraged to engage with Lead Operator at an early stage so that any process
and / or design issues may be resolved. If property developers or tenants have special
requirements that may not be covered by these guidelines it is necessary to engage with Lead
Operator’s design teams at an early stage of development planning, to enable seamless delivery
of premium telecommunications services at launch.
We look forward for the feedback from developers as it helps us understand your issues and
incorporate valid suggestions in future designs.
For information on obtaining NOCs or for any design-related queries, please contact:
Etisalat: +971-4-2022442, email USERS-NOI-AUH@etisalat.ae or
mabdulal@etisalat.ae or visit www.gis4me.ae
du: +971-4-3915018, email noc.request@du.ae or visit
http://www.du.ae/personal/helpandsupport/no-objection-certificate
Warm regards,
du / Etisalat
2
This document covers the following ISP building types:
 Villa complexes
 residential towers and groups of residential towers
 commercial towers and groups of commercial towers
 shopping malls
 groups of shops and retail outlets
 hospitals, hotels and other bulk service applications
 warehouses and sheds
Note – However the above mentioned Buildings types are not limited.
The document is structured to cover all aspects of infrastructure for:
 Meet-Me-Room spaces/Plot
 Civil Infrastructure and Entry ducts
 Telecom rooms
 Mobile service and Roof-top rooms
 Building pathways
 OSP cables
 ISP cables
Infrastructure Specification
1.1 Meet-Me-Room (MMR)

In any Project or a master plan development, which includes villas, buildings or mix of
both, the property owner/developer will provide one plot of 10 X 10 meter or more than
one plots of 10 X 10 meter to the Lead Operators and build a dedicated standalone
facility called MMR, where the OSP cables coming from the buildings or villas will be
terminated. The number and size of MMRs located in each Project is to be decided by
the Lead Operators based on the geographical size of the Project as well as the total
number of users to be served. Refer to the conceptual schematic representation of
Common passive infrastructure Appnedix-1-Figure-1,2 and 3. MMRs will be purely
passive rooms with no major electromechanical requirements. Passive
Telecommunication equipment can be located in the MMR depending on the design
requirements. Based on the allotted plot area to the Lead Operator, the developer will
discuss in detail on plot layout with Lead Operator.
These type of meet me rooms can be used dedicated land were provided by the master
developer, it allows for future expansion.
Please refer to Appendix-6- for detail MMR layouts, which describe the following
section layouts
3
 Architectural layouts - Appendix-6- Architectural
 Structural layouts - Appendix-6- Structural
 Electrical layout - Appendix-6- Electrical
 Mechanical layout - Appendix-6- Mechanical
1.2 LEAD-IN DUCTS

The building developer must provide lead-in ducts from the main telecom room to the
plot boundary. The exact connection points at the plot boundary will depend on whether
the Lead Operator’s network already reach the plot.
 Scenario 1 – Duct network already exists

o The building/Villa owner/contractor will be responsible to connect to the
Lead Operator duct systems.
o The Lead Operator will identify the location and quantity of their lead-
in ducts.
 Scenario 2 – Duct network is still to be built

o The building developer will be responsible to extend the lead-in duct to
1m outside the plot boundary. The building developer is responsible for
locating and clearly identifying lead-in ducts.
It should be noted that the Lead Operator may have different connection points for the
specific development. In all cases the building developer will be responsible for the
maintenance and repair of lead-in ducts.
The lead-in ducts will be reserved for the use of the Lead Operator. The quantity and
size of these ducts are detailed in Appendix-2-Table-1 and Appendix-5- Summary
Table- ISP specification
The lead-in duct specifications are as follows:
(a) Made from black uPVC or HDPE;
(b) The uppermost part of ducts to be buried to a depth of 600mm below the finished
ground level;
(c) Sloping away from the building;
(d) Protected by concrete when running under permanent paved surfaces;
(e) Sealed at each end to prevent the ingress of any materials such as water, sub-soil,
gas, or pests;
4
(f) An entry/pull box must be installed for any right-angled or sharp bends in the
lead-in duct route;
(g) If required, at the entry to the main telecom room, a wide-angle long radius bend
(factory made) may be provided; alternatively an entry box may also be
provided; and
(h) All ducts must include a draw rope made of twisted mildew and resistant
polypropylene; minimum outside diameter of 6mm; minimum tensile strength of
2400lbs / 1000kg.
1.3 LEAD-IN DUCTS - building entry

Where lead-in ducts cannot be routed directly into the main telecom room, Hot-Dip
Galvanised (HDG) slotted steel cable trays must be provided as an alternative. These
trays must be easily accessible in common areas to facilitate any future provision of
additional cables. However, if these trays are in an area accessible to the public and are
less than 4.8 m above the floor, then the trays must be covered.
A cable tray of minimum dimensions 300 mm x 100 mm (W x H) with Heavy Duty
Return Flange (HDRF) will be required for each plot entry point
1.4 LEAD-IN DUCTS – entry box

Entry boxes are required for the Lead Operator to install their cables through the lead-
in duct inside the plot. The type and size of entry/pull boxes will depend on the
characteristics of the building development. The details for entry boxes are included in
the text below and summarised in Appendix-2-Table-1 and Appendix-5- Summary
Table- ISP specification
The quantity and location of the entry boxes will depend on the route from the main
telecom room to the Lead Operator networks. Entry boxes must be included wherever
the duct system has right-angle or sharp bends where there are other factors that might
restrict cable pulling.
The following specifications must be followed:
(a) Constructed of reinforced concrete;
(b) Fitted with a ductile iron frame and cover;
(c) Minimum load rating 400 kN;
(d) Cover to be marked ‘Telecoms’; and
(e) An earth rod must be provided with a resistance of less than 5 ohms.
5
2 Inside Plant Common Infrastructure Specifications (ISP)
2.1 TELECOM SPACES
2.1.1 TELECOM ROOMS - general

A number of telecom rooms will be required in a development depending on the
characteristics of the buildings. The following room types are required and the details
of these rooms are included in the text below and summarised in Appendix-2-Table-2
and Appendix-5- Summary Table- ISP specification
The height measurement specified are the minimum finished clearance after taking into
account allowances for overhead cable trays and any other obstructions. A minimum
headroom access of 300 mm is required above the tray.
The following room types are covered:

(a) Meet-Me-Room;
(b) Main telecom room;
(c) Floor telecom space.
(d) Mobile service and Roof-top rooms
In multi-story buildings the telecom rooms must be vertically aligned and linked by a
shared containment system. This containment system must not reduce the minimum
requested room space.
All telecom rooms must be dedicated for the use of the Lead Operator. The rooms must
be easily accessible to the Lead Operator personnel 24 hours a day and secured from
unauthorised entry.
Telecom rooms must not be in close proximity to any sources of the following:
(a) Heat;
(b) Moisture;
(c) Corrosive atmospheric or environmental conditions;
(d) High voltages;
(e) Radio frequency interference (RFI); and
(f) Electro-magnetic interference (EMI).
The rooms must not be directly beneath or next to wet areas such as:
6
(a) Showers;
(b) Washrooms;
(c) Swimming pools; and
(d) Garbage areas.
If for any reason it is proposed that any part of a telecom room will be located below
any kind of water source then this must be raised at the design stage. This situation will
require a floor (Attic slab) drain fitted with an automatic submersible pump to counter
any risk of water ingress. The rooms must be clean and free from any of the following
items unless otherwise specified in this document.
(a) Equipment
(b) Utility pipes
(c) Cables
(d) Sprinkler systems
(e) Windows
(f) Pests
In case of pests it should be noted that rodents often gnaw cables resulting in cable
damage and possibility of service disruption. Special attention must be given to prevent
pests entering telecom spaces and pathways. This should be through the use of best
practiced pest control methods. An additional measure could involve the installation of
covers to cable trays; if this is the case these covers must be removable to allow for the
installation of additional cables.
In order to move equipment into and out of telecom rooms no access from outside of
the building to these rooms must be less than 1000mmx 2100mm (W x H)
Floor Loading of Telecom room shall be 10kNm2 (distributed load)
2.1.2 General Electromechanical (EM) requirements for Main Telecom room

(MTR) - Residential Buildings
 4 x 13A Twin Socket distributed on the walls of the MTR
 One number of AC and DC Earth bars
 A/C Unit – to maintain the temperature at 24°C
 2 nos. handheld CO2 cylinder extinguishers to be provided inside the room.
7
 Room should be provided with adequate lighting with minimum of 200 Lux at
table level
 Room shall be comply with the fire and safety requirements like smoke detector,
fire alarm, emergency light etc. as per local authority standards. Any water
sprinklers to be avoided.
Also refer to Appendix-5- Summary Table- Electromechanical Specification, for
consolidated EM requirements
2.1.3 General Electromechanical (EM) requirements for Main Telecom room

(MTR) -Commercial and Mixed Used Buildings
All the telecom rooms, with the exception of the floor telecom space, must be provided
with an air conditioning system to maintain the temperature at 21°C ± 1°C and the
relative humidity at 50% ± 10%.
The following design principles must be followed while designing air conditioning
system for commercial and Mixed Used buildings only.
(a) 4 x13A twin sockets fed from the essential power supply with dedicated 20A
circuit breaker.
(b) 2 number of AC & DC earth bars connected to the dedicated earth pits with
resistance less than 1ohm.
(c) Provide 2 x 63A TP isolator fed with dedicated feeder from essential power
supply (EDB)
(d) Dedicated A/C system (ducted split FCU) with duty & standby units with proper
interlocking, to maintain the room temp. at 21°C ± 1°C
(e) Heat dissipation can be considered at 300 Watts/sq. meter. + 3kW per rack.
(f) 2 nos. handheld CO2 cylinder extinguishers to be provided inside the room.
(g) Room should be provided with adequate lighting with minimum of 200 Lux at
table level
(h) Room shall be comply with the fire and safety requirements like smoke detector,
(i) Raised Flooring system requirement shall be advice during design NOC stage by
Lead Operator.
Also refer to Appendix-5- Summary Table- Electromechanical Specification, for
consolidated EM requirements
8
2.1.4 TELECOM ROOMS - main telecom room

A main telecom room must be provided on the ground floor or Basement floor. This
room will be used for the termination of telecom cables and to house telecom equipment
both now and in the future.
The minimum room dimensions will depend on the function and features of the
building. The doors to this room must be open outwards and have a minimum opening
of 1000mm x 2100mm (W x H).
Refer to the standard MTR sizes with respective number of Tenants per building in
Appendix-1-Figure-4, 5, 6 and 7.
The detail specifications are mentioned in required and the details of these rooms are
included in the text below and summarised in Appendix-2-Table-2 and Appendix-5-
Summary Table- ISP specification
Rack and ODF elevations details are provided in Appendix-1-Figure-9, 10, 11 and 12.
2.1.5 TELECOM ROOMS -floor telecom room

Floor telecom room with minimum of 2m x 2m x 3m spaces must be provided on all
the floors of multi-tenant buildings (residential/commercial buildings) for the routing or
Splicing or Termination of telecom cables.
The floor telecom room must be provided with two doors that open outwards with a
total minimum opening of 1500mm x 2100mm (W x H).
Refer to the FTR sizes with Wall mount Mini ODF (splice cabinet) mounting detail in
Appendix-1-Figure-13 and 14
Refer to the Mini ODF (Splice cabinet) detail in Appendix-1-Figure-15
2.1.6 TELECOM ROOMS – safety and general fit-out

All telecom rooms must comply with all municipality and national authority standards
and regulations; such as those issued by civil defence and utility companies.
Notwithstanding this, it is expected that following will be provided:
(a) All main telecom rooms must be fitted with smoke detectors connected to the
building management system;
(b) All telecom spaces must be fitted with normal and emergency lighting;
(c) All containment openings of telecom rooms must be sealed with a regulation fire
retardant material;
9
(d) All doors of telecom rooms to be of solid wood core or steel construction, fire
retardant with a minimum rating of 2 hours;
(e) All doors of telecom rooms must be outward opening with an automatic door
closer system fitted on the hinged edge;
(f) All doors of telecom rooms to be labelled with both du / Etisalat telecom room,
Refer to the Appendix-3 and;
(g) The room must be free from contaminants and pollutants
If the building developer has any concerns over safety, especially fire protection and
suppression systems, this should be raised with the Lead operator at the design stage.
The walls, floor, and ceiling must be finished so as to minimise dust and static electricity
and the walls and ceilings must be painted with a primer and light coloured finish coat.
2.1.7 Roof-Top and Mobile Service Room

2.1.7.1 TELECOM ROOMS - Roof-Top Room
Roof-Top rooms must be provided on the roof of all multi-tenant buildings, which are
up to G+10 floors or less. The specifications are detailed in Appendix-2-Table-4 and
drawings are provided in Appendix-1-Figure-16,
Also refer to Appendix-1-Figure-17 and 18 for Cross connect cabinet Mounting detail
(inside Roof-Top room) and Cross connect cabinet- Elevation layout respectively
The following design principles must be followed while designing Roof-top room for
building, which are having G+10 floors or less
a) The dedicated 3m x 3m x3m Roof-Top room shall be provided on the Roof of
the Building
b) The Roof-Top room shall be connected to building riser through 300mm x
50mm Vertical cable tray
c) The doors of this room shall open outwards and have a minimum opening of
1000mm x 2100mm (WxH).
d) The following electromechanical must be provided while designing Roof-Top
room
 4 x13A twin sockets fed from the essential power supply with dedicated
20A circuit breaker.
 2 number of AC & DC earth bars connected to the dedicated earth pits

with resistance less than 1ohm.
10
 Add 2 x 63A TP isolator fed with dedicated feeder from essential power
supply (EDB)
 Dedicated A/C system (ducted split FCU) with duty & standby units
with proper interlocking, to maintain the room temp. at 21°C ± 1°C
 Heat dissipation can be considered at 36kW for Roof-Top Room
 2 nos. handheld CO2 cylinder extinguishers to be provided inside the

room.
 Room should be provided with adequate lighting with minimum of 200

Lux at table level
 Room shall be comply with the fire and safety requirements like smoke
detector, fire alarm, emergency light etc. as per local authority standards.
Any water sprinklers to be avoided.
Roof-Top room design consideration
a) The floors of the Roof-Top rooms must have a minimum distributed load rating
of 10kN/m2.
b) Openings must be provided to the room to allow for cables to connect to external
antennas. These openings must be 600mm x 400mm (W x H), 500mm below the
room ceiling in walls facing the building’s roof-top area.
c) Space must be reserved on the roof-top of the building for the installation of
mobile-service antennas. This setup may vary from building to building
scenario, but this will be typically at the corners of the building or on any raised
structure on the roof-top. The exact details will be advised at the design NOC
stage with Lead Operator
2.1.7.2 TELECOM ROOMS – Mobile-service rooms (more than G+10 floors)

Mobile-service rooms must be provided in all multi-tenant buildings, which are above
G+10 floors. The Mobile service room must be provided for every 10 floors, starting
from the basement/Ground floors.
The specifications are detailed in Appendix-2-Table-4 and drawings are provided in
Appendix-1-Figure-16
Also refer to Appendix-1-Figure-17 and 18 for Cross connect cabinet Mounting detail
(inside Mobile service room) and Cross connect cabinet- Elevation layout respectively
The following design principles must be followed while designing Mobile service room
for building, which are having more than G+10 floors
11
a) The dedicated 3m x 3m x3m space shall be provided for every 10 floor, starting
from basement or Ground floor
b) The Location of the Mobile Service room must be close to the Floor Telecom
Room (FTC)
c) The Mobile service room shall be connected to building riser through 300mm
x 50mm Vertical cable tray
d) The doors to this room shall open outwards and have a minimum opening of
1000mm x 2100mm (W x H).
e) The following electromechanical must be provided while designing Mobile
service rooms
 4 x13A twin sockets fed from the essential power supply with dedicated
20A circuit breaker.
 2 number of AC & DC earth bars connected to the dedicated earth pits

with resistance less than 1ohm.
 Provide 2 x 63A TP isolator fed with dedicated feeder from essential

power supply (EDB)
 Dedicated A/C system (ducted split FCU) with duty & standby units
with proper interlocking, to maintain the room temp. at 21°C ± 1°C
 Heat dissipation can be considered at 26KW for mobile service room
 2 nos. handheld CO2 cylinder extinguishers to be provided inside the

room.
 Room should be provided with adequate lighting with minimum of 200

Lux at table level
 Room shall be comply with the fire and safety requirements like smoke
detector, fire alarm, emergency light etc. as per local authority
standards. Any water sprinklers to be avoided.
f) The floors of the Mobile-service rooms must have a minimum distributed load
rating of 10kN/m2.
12
2.2 HOME AND OFFICE CONSOLIDATION CABINETS – Residential &

Commercial
A consolidation cabinet must be provided in each home. The cabinet is specified to
accommodate both Telecom operator’s requirements at the same time. The minimum
specifications are as follows, depending on the apartment/villa size:
2.2.1 Home Consolidation Cabinet – Serving up to 24 port of RJ-45 per Tenant

Minimum internal dimensions 600mm x 600mm x150 mm (H x W x D)
(a) Concealed in the wall with the front of the cabinet flush with the wall;
(a) Located in an accessible area inside the home close to the entrance and not inside
the kitchen, laundry room or bedroom;
(b) Installed at a height of 1200mm (between finished floor level and the bottom
edge of the cabinet);
(c) An adequate safe working space around the location;
(d) Adequate lighting;
(e) Not close to the sources of water or heat;
(f) Not close to any electrical distribution or bus bars;
(g) Adequate ventilation must be provided; minimum of one air change per hour;
(h) Fitted with 24 port Copper patch panel;
(i) 24 number of CAT6 Cables or less per Tenant;
(j) Fiber terminal box fitted with 2 port of LC/APC adaptor & pigtails and with 2
port of SC/APC adaptor & pigtails for 4 core SM Fiber drop cable termination.
Refer to the Appendix-1-Figure-19
(k) Lockable front door;
(l) Horizontal cable management for unshielded twisted pair (UTP) patch cables;
(m) Sufficient cable entries to accommodate the incoming Fiber optic and UTP
cables;
(n) 13A dual socket must be provide inside consolidation cabinet with dedicated
circuit breaker on the domestic supply and not loop with other power sockets;
(o) Labelled with villa or floor/flat number.
Refer to the Appendix-1-Figure-20 for home consolidation elevation layout
13
2.2.2 Home Consolidation Cabinet- Serving more than 24 port of RJ-45 per Tenant
Minimum internal dimensions 600mm x 600mm x300 mm (H x W x D)
a) Concealed in the wall with the front of the cabinet flush with the wall;
b) Located in an accessible area inside the home close to the entrance and not inside the
kitchen, laundry room or bedroom;
c) Installed at a height of 1200mm (between finished floor level and the bottom edge of
the cabinet);
d) An adequate safe working space around the location;
e) Adequate lighting;
f) Not close to the sources of water or heat;
g) Not close to any electrical distribution or bus bars;
h) Adequate ventilation must be provided; minimum of one air change per hour;
i) Fitted with 24 port Copper patch panels;
j) More than 24 number of CAT6 Cables per Tenant;
k) Fiber terminal box fitted with 2 port of LC/APC adaptor & pigtails and with 2 port of
SC/APC adaptor & pigtails for 4 core SM Fiber drop cable termination. Refer to the
l) Lockable front door;
m) Horizontal cable management for unshielded twisted pair (UTP) patch cables;
n) Sufficient cable entries to accommodate the incoming Fiber optic and UTP cables;
o) 13A dual socket must be provided inside consolidation cabinet with dedicated circuit
breaker on the domestic supply; and not loop with other power sockets;
p) Labelled with villa or floor/flat number.
Refer to the Appendix-1-Figure-21 for Home consolidation elevation layout
14
2.3 BUSINESS CONSOLIDATION CABINETS – Commercial Predefined Rooms

A consolidation cabinet must be provided in each office or business area. The cabinet is
specified to accommodate both Telecom operator’s requirements at the same time. The
minimum specifications are as follows:
(a) Minimum internal dimensions 12U (H) 600mm x 600mm x 350 mm (H x W x
D)
(b) Located in an accessible area inside the business area close to the entrance and
not inside a pantry, washroom, etc;
(c) Installed at a height of 1200mm (between finished floor level and the bottom
edge of the cabinet);
(d) An adequate safe working space around the location;
(e) Adequate lighting;
(f) Not close to sources of water or heat;
(g) Not close to any electrical distribution or bus bars;
(h) Adequate ventilation must be provided; minimum of one air change per hour;
(i) 24 number of CAT6 Cables or More per Tenant;
(j) Fiber terminal box fitted with 2 port of LC/APC adaptor & pigtails and with 2
port of SC/APC adaptor & pigtails for 4 core SM Fiber drop cable termination.
Refer to the Appendix-1-Figure-19
(k) Lockable front door;
(l) Vertical and horizontal cable management for UTP patching cables;
(m) Sufficient cable entries to accommodate the incoming Fiber optic and UTP
cables;
(n) 13A dual socket must be provide inside consolidation cabinet with dedicated
circuit breaker on the domestic supply; and
(o) Labelled with office/room number.
Refer to the Appendix-1-Figure-22 for Office consolidation elevation layout
15
2.3.1 BUSINESS CONSOLIDATION CABINETS - Commercial Shell and Core

In the case of a shell and core development, provide the following requirements
a) One number of dedicated indoor wall mounted fully loaded Mini ODF (Splice
Cabinet) must be provide in each FTR.
b) Pull 4 core Singlemode drop fiber cables for every 200 square meter of
Leasable floor space
c) Multicore SM fiber cable capacity, which are extended from MTR, will
depends on the number of 4 core SM drop fiber cables will be pulled from
Leasable floor space.
If du is the Lead Operator - The Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet) specifications are as
follows:
a) Fully Loaded with Pre- Terminated LC/APC pigtail and LC/APC duplex adaptors
b) Pull 4 core SM drop Fiber cables from Tenant’s telecom cabinet to Mini-ODF inside
FTR
c) Multicore Fiber cables must be spliced on the dedicated splice trays, which are
reserved for Multicore SM Fiber cables splicing unit
d) Drop Fiber cables must be spliced on the dedicated splice trays, which are reserved
for drop fiber cables splicing
e) Sufficient cable entries to accommodate the multicore SM Fiber cables and drop
Fiber cables
f) Lockable panels all round lockable front door
g) Sufficient cable entries to accommodate the incoming Fiber optic cables;
h) Labelled with floor number
i) All Fiber cores must be clearly labelled per Lead operator specification and
standards
If Etisalat is the Lead Operator - The Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet) specifications are as
follows:
a) Fully Loaded with Pre- Terminated SC/APC pigtail and SC/APC adaptors
b) Pull 4 core drop Fiber cables from Tenant’s telecom cabinet to Mini-ODF cabinet
inside FTR
c) Multicore Fiber cables must be spliced on the dedicated splice trays, which are
reserved for multicore fiber cables splicing
16
d) Drop Fiber cables must be spliced on the dedicated splice trays, which are reserved
for drop fiber cables splicing
e) Sufficient cable entries to accommodate the multicore SM Fiber cables and drop
Fiber cables
f) Lockable panels all round lockable front door
g) Sufficient cable entries to accommodate the incoming Fiber optic cables;
h) Labelled with floor number
i) All Fiber cores must be clearly labelled per Lead operator specification and
standards
Refer to the Mini- ODF Cabinet detail in Appendix-1-Figure-23
Internal cable distribution to be coordinated directly between the building owner and
the tenant.
2.4 PATHWAYS
2.4.1 CONTAINMENT – General
The following requirements must be applied to all containment systems:
(a) The containment system must be designed such that installed cables do not
exceed the minimum specified bend radius;
(b) All metal containment parts must be free from sharp edges and should be earth
bonded;
(c) Telecom riser openings must be sealed with a suitable fire retardant material;
(d) Cable trays must be easily accessible in common areas to facilitate any future
provision of additional cables;
(e) Any cable trays that are in publically accessible areas less than 4.8 m above the
floor must be covered;
(f) Containment systems must not run through areas exposed to excessive heat,
moisture, corrosive atmospheric or environmental conditions, high voltages,
radio frequency interference (“RFI”) or electro-magnetic interference (“EMI”);
(g) For all containment systems a minimum separation must be maintained from
sources of electromagnetic interference.
(h) The building developer may want to consider redundant containment systems,
particularly in commercial or prestigious developments. The Lead Operator must
be contacted at the design stage to discuss any such requirements.
17
2.4.2 VERTICAL CONTAINMENT - Multi-Tenant Buildings

Risers must be provided in multi-story multi-tenant buildings to allow the installation
of telecom cables from the main telecom room to the floor telecom space, mobile-
service rooms and Roof-Top rooms.
The Following Hot-Dip Galvanised (HDG) slotted steel cable trays must be provided in
the risers to accommodate the fiber optic cables and IBS cables
 The vertical cable tray size must be 450mm x 50mm (HDRF) inside the building
riser to accommodate building fiber optic cables
 The vertical cable tray size must be 300mm x 50mm (HDRF) inside the building
riser to accommodate IBS cables to provision IBS-solution (GSM).
2.4.3 VERTICAL CONTAINMENT – Within the Home/Villa/Warehouse

All UTP cables between the floors inside a home must run through 2 x 50 mm diameter
PVC conduits via a junction / pull box located on each floor. The junction/ pull box
must be of minimum dimensions 300 mm x 300 mm x 150 mm (W x H x D). The slab
opening (if required) for these conduits must be in a suitable and accessible location in
every floor. It is recommended that all vertical conduit runs be aligned to ease the
installation of cables.
2.4.4 HORIZONTAL CONTAINMENT - From floor telecom space to
consolidation points
The horizontal containment for routing cables from the floor telecom space to
consolidation points on the served floor can use a number of systems (cable trays,
conduit etc.). The solution will depend on the characteristics of the building type;
Conduits must only be used when the consolidation point locations are permanent, the
cable density is low, the flexibility to modify the routing is not required and dedicated
individual runs of 50 mm conduit to be installed from Floor Telecom Space to each
Tenant.
The Horizontal cable tray size must be 200mm x 50mm (HDRF) inside the building
corridor
18
2.4.5 HORIZONTAL CONTAINMENT – Mobile service Antenna

Horizontal containment must be provided to route mobile-service antenna cables from
the floor telecom closets to all common corridors including all lift lobbies, podium
levels and basement levels.
 The Horizontal cable tray size must be 150mm x 50mm (HDRF) inside the
building corridor to accommodate mobile-service antenna cables to provision
IBS solution (GSM)
2.4.6 HORIZONTAL CONTAINMENT – Within the Home/Villa/Warehouse

All UTP cables inside the home must run through PVC conduit with a minimum 25 mm
diameter from the home consolidation point to each dual outlet. If more than one dual
outlet is fed by a conduit then the size of the conduit may need to be up rated.
Intermediate PVC junction / pull boxes must be provided on individual runs that exceed
30 m. PVC junction /pull boxes must also be provided where an individual conduit run
has a sharp change in direction.
The conduit boxes referred to above must have the following minimum internal
dimensions:
 300 mm x 300 mm x 150 mm (L x W x D)
2.4. 7 HORIZONTAL CONTAINMENT – Groups of Towers

When a plot consists of a group of towers, all of the requirements of a single tower still
apply. The additional cable trays must be provided linking the main telecom rooms of
the towers. One cable tray following minimum dimensions must be provided:
 300 mm x 100 mm (W x H) with Heavy Duty Return Flange (HDRF)

This tray must be easily accessible in common areas to facilitate any future provision of
additional cables. However, if these trays are in publically accessible areas less than 4.8
m above the floor then the trays must be covered.
In case of no common Basement Levels / Podium Levels between Group of Towers,
then underground duct system must be installed in a ring topology (between the Group
of Towers/buildings). Minimum of 2 way D54 (100 mm) duct must be provided between
the Towers/Buildings
19
2.5 Fiber Termination Components and PON splitters
The following Fiber Termination components are to be provided to splice multicore SM

Fiber cables with 4 core SM drop cables
 4 Port Fiber terminal box (with LC/APC and SC/APC pigtails & adaptors) inside
12U Cabinet of tenant premises (Home/Office/Retail/Villa/Warehouse)
 Fully Loaded high density or Low density Fiber patch panels with SC/APC
adaptors and pigtails inside MTR– if Etisalat is the lead operator
 Fully Loaded high density or Low density Fiber patch panels with LC/APC
adaptors and pigtails – if du is the lead operator
 Wall Mount Mini ODF (direct splice cabinet) inside FTR are to be Used to splice
the multicore SM fiber cables with respective 4 core SM drop cables**
**The Capacity of the Mini ODF (direct splice Cabinet) depends on the
number of splice tray required per Mini ODF to accommodate minimum of 12
core fiber per splice tray
2.5.1 General GPON Optical Splitter Specification
 Optical Splitter shall be made of Planar Lightwave Circuit (PLC) type
 Manufacturer of Optical Splitters shall be fully compliant with Telcordia GR-

1209, GR-1221 or with IEC 61300, IEC 67153-031-6
 All metal plating’s and plastic materials of Optical splitter shall be RoHS
compliant
 Optical Splitters shall have the operating wavelength (nm) range from 1260 nm
~1635 nm
 Optical Splitters shall have the operating temperature range from -24°C to
+85°C
 2 (in) x 32 (out)- Optical Splitters shall have the maximum insertion loss +
Connector loss (@ Operating wavelength from 1260 ~1635 nm) to ≤ 18 dB
 Optical splitter shall have dust covers on the uplink and downlink connectors.
20
2.5.2 High density (2 in x 32 out) Connectorized Modular Splitter Specification
 High density modular splitters shall be used for a building, which

has more than 100 units.
 The modular splitters will be fitted inside the splitter chassis.(Sub-

rack)
 Splitter chassis (Sub-rack) shall be 19th inch with in-built cable

management facility to route the uplink and downlink fiber patch
cords
 Each Splitter Chassis (Sub-rack) shall have 8 numbers of (2 in x 32

out) Modular Splitters with LC/APC connector type
 Each Splitter Chassis (Sub-rack) shall have 4 numbers of (2 in x 32

out) Modular Splitters with SC/APC connector type
 Each Splitter Chassis (Sub-rack) shall be 3U to 4U in height
 Each Modular Splitter shall have visible label holder for unique
identification
 The modular splitters shall have an easy snap-in design which

requires no tools.
 Uplink and Downlink ports of (2 in x 32 out) Modular splitter shall

have LC/APC connector type – If du is the Lead Operator*
 Uplink and Downlink ports of (2 in x 32 out) Modular splitter shall

have SC/APC connector type – If Etisalat is the Lead Operator*
2.5.3 Low density (2 in x 32 out) Connectorized Splitter Specification
 Low density splitters shall be used for a building or Villas scenario,

which has less than 100 units
 Low density splitters shall be 19th inch , 1U,rack mountable
 Low density splitters shall have in-built cable management facility

to route the uplink and downlink fiber patch cords
 Uplink and Downlink ports of (2 in x 32 out) splitter shall have

LC/APC connector type – If du is the Lead Operator*
 Uplink and Downlink ports of (2 in x 32 out) splitter shall have

SC/APC connector type – If Etisalat is the Lead Operator*
21
Note – * The Building Owner is responsible for supplying splitters, fiber patch cords,
and its related racks
* The Building Owner is responsible to installed the splitters and its related
Fiber patch cords to make neat pre-patching between Uplink ports and Outside
plant fiber patch panel & between the downlink ports and Inside plant fiber patch
panels
* The Building Owner shall supply the splitters only from the Pre-approved
manufacturer of du and Etisalat
2.5.4 GPON Splitter Calculation per building

Number of GPON splitters required per Buildings = Number of Tenants of
building ÷ 30 {Where 30 are the downlink ports of (2 in x 32 out) splitter and
2 downlink ports of (2 in x 32 out) splitter shall be left out as spare ports for
operational maintenance}
2.6 Fiber and Copper Cables
2.6.1 CABLES - general

The Proposed Specifications of all the cables (and its related connecting accessories)
must be from Pre-approved Manufacturer’s* list of Lead Operator.
*Manufacturers must approach du and Etisalat to list their brand name under Pre-
approved Manufacturer list of du and Etisalat.
2.6.2 FIBER OPTIC CABLE - Specification

The following type of Fiber must be provided:
(a) Drop Fiber Cable:
 Single mode with 4 core
 Flexible Indoor drop Fiber
 Cable to be of flat cross-section
 Bend insensitive
 Comply with ITU-T G.657 A1/A2
 Backward comply with ITU-T G.652 D
22
 Jacket to be halogen free and flame retardant material (which is LSZH type)
(b) Multicore Fiber Cable:
 Single mode
 Indoor type
 Compliant with ITU-T G.657 A1/A2
 Backward comply with ITU-T G.652 D
 Tight Buffer structure up to 12 Fiber core
 Flexi Tube (Gel free) Micro Module cable/Micro bundle cable from 24 Fiber
core and above
 Jacket to be halogen free and flame retardant material (which is LSZH type)
 Fiber optic colour coding shall be in accordance to EIA/TIA-598
2.6.3 FIBER OPTIC CABLES REQUIREMENTS

For single or complex of villas/warehouses scenario the Fiber optic cables will be
provided by the Lead Operator, However 4 core Fiber Terminal Box shall be supplied
and installed inside Consolidation cabinet (CP) by Villa/Warehouse developer. For all
other buildings scenario, Fiber optic cables should be supplied, Spliced, labelled and
tested inside the Main Telecom Room, inside the Floor Telecom room, and inside
Consolidation cabinet (CP) by the building developer. This should include the supply
and installation of the following Fiber optic cables and its related accessories:
2.6.4 FIBER OPTIC CABLES – from main telecom room to Mini ODF (Splice
Cabinet) Floor Telecom room
The number of Fiber cores required will be dependent on the number of tenant in each
serving floors. The multicore Fiber cable must be provided from the main telecom room
to Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet) inside the floor telecom room
These Multicore Fiber cables must be continuous lengths free from joints, branches or
patching from main telecom room to each Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet) unit.
Location of multicore Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet) must always start from 1st floor to
cover maximum of three floor, for example- Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet) installed at 1st
floor will cover the 1st, 2nd and 3rd floor, next Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet) location must
23
be at 4th floor, this Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet) will cover, 4th, 5th and 6th floor, next Mini
ODF (Splice Cabinet) location must be at 7th floor, so on and so forth,
Refer to Appendix-1-Figure-15, 24, 25 and 26 and Appendix-2- Table-3 for more detail
Multicore Fiber cables must be directly spliced with 4 core SM Fiber cables using Mini
ODF (Splice Cabinet) cabinet inside FTR. Minimum 25% spare Fiber must be
considered while calculating multicore Fiber capacity for maintenance and additional
service demands. All Fiber optic cables should be supplied, spliced, labelled and tested
inside the Main Telecom Room and floor telecom room.
2.6.5 FIBER OPTIC CABLES – from Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet) Floor telecom
room to consolidation point (CP)
The 4 core SM Fiber cables must be provided from each CP Unit to its respective Mini
ODF (Splice Cabinet) inside the floor telecom room
These 4 core SM Fiber cables must be continuous lengths free from joints, branches or
patching from each CP Unit to its respective Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet) inside the floor
telecom room
All these 4 core SM Fiber cables must be directly splice with Multicore Fiber cables
using Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet) inside FTR. Refer to the Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet)
detail Appendix-1-Figure 15 and 24
Table A - 4 core SM Fiber cables-Core assignment matrix
Fiber Cores Port No Assign to

Residential or 1 - Blue 1-SC/APC Etisalat
Commercial
2 – Orange 2-SC/APC Etisalat
Unit/Tenant
3 - Green 3-LC/APC du
4 - Brown 4-LC/APC du
24
2.6.6 FIBER OPTIC CABLES – from Main telecom room to each Mobile service
rooms and Roof Top room
2.6.6.1 Fiber Optic cables – If du is the Lead Operator then the following
Specifications shall be provided by building Owner to have IBS-connectivity (GSM)
within premises/buildings/high rise towers
 24 core SM Indoor tight buffer fiber cables must be installed from main telecom
to each Mobile service rooms and Roof-Top
 Install Pre- Terminated Cross connect Cabinet at each Mobile service room and
Roof-Top room.
 Terminate the 24 core SM Indoor tight buffer fiber cables inside the rack at MTR
side by using 19th inch, 24 port LC/APC fiber patch panel
 Terminate the 24 core SM Indoor tight buffer fiber cables inside the Pre-
Terminated Cross connect cabinet at Mobile service room side and Roof-Top
side
 Pre- Terminated Cross connect Cabinet shall be minimum size of 600mm (W)
X 150mm (D)
 Pre-Terminated Cross Cabinet shall accommodate 24 LC/APC pigtail and

adaptors
 1 to 12 core will be dedicated to connect Etisalat IBS equipment and 13 to 24

core will be dedicated to connect du IBS equipment.
Refer to the Appendix-1-Figure- 16, 17 and 18 for Cross connect cabinet mounting
detail and Cross connect cabinet Elevation layout.
2.6.6.2 Fiber Optic cables –If Etisalat is the Lead Operator then the following
Specifications shall be provided by building Owner to have IBS-connectivity (GSM)
within premises/buildings/high rise towers
 24 core SM Indoor tight buffer fiber cables must be installed from main telecom
to each Mobile service rooms and Roof-Top
 Install Pre-Terminated Cross connect Cabinet at each Mobile service room and
Roof-Top room.
 Terminate the 24 core SM Indoor tight buffer fiber cables inside the rack at MTR
side by using 19th inch, 24 port SC/APC fiber patch panel
25
 Terminate the 24 core SM Indoor tight buffer fiber cables inside the Pre-
Terminated Cross connect cabinet at Mobile service room side and Roof-Top
side
 Pre- Terminated Cross connect Cabinet shall be minimum size of 600mm (W)
X 150mm (D)
 Pre-Terminated Cross Cabinet shall accommodate 24 LC/APC pigtail and

adaptors
 1 to 12 core will be dedicated to connect Etisalat IBS equipment and 13 to 24

core will be dedicated to connect du IBS equipment
Refer to the Appendix-1-Figure- 16, 17 and 18 for Cross connect cabinet mounting
detail and Cross connect cabinet Elevation layout.
2.7 CAT6 COPPER CABLES – from consolidation points to building outlets

To deliver services from the consolidation points the building outlets unshielded twisted
pair (UTP) copper cables must be provided. The full design is the responsibility of the
building developer, however, the following minimum requirements must be followed
for the efficient and effective provision of services:
(a) The cables must conform to a minimum of CAT6 with 23 AWG and as per
TIA/EIA-568-B specification;
(b) The wiring must be in a ‘star’ topology fanning out from the consolidation point;
(c) Dual RJ45 outlets with spring load sliding shutters must be provided where ever
service is required;
(d) Each socket in the dual RJ45 outlet must be wired back to the consolidation
point;
(e) Outlets must not be cascaded or looped and there must be no splitting of cable
pairs;
(f) The maximum cable length from consolidation point to outlet must not exceed
90 m;
(g) At the consolidation point the cables must be terminated on an RJ45 patch panel
and labelled with the socket and outlet served;
(h) In each outlet each cable must be terminated to maintain the twists in each pair
up to 5 mm of the termination;
(i) Proper strain relief must be provided at the terminated ends of the cable;
26
(j) The components of the CAT6 system must compatible and it is preferred that
they are from a single manufacturer to insure optimum performance;
(k) Design must incorporate built-in flexibility to meet the growing needs of the
occupants; and
(l) Test result for CAT6 to be saved and recorded for reference purpose in future,
The Lead Operator to maintain the records for future reference
3. Bulk service
This kind of service solution usually applied to projects/buildings that are having their
own IT network (single tenant) and system operator such as Hotels, Hospitals, Schools,
Universities, Banks, Airports and other similar establishments. In this type of buildings,
the client will have his/her own IT server room and dedicated Main telecom room with
the size of 3m x 3m x 3m (L x B x H) to be allocated for the Parties for telecom/network
equipment installation. Letter from the client should be provided during the design stage
confirming the bulk service and explaining the service required to be provided up to the
client IT room.
The exact requirements related to telecom cabling and EM requirements will be
determined during the design stage based on the client’s service requirements.
However client shall provide the following minimum requirements for bulk services
setup
 Dedicated MTR room with minimum size of 3m x 3m x 3m (L x B x H).
 Installed 19 inch 42U free standing rack at MTR.
 Installed and test 12 core SM Indoor tight buffer fiber cable between MTR &
Client Server room, terminate the 12 core SM fiber cables at both end by using
12 port Pre-Terminated fiber patch panel.
 1 to 6 core must be dedicated to connect Etisalat equipment.
 7 to 12 core must be dedicated to connect du equipment.
 Installed and test 24 number of Cat6 UTP Copper cables between MTR and
Client Server room.
 1 to 12 port of copper patch panel must be dedicated to connect Etisalat

equipment.
 13 to 24 port of copper patch panel must be dedicated to connect du equipment
 Installed 12 port Pre-Terminated fiber patch panel for Lead Operator’s uplink
fiber.
27
 Client shall provide LC/APC adaptors and pigtail for fiber interfaces, if the Lead
Operator is du.
 Client shall provide SC/APC adaptors and pigtail for fiber interfaces, if the Lead
Operator is Etisalat
 Distance between MTR and Client server room must be maintain within 70
meter (to avoid 90 meter distance limitation, while provisioning fixed services
over Cat6 copper cables)
 Extend 300mm x 50mm HDRF cable tray from MTR to Client server room
 4 x13A twin sockets fed from the essential power supply with dedicated 20A
circuit breaker.
 2 number of AC & DC earth bars connected to the dedicated earth pits with
resistance less than 1ohm.
 Provide 2 x 40A TP isolator fed with dedicated feeder from essential power
supply (EDB)
 Dedicated A/C system (ducted split FCU) with duty & standby units with proper
interlocking, to maintain the room temp. at 21°C ± 1°C.
 Heat dissipation can be considered at 300 Watts/sq. meter. + 3kW per rack.
 2 nos. handheld CO2 cylinder extinguishers to be provided inside the room.
 Room should be provided with adequate lighting with minimum of 200 Lux at
table level.
 Room shall be comply with the fire and safety requirements like smoke detector,
 Raised Flooring system requirement shall be advice during design NOC stage
by Lead Operator.
Refer to Appendix-1-Figure-27 for Bulk service set-up layout
In case of any building transformation that would result in changing the type of service
required, the building owner should obtain the Lead Operator’s approval by submitting
amendment design.
28
4 Labelling Scheme
4.1 GAID and EID Identification plate for each Unit/Tenant
The Identification plate must be installed at the door entrance of the residential /
commercial units. The Identification plate material could be made of plastic plate or
light metal plate. The Sample on Identification plate must be submitted during NOC
stage to Lead Operator for final approval.
The GAID and EID reference number detail will be made available by Lead Operator
during inspection stage.
0.50cm.
0.30cm. 0.30cm.
GAID – DXB_E3177U_12622_001001001
0.60cm.
7.00cm.
EID – AU007540000
0.30cm. 0.30cm.
10.00cm.
4.2 SLD and Connectivity/Wiring detail

The Single Line diagram (SLD) detail must be pasted inside Main Telecom Room to
trace End to End ISP connectivity
Refer to the Appendix-4—for the detail Connectivity/Wiring detail
29
Table B-Summary of responsibility matrix for Building Scenario
Master Plan Building Lead

Item description Developer owner Operator?
Lead-in ducts, including connections to JV manholes outside
1 building/single villa boundaries √
Installation of Manholes and ducts outside the building /
2 boundaries (including cover) √
Entry box inside the building/villa/complex of villas boundaries
3 (including the cover) √
Supply and Installation of 4 core SM Fiber Terminal Box with
duplex LC/APC adaptors and pigtail and 2 number of SC/APC
4 adaptors √
Fiber optic cables supply, pulling, termination and testing from
the Main Telecom Room to FTR and drop Fiber cables supply,
5 pulling, termination and testing from the FTR to CP Cabinet. √
the Main Telecom Room to FTR and drop Fiber cables supply,
pulling, termination and testing from the FTR to CP Cabinet (In
6 case of Shell and core) √
Supply and Installation of Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet) Cabinet at
7 Splice point Location √
Splicing and Labelling Multicore Fiber cables with 4 core drop
8 cables using Wall Mount Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet) Cabinet √
9 Horizontal cabling work inside the unit/apartment/office/retail √

FTTH components such as the Fiber cables, 42U 800 X 800mm
Free standing racks, Optical distribution frame (ODF), high
density Fiber patch panel, low density Fiber patch panel, Mini
ODF (Splice Cabinet) for splice point, Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet)
cabinet for shell and core, 4 Port Fiber terminal box (with
LC/APC and SC/APC pigtails & adaptors), GPON Splitters, Open
10 rack for splitters and Fiber patch cords. √
Fiber optic splitter supply and installation (from the approved lists
11 of suppliers/vendors of both du and Etisalat) √
Supply of Fiber patch cords and Pre-patching the fiber patch cords
between splitter’s downlink ports to building fiber patch panels
(ISP) and between splitter’s uplink port to Outside plant fiber
12 patch panel √
CP cabinet supply & installation (including accessories including
13 related elements) √
14 Vertical and horizontal cable trays/pathways supply & installation √
15 Telecom rooms/spaces and related EM and civil requirements √

√
16 Plot of 10 x 10 meter to be provided for each MMR
30
√
17 Construction of Meet-Me-Room
18 Commissioning of Meet-Me-Room √
the Main Telecom Room to each Mobile service room and Roof-
19 Top room √
Fiber Optic components for IBS-Connectivity (GSM) : Supply
and Installation of Fiber optic pre-terminated patch panels, Cross
20 connect Cabinets and Fiber patch cords √
Table C-Summary of responsibility matrix for Villa Scenario
Master
Villa’s
Item description Plan Lead Operator?
Developer
Developer
Lead-in ducts including
connection to manhole outside
1 villa boundaries √
2 Manholes outside villa

boundaries (including cover) √
Pull box inside the villa
boundaries (including the
3 cover) √
OSP Fiber optic cables for
single villa or complex villas
connections (including supply,
4 termination and testing) √
Supply and Installation of 4
5 core SM Fiber Terminal Box √
6 Patch cords supply √

CP cabinet supply &
installation (including
accessories, power outlet and
7 related elements) √
Supply and Installation of
splitters inside the stand alone
8 Meet-me-Room’s racks √
Plot of 10 x 10 meter to be
9 provided for each MMR √
Construction and
Commissioning of Meet-Me-
10 Room √
31
Following are the Appendixes
32
Etisalat
Schematic Representation of Villas Scenario – Green Field
nearest POP
Appendix-1-Figure-1
Etisalat
nearest POP
2 Core For du and 2 Core Etisalat (by Lead Operator)

4 Core SM drop Fiber Cables from each Villa –
Feeder Cables by
Etisalat
‐Me
Point
Meet
du/
Meet‐Me‐Room
Meet‐Me‐
du/Etisalat
Room
(MMR)
POP
Feeder Cables
by du
du nearest POP
Distribution Cables inside the development for Villas by Lead Operator
Appendix-1-Figure-2 Schematic Representation of Buildings Scenario –
Green Field
Feeder Cables by Etisalat
Etisalat
du nearest POP nearest POP
Feeder Cables by du
Meet‐Me‐Room
(MMR)
Connected to building
Connected to building splitters inside MTR
splitters inside MTR
SM Fiber Cables from Each
Building MTR to MMR
Schematic Representation of Buildings and Villas
Scenarios – Green Field
Feeder Cables by Etisalat
Appendix-1-Figure-3 Etisalat
du nearest POP nearest POP
Feeder Cables by du
Meet‐Me‐Room
(MMR)
Connected to building
Distribution Cables
Villas
Plot
Distribution Cables Cables Connected to building
for Villas by Lead Operator
Legends
MTR -3m x 3m
800x800
RACK
42U Rack – 800mm (W) X 800mm(D) X 42 U (H)
mm
3m.
AC Clean earth bar
Design Consideration
1) Targeting maximum of 150 Tenants per
Building
2) Terminate the Building Fiber cables into 42U
Rack‐1
OSP Fiber cable Entry by 3) Rack‐2 to be used for installing splitters
Lead Operator
4) Installed Overhead raceways over the Rack‐1
600mm. 13A twin socket fed from utility power with and Rack‐2 for proper routing of fiber patch
dedicated circuit breaker cords
800x800
RACK 2
mm
3m.
Smoke Detector
connected to BMS
5) Use SC/APC type Optical patch panel, if
Etisalat is the Lead Operator
800x800
RACK 1
mm
6) Use LC/APC type Optical patch panel, if du is
the Lead Operator
7) Cable tray must be installed at high level for
proper cables routing
8) Supply and Pre‐ Patching of Splitters
uplink and downlink ports will be under
Building Riser the Building Owner scope
9) Adequate lighting fixtures must be provided
450mm X 50mm Cable tray at high level
10) Refer to the Electromechanical (EM) notes
for detail EM requirements
Appendix-1-Figure-4
Legends
MTR -3m x 3m
3m.
Building
ODF
Building ODF Size – 900mm (W) X 450mm(D) X 47 U (H)
AC Clean earth bar
Open Rack
Open Rack – 900mm (W) X 450mm(D) X 47 U (H)
13A twin socket fed from utility
power with dedicated circuit
OSP Fiber cable Entry by
Lead Operator Design Consideration
Open Rack
breaker
Building
3m.
Optical distribution Frame (ODF)
Building
3) Open rack to be used for installing splitters
ODF
4) Installed Overhead raceways over the ODF
and Open rack for proper routing of fiber patch
cords
Building Riser 6) Use LC/APC type Optical patch panel, if du is

the Lead Operator
450mm X 50mm Cable tray at high level 7) Cable tray must be installed at high level for
the Building Owner scope
Appendix-1-Figure-5
Legends
MTR -4m x 3m
3000mm.
Building
ODF
AC Clean earth bar
Open Rack
13A twin socket fed from utility power with
dedicated circuit breaker
OSP Fiber cable Entry by
4000mm.
Lead Operator Design Consideration
Open Rack
Building
Optical distribution Frame (ODF)
Building
ODF
3) Open rack to be used for installing splitters
4) Installed Overhead raceways over the ODF
and Open rack for proper routing of fiber patch
cords
Building Riser
6) Use LC/APC type Optical patch panel, if du is
the Lead Operator
450mm X 50mm Cable tray at high level
Appendix-1-Figure-6
Legends
MTR -4.5m x 3m
Building
ODF
Open Rack
Open Rack
1.1m.
Building
ODF-3
1
Open Rack
Building -
ODF-1
3
4.5m.
13A twin socket fed from utility
Open Rack
Building
power with dedicated circuit 1) Targeting minimum of 1200 Tenants per
ODF-4
breaker Building
2
Earth bar
500mm. 2) Terminate the Building Fiber cables into
Open Rack
Optical distribution Frame Cabinet
Building
ODF-2
500mm.
4
3) Use SC/APC type High density Optical patch
panel, if Etisalat is the Lead Operator
OSP Fiber cable by Lead
Operator 4) Use LC/APC type High density Optical patch
panel, if du is the Lead Operator
Building Riser 5) Supply and Pre‐ Patching of Splitters

uplink and downlink will be under
Appendix-1-Figure-7 7) Refer to the Electromechanical (EM) notes
Building Fiber Termination by Using LC/APC Optical Patch Panel
( if du is the Lead Operator )
Appendix-1-Figure-9 High Level Overhead Fiber raceways
Rack No -2 Rack No -1
1 1
Uplink Fiber Patch Panel 1
2 2
LC/APC by Client 3 3 48 port LC/APC optical patch panel-
4 2
4
1U by Client
5 3
5
6 6
Building Fiber Cables

7 4
7
8 5 8
Cable Manager-1U
Termination
9 9
10 6 10
2 x32 LC/APC Splitters for du 11 7 11
by Client 12 12
13 8 13
14 9 14
15 15
16 10 16
17 11
17
18 18
19 19
12
20 20
13
21 21
22 22 1) Targeting maximum of 150 Tenants
2 x32 SC/APC Splitters for 23 23 per Building
24 24
Etisalat by Client 25 25
26 26
2) 13 number of LC/APC Optical Patch Panel
27 27 required to terminate 600 core of building
28 28 Fiber Cables
29 29
30 30 3) 5 number of 2 x 32 LC/APC Low density
31 31 splitters required
32 32
33 33
4) 5 number of 2 x32 SC/APC Low density
34 34
35 35 splitter required
36 36
Note- Supply and Pre-Patching of 37 37 5) The Capacity of the Uplink Fiber patch panel LC/
Splitters 38 38 APC = [Total number of Splitters installed for du and
uplink and downlink ports with 39 39 Etisalat] X 2
respective fiber patch cords shall be 40 40
under the Building Owner scope 41 41
42 42 6) For 150 Tenants-
The Capacity of the Uplink Fiber patch panel LC/APC
= [10 splitters] X 2
= 20 core ~ 24 core LC/APC Fiber
patch panel
Building Fiber Termination by Using SC/APC Optical Patch Panel
( if Etisalat is the Lead Operator )
Appendix-1-Figure-10 High Level Overhead Fiber raceways
Rack No -2 Rack No -1
Uplink Fiber Patch Panel 1 1

SC/APC by Client 2 2
3 1 3
4 4
5 2 5 24 port SC/APC optical patch panel-
6 3 6 1U by Client
7 4
7
8 4 8
9 5 9
10 10
2 x32 SC/APC Splitters for Etisalat by 11 6 11
12 12
Client 7
Building Fiber Cables Termination

13 13
14 8 14
15 9 15
16 16
2 x32 LC/APC Splitters 17 10 17
for du by Client 18 11 18
Design Consideration 19 19
20 12 20
1) Targeting maximum of 150 Tenants 21 13 21
per Building 22 22
23 14 23
24 15 24
2) 25 number of SC/APC Optical Patch Panel 25 25
required to terminate 600 core of building 26 16 26
Fiber Cables 27 17 27
28 28
3) 5 number of 2 x 32 LC/APC Low density 29 18 29
splitters required 30 19 30
31 31
32 32
4) 5 number of 2 x32 SC/APC Low density
20
33 33
splitter required
21
34 34
Cable Manager-1U
35 22
35
5) The Capacity of the Uplink Fiber patch panel 36 23
36
SC/APC = [Total number of Splitters installed 37 37
for du and Etisalat] X 2 38 24
38
39 25
39
40 40
6) For 150 Tenants- 41 41
The Capacity of the Uplink Fiber patch panel 42 42 Note- Supply and Pre- Patching of Splitters
SC/APC = [10 splitters] X 2 uplink and downlink ports with respective
= 20 core ~ 24 core SC/APC fiber patch cords shall be under the
Fiber patch panel Building Owner scope
Appendix-1-Figure-11 Open Rack Elevation using SC/APC ODF ( if Etisalat is the Lead Operator )
High Level Overhead Fiber raceways
ODF Open Rack
Uplink Fiber patch panel SC/APC by

FIBER SHELF
Client
Cables Guide
144 port High density 10 Number of High density connectorized 2 x32

SC/APC Optical Patch SC/APC GPON Splitters for Etisalat by client
Panel by Client
10 Number of High density connectorized 2 x32
LC/APC GPON Splitters for du by Client
1) Targeting maximum of 300 Tenants

per Building per ODF
2) 9 number of 144 port SC/APC Optical Patch

Cable Holder/ Panel are required to terminate 1200 core of
Lacing Bar building Fiber Cables
3) 10 number of 2 x 32 SC/APC high density

splitters required
4) 10 number of 2 x32 LC/APC high density

splitter required
5) Supply and Pre- Patching of Splitters

uplink and downlink ports with respective fiber patch
cords shall be under the Building Owner scope
6) To Calculate the Capacity of the Uplink Fiber patch

panel -SC/APC, follow the below steps
7) The Capacity of the Uplink Fiber patch panel SC/

APC = [Total number of Splitters installed for du and
Etisalat] X 2
8) For 300 Tenants-

The Capacity of the Uplink Fiber patch panel SC/APC
=[20 splitters] X 2
= 40 core ~ 48 core SC/APC Fiber
patch panel
47 U (H) - 900mm (W) X 450mm (D) 47 U (H) - 900mm (W) X 450mm (D)
Open Rack Elevation using LC/APC ODF ( if du is the Lead Operator )
High Level Overhead Fiber raceways
ODF Open Rack
FIBER SHELF
Uplink Fiber Patch Panel LC/APC by
Client
Cables Guide
10 Number of High density connectorized

288 port High density 2 x32 SC/APC GPON Splitters for Etisalat
LC/APC Optical Patch by Client
Panel by Client
10 Number of High density connectorized 2
x32 LC/APC GPON Splitters for du by Client
1) Targeting maximum of 300 Tenants

per Building per ODF
2) 5 number of 288 port LC/APC Optical Patch

Panel are required to terminate 1200 core of
Cable Holder/
building Fiber Cables
Lacing Bar
3) 10 number of 2 x 32 SC/APC high density
splitters required
4) 10 number of 2 x32 LC/APC high density

splitter required
5) Supply and Pre- Patching of Splitters

uplink and downlink ports with respective fiber
patch cords shall be under the Building Owner
scope
6) To Calculate the Capacity of the Uplink Fiber

patch panel -LC/APC, follow the below steps
7) The Capacity of the Uplink Fiber patch panel

LC/APC = [Total number of Splitters installed for
du and Etisalat] X 2
8) For 300 Tenants-

The Capacity of the Uplink Fiber patch panel LC/
APC
= [20 splitters] X 2
= 40 core ~ 48 core LC/APC Fiber
patch panel
47 U (H) - 900mm (W) X 450mm (D) 47 U (H) - 900mm (W) X 450mm (D)
FTR -Residential and Commercial Buildings
2m.
Building Riser
2m.
Mini ODF
(Splice Cabinet)
13A twin socket fed from utility power

with dedicated circuit breaker
150 mm opening
450mm x 50mm cable tray – Fiber
300mm x 50mm cable tray –

GSM Cables
Cables
Mini
ODF
Building Riser
1.5 meter from FFL
Floor Telecom Room (FTR) with Mini ODF –

Wall Mount illustration
Finish Floor Level (FFL)

Cable Entry for Multicore
Indoor Fiber cables
Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet )
Opening for Drop Fiber
Cables from Building Riser
Flip type splice tray with
storage capacity of 12 core
fibers
1 Cable/Tube Holder
2
3
Storage space for Drop Fiber Cables
4
Storage space for Fiber Tubes
5
6
600mmm
1
2
3
Mini ODF 4
5
6
(Wall Mount)
1
2
3 Notes –
4  Reserved
5
6 minimum of 1m X
1m space on the
side wall to mount
Mini ODF
 Mount the Mini
Opening for Drop Fiber ODF at 1.5 m
Cables from Building Riser height from Finish
600mmm Floor Level (FFL)
 Extend the Cable
tray at high level
from building riser
Cable Holder to Mini ODF
Indoor Fiber cables
3m. Roof‐Top room/Mobile
Service room (Typical
AC Clean earth
DC Clean earth
Layout)
bar
bar
Cross Connect
cabinet
13A twin socket fed from utility power

with dedicated circuit breaker
300mm width cable

3m.
Smoke Detector connected to BMS

ladder at high level
2 x 63A Three Phase Isolator fed from

essential building power
2 x handheld CO2 cylinder

extinguishers
1) For Building which has G+10 floors or
less, provide Roof-Top room with
minimum size of 3m x 3m x 3m
Opening for containments
2) For Building which has G+11 floors or

more, provide 3m X 3m x 3m mobile
service room for every 10 floors, starting
from the lowest basement
3) Refer to the Electromechanical (EM)
notes for detail EM requirements
Top cable entry
Top entry for
Cross connect for fiber cables
fiber patch
cabinet (Wall cords
PVC Trunking to route fiber patch cords

Mount)
Cross connect
cabinet
Cable tray
Bottom entry for fiber

patch cords
Bottom cable
entry for fiber 1.5 meter from FFL
cables Finish Floor
Level (FFL)
Cable Entry for 24 core Fiber
cables from MTR
Cross Connect Cabinet ‐
Opening for fiber
patch cords
Elevation
Splice tray
Designated Splice tray
for Etisalat (1 to 12 core
of Indoor fiber cable)
600mmm
Splice tray
Designated Splice tray
Velcro
24 for du (13 to 24 core
23 of Indoor fiber cable)
22
21
20
Tube holder
19
18
Adaptors and Pigtails
17
16
Door 15
14
13
12
11
Ring to Manage Fiber
10 Patch cords and
9 Buffer Tubes
8
7
6
5
4
3 1) Pre‐Terminated Cross connect cabinet capacity must be
2 suitable to splice
1 24 core SM Indoor tight buffer fiber cables
2) Splice tray capacity ‐12 slot per splice tray
3) Connector type must be LC/APC (if du is the Lead
Operator)
Cable holder LC/APC or Opening for fiber 4) Connector type must be SC/APC (if Etisalat is the Lead

Operator)
SC/APC patch cords
Cable Entry for 24 core Fiber Pigtails and 5) To be installed at 1.5 meter from Finish floor Level (FFL)
cables from MTR adaptors
SLD for Fiber Connectivity Inside Tenants/Units
12 Cm
8 Cm
Fiber Terminal Box with 2 Port 4 core SM Indoor drop Fiber Cable
SC/APC and 2 Port LC/APC – Flat Cross section
Port-1 for Etisalat
Port-2 for Etisalat
Port-3 for du
Port-4 for du
SC/ SC/ LC/ LC/
APC APC
APC APC
LC/APC to SC/APC simplex Patch Cord

SC/APC to SC/APC simplex Patch
Cord
SC/ SC/
APC APC
Optical Network Terminal Optical Network Terminal

12 U Consolidation Cabinet
With 150 mm depth
600mm
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
24 Port Cat 6 Patch Panel– 1U
Cable Manager – 1U
Fiber Terminal Box
with 4 port (with 2 port of SC/APC
FTB and 2 port of LC/APC)
12 U
13 A twin Socket
PERFORATED
3 U – Metallic Support to hold du
DOOR
and Etisalat ONTs
150mm
1) Home Consolidation
cabinet – Serving up to 24
port of RJ-45 per Tenant
Appendix-1-Figure-20 2) Home consolidation

cabinet depth must be
minimum 150mm
With 300 mm depth
600mm
12 U
1 U – Metallic Shelf for Etisalat

Fiber Terminal Box
FTB with 4 port (with 2 port of SC/APC and 2 port of
LC/APC)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

PERFORATED
DOOR 1 U – Metallic Shelf for du
300 mm
1) More Consolidation
13 A twin Socket cabinet – Serving more
than 24 port of RJ-45 per
Tenant
Appendix-1-Figure-21 2) Home consolidation

minimum 300mm
With 350 mm depth
600mm
12 U
1 U – Metallic Shelf for Etisalat

Fiber Terminal Box
FTB with 4 port (with 2 port of SC/APC and 2 port of
LC/APC)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

PERFORATED
DOOR 1 U – Metallic Shelf for du
350 mm
1) Business Consolidation
13 A twin Socket cabinet – Serving up to 24
port of RJ-45 per Tenant or
more
Appendix-1-Figure-22 2) Business consolidation

minimum 350mm
Fiber cables from MTR
Appendix-1-Figure-23 Opening for drop Fiber Cables Mini ODF (Splice Cabinet)
from tenants
for Shell and Core inside
FTR
600mmm
Splice Tray for splicing
24
23
24
23
drop fiber cables
22 22
21 21
Splice tray
Splice tray
20 20
19 19
18 18
17 17
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9
8
9
8 Splice Tray for splicing
7 7
Door 6
5
4
3
2
6
5
4
3
2
Multicore fiber cables
1 1
24 24
23 23
22 22
21 21
20 20
19 19
18 18
17 17 Adaptor holder
Splice tray
Splice tray
16 16
15 15
14 14
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
9 9
8 8
7 7
6 6
5 5
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
LC/APC or Opening for drop
SC/APC Fiber Cables from
Cable Entry for Multicore Pigtails tenants
Fiber cables from MTR
1 2 3 x
Schematic diagram for FTR‐7th floor
Mini ODF
Buildings (Splicing point)
4 core SM drop fiber cables from each unit to respective Mini ODF (Splicing Point) at FTR
1 2 3 x
FTR‐6th floor

1 2 3 x
FTR‐5th floor

1 2 3 x
FTR‐4th floor
Mini ODF
Multicore Indoor fiber cables from MTR (Splicing point)
to respective splicing point at FTR
1 2 3 x
FTR‐3rd floor

ETC 1 2 3 x
Du POP
POP
FTR‐2nd floor
1 2 3 x
FTR‐1st floor
Mini ODF
(Splicing point)
1 2 3 x
MTR room with splitters
Meet‐Me‐Room (Supply of splitters will be
by Building Owner)
(MMR) Ground Floor
Core Assignment SLD – with SC/APC Fiber
Patch Panel 2 X 32 LC/APC GPON Splitter for du
SC/APC Up Link Down Link Ports
Port-1,2 Tenant-6
Ports
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
LC/APC
Port-3,4
SC/APC
Port-1,2 Tenant-5 Simplex Fiber patch cords -(LC/APC to
SC/APC)
LC/APC
Port-3,4
Mini ODF
SC/APC (Splice Cabinet) Tenant-1 Tenant-2 Tenant-3 Tenant-4 Tenant-5 Tenant-6
Port-1,2 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
Tenant-4
LC/APC 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23
Port-3,4
24 port SC/APC
Fiberl patch Panel
SC/APC
Port-1,2 Tenant-3
LC/APC
Port-3,4 Simplex Fiber patch cords -(SC/APC to
SC/APC)
Up Link
SC/APC Ports
Port-1,2 Tenant-2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
LC/APC
Down Link Ports
Port-3,4
2 X 32 SC/APC GPON Splitter for Etisalat

SC/APC
Port-1,2 Tenant-1
LC/APC
Port-3,4
Tight Buffer or Micro Modules LSZH Indoor Multi-Core
Fiber Cable
Appendix-1-Figure-25 4 core Flat type LSZH Indoor Drop Fibers Cables

Core Assignment SLD – with LC/APC Fiber 2 X 32 LC/APC GPON Splitter for du
Patch Panel
SC/APC Tenant
Port-1,2 -1 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
LC/APC
Port-3,4 Down Link Ports
Up Link
SC/APC
Ports
Tenant
Port-1,2 -2
Optical patch Panel

LC/APC
24 port LC/APC
Port-3,4
SC/APC Tenant
Port-1,2 -3
LC/APC
Port-3,4
Simplex Fiber patch cords -(LC/APC to
SC/APC Tenant LC/APC)
Port-1,2 -4 Mini ODF
LC/APC
Port-3,4 (Splice Cabinet)
SC/APC
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
Tenant
Port-1,2 -5
LC/APC
Port-3,4 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47
Tenant- Tenant- Tenant- Tenant- Tenant- Tenant- Tenant- Tenant- Tenant- Tenant- Tenant- Tenant-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
SC/APC Tenant
Port-1,2 -6
LC/APC
Port-3,4
SC/APC Tenant
Port-1,2
Simplex Fiber patch cords -

-7
LC/APC
(LC/APC to SC/APC)
Port-3,4
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
SC/APC Tenant Up Link
Port-1,2 -8 Down Link Ports
LC/APC Ports
Port-3,4
SC/APC
Port-1,2
Tenant
-9
2 X 32 SC/APC GPON Splitter for Etisalat
LC/APC
Port-3,4
SC/APC Tenant
Port-1,2 -10
LC/APC
Port-3,4
Tight Buffer or Micro Modules LSZH Indoor Multi-Core
Fiber Cable
SC/APC Tenant
Port-1,2 -11
LC/APC
Port-3,4
4 core Flat type LSZH Indoor Drop Fibers Cables
SC/APC Tenant
Port-1,2 -12
LC/APC
Port-3,4
MTR Room Client server Room
10U Space reserved for
OSP link (from MMR to
Building MTR) and ISP
link ( Building MTR to 01
02
01
02
Client Server room) 03 03 300mm x 50mm
04 04 Cable tray
05 05
Client’s Server Rack
06 06
07 07
08 08
09 09
10 10
11 11
12 12
16 U Space Reserved for 13
14
13
14
Lead Operator’s Active 15 15
16 16
Equipment 17 17
18 18
19 19
20 20
21 21
22 22
23 23
24 24
25 25
26 26
27 27
28 28
29 29
30 30
31 31
32 32
33 33
34 34
35 35
36 36 Raised Floor
37 37
16 U Space Reserved 38 38 Tiles
39 39
for Other Operator’s 40
41
40
41
Active Equipment 42 42
300mm.
Finished Floor Level
Bulk Service design consideration
1) Client shall provide 3m x 3m x 3m telecom room to Lead Operator
2) Client Shall install and terminate 12 core SM Indoor Tight Buffer fiber cables between MTR and Client server room
3) Client Shall install and terminate 24 number of Cat6 UTP Copper cables between MTR and Client server room
4) Client shall provide 19 inch, 42 U Free standing rack and 12 port Pre-Terminated fiber patch panel for Lead Operator’s Uplink fiber
5) If the du is the Lead Operator, then Client shall provide LC/APC adapters and pigtails for Fiber Interfaces
6) If the Etisalat is the Lead Operator, then Client shall provide SC/APC adapters and pigtails for Fiber Interfaces.
7) Client shall provide 300mm X 50mm Cables tray between Lead Operator’s MTR and Client Server room
Appendix‐2 Table‐1
Single Villa Complex of Villas For Multi‐tenant Buildings shopping Mall Warehouse and Shed Bulk Service
2 xD56 (50mm) per Warehouse
2 XD54(100mm) Primary 2 XD54(100mm) Primary Route
2 xD56 (50mm) per Villa 2 XD54(100mm) Primary Route and 2xD54(100mm) Primary plot Entry
Ducts 2 xD56 (50mm) Route and 2 XD54(100mm) and 2XD54(100mm) Secondary
2xD54(100mm) for plot Entry 2 XD54(100mm) Secondary Route 2xD54(100mm) Secondary plot
Secondary Route Route
Entry
600mm x600mm 600mm x600mm X800mm(LXBxD)per 600mm x600mm

Entry Box Not Required Not Required Not Required
X800mm(LXBxD)per Villa Villa X800mm(LXBxD)per Warehouse
JRC 12 for every 12 Villas + JRC 12 for JRC 12 for every 12 warehouses +
Manhole Not Required JRC 12 JRC 12 JRC 12
plot Entry JRC 12 for plot Entry
Appendix‐2‐Table‐2 ‐ Main Telecom Room Sizes‐For Fixed Services

Number of Number of Fiber core Per Fiber Patch Panel Fiber Patch Panel Number of Splitter Per Buildings MTR minimum Size in
Tenants per Building (Port Capacity Planning ‐ If Etisalat is the (Port Capacity Planning ‐ If du is the (Provide equal number splitters to each Operators) Rack/ODF Size Meter
building (Dedicate 2 core Fiber for Lead Operator) Lead Operator)
Lead Operator and 2 core (L X B X H)
Fiber for Other Operator)

Up to 150 Number of Tenants X 4 core Total Number of Fiber core Per Total Number of Fiber core Per [Number of Tenants / 30 Output ports of Splitter] X 2 times Free Standing Rack 3m x 3m X 3m
Tenants Building /24 port SC/APC Fiber Patch Panel Building /48 port LC/APC Fiber Patch Panel 42 U
800mm (W) X 800mm (D)

Up to 300 Number of Tenants X 4 core Total Number of Fiber core Per Total Number of Fiber core Per [Number of Tenants / 30 Output ports of Splitter] X 2 times Floor Mount Optical 3m x 3m X 3m
Tenants Building /144 port SC/APC Fiber Patch Panel Building /288 port LC/APC Fiber Patch Distribution Frame (ODF)
Panel 47U
900mm (W) X 450mm (D)

Up to 600 Number of Tenants X 4 core Total Number of Fiber core Per Total Number of Fiber core Per [Number of Tenants / 30 Output ports of Splitter] X 2 times Floor Mount Optical 4m x 3m X 3m
Panel 47U
900mm (W) X 450mm (D)

Up to 1200 Number of Tenants X 4 core Total Number of Fiber core Per Total Number of Fiber core Per [Number of Tenants / 30 Output ports of Splitter] X 2 times Floor Mount Optical 4.5m x 3m X 3m
Panel 47U
900mm (W) X 450mm (D)

More than Number of Tenants X 4 core Total Number of Fiber core Per Total Number of Fiber core Per [Number of Tenants / 30 Output ports of Splitter] X 2 times Will be Advised at NOC Stage Will be Advised at
1200 Tenants Building /288 port SC/APC Fiber Patch Panel Building /288 port LC/APC Fiber Patch NOC Stage
Panel

Appendix-2-Table-3-Core Assignment Mapping detail-LC Type
Fiber Core Assignment for Building Fiber Cable Termination By Using 19" 1U - 48 Port LC/APC Optical
Patch Panel
Apartment/Office/Retail Horizontal Distribution Vertical Distribution Building MTR
2 number of 24 Core Indoor SM

Tenant 4 Port Fiber Terminal Box with 2 4 core Indoor SM Drop Wall Mount Splice Cabinet with 24 24 Port LC/APC Etisalat - 2 x 32 SC/APC GPON
Multicore Fiber Cables -Micro du - 2 x 32 LC/APC GPON Splitter
Number LC/APC and 2 SC/APC Fiber Cables Fiber Splice Tray Capacity Optical Patch Panel Splitter
Module/ Flexi Tube
Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 1 Blue - Core - 1 LC/APC-Port-1 ETC -Splitter Downlink Port-1
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 1 Orange - Core - 2 LC/APC-Port-2
Tenant - 1
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 1 Green - Core - 3 LC/APC-Port-3 du -Splitter Downlink Port-1
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 1 Brown - Core - 4 LC/APC-Port-4
Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 1 Slate - Core - 5 LC/APC-Port-5 ETC -Splitter Downlink Port-2
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 1 White - Core - 6 LC/APC-Port-6
Tenant - 2
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 1 Red - Core - 7 LC/APC-Port-7 du -Splitter Downlink Port-2
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 1 Black - Core - 8 LC/APC-Port-8
Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 1 Yellow - Core - 9 LC/APC-Port-9 ETC -Splitter Downlink Port-3
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 1 Purple - Core - 10 LC/APC-Port-10
Tenant - 3
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 1 Pink - Core - 11 LC/APC-Port-11 du -Splitter Downlink Port-3
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 1 Aqua - Core - 12 LC/APC-Port-12
Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 1 Blue/Black Stripe - Core - 13 LC/APC-Port-13 ETC -Splitter Downlink Port-4
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 1 Orange/Black Stripe - Core - 14 LC/APC-Port-14
Tenant - 4
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 1 Green/Black Stripe - Core - 15 LC/APC-Port-15 du -Splitter Downlink Port-4
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 1 Brown/Black Stripe - Core - 16 LC/APC-Port-16
Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 1 Slate/Black Stripe - Core - 17 LC/APC-Port-17 ETC -Splitter Downlink Port-5
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 1 White/Black Stripe - Core - 18 LC/APC-Port-18
Tenant - 5
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 1 Red/Black Stripe - Core - 19 LC/APC-Port-19 du -Splitter Downlink Port-5
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 1 Black/Yellow Stripe - Core - 20 LC/APC-Port-20
Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 1 Yellow/Black Stripe - Core - 21 LC/APC-Port-21 ETC -Splitter Downlink Port-6
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 1 Purple/Black Stripe - Core - 22 LC/APC-Port-22
Tenant - 6
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 1 Pink/Black Stripe - Core - 23 LC/APC-Port-23 du -Splitter Downlink Port-6
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 1 Aqua/Black Stripe - Core - 24 LC/APC-Port-24
Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 2 Blue - Core - 1 LC/APC-Port-25 ETC -Splitter Downlink Port-7
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 2 Orange - Core - 2 LC/APC-Port-26
Tenant - 7
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 2 Green - Core - 3 LC/APC-Port-27 du -Splitter Downlink Port-7
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 2 Brown - Core - 4 LC/APC-Port-28
Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 2 Slate - Core - 5 LC/APC-Port-29 ETC -Splitter Downlink Port-8
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 2 White - Core - 6 LC/APC-Port-30
Tenant - 8
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 2 Red - Core - 7 LC/APC-Port-31 du -Splitter Downlink Port-8
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 2 Black - Core - 8 LC/APC-Port-32
Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 2 Yellow - Core - 9 LC/APC-Port-33 ETC -Splitter Downlink Port-9
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 2 Purple - Core - 10 LC/APC-Port-34
Tenant - 9
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 2 Pink - Core - 11 LC/APC-Port-35 du -Splitter Downlink Port-9
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 2 Aqua - Core - 12 LC/APC-Port-36
Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 2 Blue/Black Stripe - Core - 13 LC/APC-Port-37 ETC -Splitter Downlink Port-10
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 2 Orange/Black Stripe - Core - 14 LC/APC-Port-38
Tenant - 10
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 2 Green/Black Stripe - Core - 15 LC/APC-Port-39 du -Splitter Downlink Port-10
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 2 Brown/Black Stripe - Core - 16 LC/APC-Port-40
Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 2 Slate/Black Stripe - Core - 17 LC/APC-Port-41 ETC -Splitter Downlink Port-11
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 2 White/Black Stripe - Core - 18 LC/APC-Port-42
Tenant - 11
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 2 Red/Black Stripe - Core - 19 LC/APC-Port-43 du -Splitter Downlink Port-11
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 2 Black/Yellow Stripe - Core - 20 LC/APC-Port-44
Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 2 Yellow/Black Stripe - Core - 21 LC/APC-Port-45 ETC -Splitter Downlink Port-12
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 2 Purple/Black Stripe - Core - 22 LC/APC-Port-46
Tenant - 12
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 2 Pink/Black Stripe - Core - 23 LC/APC-Port-47 du -Splitter Downlink Port-12
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 2 Aqua/Black Stripe - Core - 24 LC/APC-Port-48
Appendix-2-Table-3-Core Assignment Mapping detail-SC Type
Fiber Core Assignment for Building Fiber Cable Termination By Using 19" 1U - 24 Port SC/APC Optical
Patch Panel
Apartment/Office/Retail Horizontal Distribution Vertical Distribution Building MTR
4 Port Fiber Terminal Box with 2 4 core Indoor SM Drop Wall Mount Splice Cabinet with 24 24 Core Indoor SM Multicore Fiber Cable - 24 Port SC/APC Etisalat - 2 x 32 SC/APC du - 2 x 32 LC/APC GPON
Tenant Number
LC/APC and 2 SC/APC Fiber Cables Fiber Splice Tray Capacity Micro Module/ Flexi Tube Optical Patch Panel GPON Splitter Splitter
ETC -Splitter Downlink

Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 1 Blue - Core - 1 SC/APC-Port-1
Port-1
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 1 Orange - Core - 2 SC/APC-Port-2
Tenant - 1
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 1 Green - Core - 3 SC/APC-Port-3 du -Splitter Downlink Port-1
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 1 Brown - Core - 4 SC/APC-Port-4

Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 1 Slate - Core - 5 SC/APC-Port-5
Port-2
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 1 White - Core - 6 SC/APC-Port-6
Tenant - 2
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 1 Red - Core - 7 SC/APC-Port-7 du -Splitter Downlink Port-2
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 1 Black - Core - 8 SC/APC-Port-8

Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 1 Yellow - Core - 9 SC/APC-Port-9
Port-3
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 1 Purple - Core - 10 SC/APC-Port-10
Tenant - 3
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 1 Pink - Core - 11 SC/APC-Port-11 du -Splitter Downlink Port-3
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 1 Aqua - Core - 12 SC/APC-Port-12

Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 1 Blue/Black Stripe - Core - 13 SC/APC-Port-13
Port-4
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 1 Orange/Black Stripe - Core - 14 SC/APC-Port-14
Tenant - 4
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 1 Green/Black Stripe - Core - 15 SC/APC-Port-15 du -Splitter Downlink Port-4
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 1 Brown/Black Stripe - Core - 16 SC/APC-Port-16
Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 1 Slate/Black Stripe - Core - 17 SC/APC-Port-17
Port-5
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 1 White/Black Stripe - Core - 18 SC/APC-Port-18
Tenant - 5
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 1 Red/Black Stripe - Core - 19 SC/APC-Port-19 du -Splitter Downlink Port-5
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 1 Black/Yellow Stripe - Core - 20 SC/APC-Port-20
Port-1 - SC/APC - Etisalat Blue - Core - 1 Splice Tray - 1 Yellow/Black Stripe - Core - 21 SC/APC-Port-21
Port-6
Port-2 - SC/APC - Etisalat Orange - Core - 2 Splice Tray - 1 Purple/Black Stripe - Core - 22 SC/APC-Port-22
Tenant - 6
Port-3 - LC/APC - du Green - Core - 3 Splice Tray - 1 Pink/Black Stripe - Core - 23 SC/APC-Port-23 du -Splitter Downlink Port-6
Port-4 - LC/APC - du Brown - Core - 4 Splice Tray - 1 Aqua/Black Stripe - Core - 24 SC/APC-Port-24
Appendix‐2‐Table‐4‐ Telecom Room Sizes‐For Mobile Services (IBS)

Number of Floors Mobile service room Sizes in Meter Roof‐Top room Sizes in Meter
(L X B X H) (L X B X H)

Up to G+10 Not Applicable 3m x 3m x 3m

G+11 to G+100 3m x 3m x 3m 3m x 3m x 3m
(Every 10 floors starting from the
basement level /Ground floor)

Shopping malls and Bulk services Will be Advised at NOC Stage Will be Advised at NOC Stage
buildings
Cluster of buildings with each having
more than G+5 floors Will be Advised at NOC Stage Will be Advised at NOC Stage

Appendix-3- du and ETC Telecom room Label
&
Telecom Room
Appendix‐4‐ Connectivity Wiring detail
Project Name:
Meet-Me- Room Main Telecom Room (MTR) Floor Telecom Room Tenant/Unit Notes
Fiber Termination Splitter Uplink Splitter Splitter downlink Splicing Point Fiber Terminal Box (FTB)
Uplink Fiber Uplink Fiber

Fiber patch Fiber patch Uplink Fiber patch panel Splitter Rack Splitter Fiber Patch Fiber Patch Fiber Patch Panel Floor Number of Splice Tray Number of Operator assignment
Room No ODF No patch panel patch panel Splitter No. Mini ODF No Floor No Flat no FTB Port No
panel no panel Port no Rack no No Port No Panel Rack No Panel No Port No Mini ODF Mini ODF Name
no Port no
Appendix-5 Summary Table- Electromechanical (EM) Specification
Mobile Service
EM Room
S. MTR of Mixed Used and MTR of Bulk Service Buildings
Components MTR of Residential MTR of Shopping Mall Roof-Top Room
No Commercial Building
Name Building
 4 x 13A twin
socket with  4 x 13A twin socket
 4 x 13A twin socket with  4 x 13A twin socket with
dedicated with dedicated
dedicated circuit dedicated circuit
circuit circuit
 4 x 13A twin socket
 Two number of AC and DC  Two number of AC and DC
with dedicated circuit  Two number  Two number of
Earth Bar Earth Bar
Electrical To be determined during of AC and DC AC and DC Earth
1
Supply  One number of AC and NOC design stage Earth Bar Bar
 2 x 63A TP isolator fed from  2 x 40A TP isolator fed from
DC Earth Bar
EDB EDB
 2 x 63A TP  2 x 63A TP isolator
isolator fed fed from EDB
from EDB
To be determined during 26kW for Mobile 36kW for Mobile Service

2 Heat dissipation Commercial Commercial
Not Applicable NOC design stage Service room room
300W/sq.mtr + 3kW/rack 300W/sq.mtr + 3kW/rack
To be determined during NOC To be determined during To be determined during NOC design

3 Raised Flooring Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable
design stage NOC design stage stage
To be determined
To be determined during To be determined during
3 Floor Loading 10kNm2 (distributed load) 10kNm2 (distributed load)- 10kNm2 (distributed load)- during NOC design
NOC design stage NOC design stage
stage
Dedicated A/C system

Dedicated A/C system
Dedicated A/C system (ducted split (ducted split FCU)
Dedicated A/C system (ducted split (ducted split FCU) with
FCU) with duty & standby units with duty & standby
FCU) with duty & standby units with duty & standby units with
Air A/C Unit - To maintain the with proper interlocking, to To be determined during units with proper
4 proper interlocking, to maintain the proper interlocking, to
Conditioning temperature at 24°C maintain the room temp. at 21°C ± NOC design stage interlocking, to
room temp. at 21°C ± 1°C maintain the room temp.
1°C maintain the room
at 21°C ± 1°C
temp. at 21°C ± 1°C
 2 x handheld CO2  2 x handheld CO2 cylinder  2 x handheld CO2 cylinder  2 x handheld  2 x handheld CO2
cylinder extinguishers extinguishers extinguishers CO2 cylinder cylinder
To be determined during
5 Fire protection  1 x smoke detectors per  Room shall be comply with  Room shall be comply with the extinguishers extinguishers
NOC design stage
room connected to the fire and safety fire and safety requirements like  Room shall be  Room shall be
BMS/FACP requirements like smoke smoke detector, fire alarm, comply with comply with the
Appendix-5 Summary Table- Electromechanical (EM) Specification
detector, fire alarm, emergency light etc. as per local the fire and fire and safety
emergency light etc. as per authority standards. Any water safety requirements like
local authority standards. sprinklers to be avoided. requirements smoke detector, fire
Any water sprinklers to be like smoke alarm, emergency
avoided. detector, fire light etc. as per
alarm, local authority
emergency standards. Any
light etc. as per water sprinklers to
local authority be avoided.
standards. Any
water
sprinklers to
be avoided.
Appendix-5- Summary Table- ISP Specification
Bulk Service
Building with Buildings – Group of Warehouses and
S. Infrastructure Building with Building with up
Building with up to 1200 Shopping Hotels, Factories
N Components Single Villa Complex of Villa up to 300 to 600 Tenant
up to 150 Tenant Mall Palaces and
o Name Tenant
Tenant Hospitals
JRC 12 for every 12 Villas +

600mmX600m JRC 12 for plot Entry JRC12 JRC12 JRC12 JRC12 JRC12 JRC 12 for every 12 warehouses +
1 Entry Box JRC12
mX800mm 600mmX600mmX800mm per JRC 12 for plot Entry
Villa 600mm x600mm X800mm(L X B
x D)per Warehouse
2 XD54(100mm) 2
Primary Route and XD54(100m
2 XD54(100mm) m) Primary 2 XD54(100mm)
2x100mm primary 2x100mm primary 2 XD54(100mm)
Secondary Route Route and Primary Route 2x50mm per warehouse
2 xD56 (50mm) per Villa route route Primary Route and
2 Entry duct 2X50mm 2 and 2x100mm primary plot entry
2xD54(100mm) for plot Entry 2x100mm 2x100mm 2 XD54(100mm)
XD54(100m 2 XD54(100mm) 2x100mm secondary plot entry
secondary route secondary route Secondary Route
m) Secondary Route
Secondary
Route
4.5m X 3m X
3m (final
Main Telecom 4.5m X 3m X 3m room size to
3 Not applicable Not applicable 3m X 3m X 3m 3m X 3m X 3m 4m X 3m X 3m 3m X 3m X 3m Not applicable
Room be discussed
during design
NOC stage)
3mx3mx3m 3mx3mx3m To be
3mx3mx3m To be determined
Rooftop Mobile (Considering (Considering To be determined determined
4 Not applicable Not applicable (Considering G+10 during design Not applicable
Service Room G+10 floors or G+10 floors or during design during design
floors or More) NOC stage
Less) More) NOC stage NOC stage
3mx3mx3m every 3mx3mx3m every
10 floors starting 10 floors starting
To be
from the lowest from the lowest To be determined
Mobile Service determined
5 Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Basement/Ground Basement/Ground To be determined during design Not applicable
Room during design
floor (Considering floor (Considering during design NOC stage
NOC stage
G+10 floors or G+10 floors or NOC stage
More) More)
Not applicable Not applicable 2m X 2m X 3m 2m X 2m X 3m 2m X 2m X 3m To be To be determined

Floor Telecom
6 2m X 2m X 3m determined during design Not applicable
Space
during design NOC stage
NOC stage
1 no of
1 no of 450mm X
1 no of 450mm X 1 no of 450mm X 1 no of 450mm X 450mm X To be
Riser Cable 50mm Cable tray
2 no of 50mm 50mm Cable tray 50mm Cable tray for 50mm Cable tray 50mm Cable determined
7 Containment 2 no of 50mm conduit for Fixed Services 2 no of 50mm conduit
conduit for Fixed Services Fixed Services and for Fixed Services tray for Fixed during design
Main Risers and 1 no of
and 1 no of 1 no of 300mm X and 1 no of Services and NOC stage
300mm X 50mm
300mm X 50mm 300mm X 50mm 1 no of
Appendix-5- Summary Table- ISP Specification
Cable tray for IBS Cable tray for IBS 50mm Cable tray for Cable tray for IBS 300mm X
(GSM) (GSM) IBS (GSM) (GSM) 50mm Cable
tray for IBS
(GSM)
200mm X
200mm X 50mm 200mm X 50mm 200mm X 50mm 50mm Cable
Cable Tray for Cable Tray for Cable Tray for Fixed 200mm X 50mm Tray for To be
Horizontal Cable Not applicable Not applicable Cable Tray for
Fixed Services Fixed Services Services Fixed determined
8 tray (Floor Fixed Services Not applicable
and 150 mm X and 150 mm X and 150 mm X Services during design
corridor) and 150 mm X
50mm for IBS 50mm for IBS 50mm for IBS and 150 mm NOC stage
(GSM) (GSM) (GSM) 50mm for IBS X 50mm for
(GSM) IBS (GSM)
For residential For residential
For residential
12U (H) X For residential 12U 12U (H) X
12U (H) X
600mm (W) X (H) X 600mm (W) X
600mm (W) X
150mm(D) for up 600mm (W) X 150mm(D) for up
150mm(D) for up
to 24 Cat6 Cables 150mm(D) for up to to 24 Cat6 Cables
to 24 Cat6 Cables
24 Cat6 Cables
For residential For residential
For residential
12U (H) X For residential 12U 12U (H) X For Retail
12U (H) X
12U (H) X 600mm (W) X (H) X 600mm (W) X 12U (H) X 12U (H) X
Consolidation 12U (H) X 600mm (W) X
9 600mm (W) X 300mm(D) for 600mm (W) X 300mm(D) for 600mm (W) Not applicable 600mm (W) X 150mm(D)
Point (Cabinet) 600mm (W) X 150mm(D) 300mm(D) for
150mm(D) above 24 Cat6 300mm(D) for above above 24 Cat6 X 300mm(D)
above 24 Cat6
Cables 24 Cat6 Cables Cables
Cables
For Commercial For Commercial For Commercial
For Commercial
12U (H) X 12U (H) X 12U (H) X
12U (H) X
600mm (W) X 600mm (W) X 600mm (W) X
600mm (W) X
350mm(D) 350mm(D) 350mm(D)
350mm(D)
Optical Optical Optical Distribution Optical Optical

Free-standing 42U Distribution Frame Frame (ODF) Distribution Frame Distribution Free-standing
10 Distribution Not applicable
Not applicable Not applicable Rack (ODF) (ODF) Frame (ODF) 42U Rack
Frame (ODF)
Multicore
Multicore fiber Multicore fiber Multicore fiber fiber cable Direct Multicore
Multicore fiber cable
Not applicable Not applicable cable +Splice cable +Splice cable +Splice +Splice point fiber cable Not applicable
Fiber Network +Splice point on
11 point on every point on every point on every on every between MTR
Architecture every three floor +
three floor + three floor + three floor + three floor + and Client server
Indoor drop cables
Indoor drop cables Indoor drop cables Indoor drop cables Indoor drop room
cables
4 core SM Indoor
drop Cable – 2 4 core SM
4 core SM 4 core SM Indoor 4 core SM Indoor 4 core SM Indoor
core for du and 2 Indoor drop
Fiber drop cable Outdoor drop 4 core SM Outdoor drop drop Cable – 2 drop Cable – 2 drop Cable – 2 core 4 core SM Outdoor drop Cable
12 core for Etisalat Cable – 2 Not applicable
Cable from Cable from drop enclosure core for du and 2 core for du and 2 for du and 2 core for from drop enclosure
core for du
drop enclosure core for Etisalat core for Etisalat Etisalat
and 2 core
for Etisalat
NOTES
1. NO DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE SCALED.
2. ALL DIMENSION ARE TO BE CHECKED AND CO-RELATED WITH OTHER

DRAWINGS PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCING ON SITE.
3. DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH WRITTEN SPECIFICATION, IT

IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO BRING THIS TO THE ATTENTION OF
THE ENGINEER.
4. THIS DRAWING AND ALL ITS DESIGNS AND DETAILS WERE CREATED BY THE
COMMON MMR ROOM

ARCHITECTS SHANKLANDCOX ON THE DATE SHOWN BELOW AND (UNLESS
STATED OTHERWISE BY CONSULTANCY AGREEMENT) MAY NOT BE COPIED
OR REPRODUCED IN WHOLE OR PART SAVED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN
CONSENT. FOR THE PURPOSE OF UNITED ARAB EMIRATES FEDERAL LAW
NUMBER 40 FOR 1992 CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND
COPY RIGHTS SUCH DRAWINGS, DESIGN AND DETAILS WERE PUBLISHED,
ON THAT DATE, IN THE UNITED ARAB EMIRATES FOR THE FIRST TIME.
key plan
LIST OF ARCHITECTURAL DRAINGS LIST OF ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS LIST OF MECHANICAL DRAWINGS

S.No. DWG.NO. DRAWING TITLE. SCALE REV. S.No. DWG.NO. DRAWING TITLE. SCALE REV. S.No. DWG.NO. DRAWING TITLE. SCALE REV.
GENERAL ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS MECHANICAL DRAWINGS

01 70031-SCL-GN-A-003 DRAWING LIST N.T.S 03 A1 -- -- 01 70037-SCL-EL-100 SITE PLAN - LIGHTING LAYOUT 1:50 01 A1 -- -- 01 70037-SCL-AC-101 GROUND FLOOR AC LAYOUT 1:50 02 A1 -- --
02 70031-SCL-B00-A-100 SITE PLAN 1 : 100 03 A1 -- -- 02 70037-SCL-EP-100 SITE PLAN - POWER LAYOUT 1:50 01 A1 -- -- 02 70037-SCL-DR-101 GROUND AND ROOF FLOOR DRAINAGE LAYOUT 1:50 02 A1 -- --
03 70037-SCL-CC-100 SITE PLAN - CCTV & ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM LAYOUT 1:50 01 A1 -- -- 03 70037-SCL-FF-101 GROUND FLOOR FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT 1:50 02 A1 -- --
EQUIPMENT BUILDING 04 70037-SCL-DA-100 SITE PLAN - DATA CONTAINMENT LAYOUT 1:50 00 A1 -- --
03 70031-SCL-B01-A-101 GROUND FLOOR PLAN & ROOF PLAN 1 : 50 03 A1 -- -- 05 70037-SCL-EL-101 LIGHTING LAYOUT 1:50 01 A1 -- --
04 70031-SCL-B01-A-201 ELEVATIONS & SECTION 1 : 50 03 A1 -- -- 06 70037-SCL-EP-101 POWER LAYOUT 1:50 01 A1 -- --
05 70031-SCL-B01-A-801 DOOR AND WINDOW SCHEDULE 1 : 50 03 A1 -- -- 07 70037-SCL-EP-102 POWER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM & LOAD SCHEDULE N.T.S 00 A1 -- --
08 70037-SCL-FA-101 FIRE ALARM & EMERGENCY LIGHTING LAYOUT 1:50 01 A1 -- --
BOUNDARY WALL 09 70037-SCL-CC-101 CCTV & ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM LAYOUT 1:50 01 A1 -- --
06 70031-SCL-B01-A-101 BOUNDARY WALL PLAN 1 : 100 03 A1 -- -- 10 70037-SCL-DA-101 DATA CONTAINMENT LAYOUT AS SHOWN 01 A1 -- --
07 70031-SCL-B01-A-702 BOUNDARY WALL ELEVATIONS AND SECTIONS 1 : 100 03 A1 -- -- 11 70037-SCL-LP-101 EARTHING & LIGHTNING PROTECTION LAYOUT 1:50 01 A1 -- --
TYPICAL DETAILS
04 25.10.2016 TITLE CHANGE AS PER CLIENT'S COMMENT MA UB
08 70031-SCL-TY-A-901 MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS 03 A1 -- --
02 07.06.2016 CORRECTED AS PER CLIENT'S COMMENT MA UB
01 28.04.2016 DETAILED DESIGN MA UB
00 14.04.2016 PRELIMINARY DESIGN MA UB
Rev Date Description Rev by Ckd by
Client
LIST OF STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
01 70037-SCL-S-001 GENERAL NOTES 01 A1 -- --
02 70037-SCL-S-002 STANDARD DETAILS-1 01 A1 -- --
03 70037-SCL-S-003 STANDARD DETAILS-2 01 A1 -- --
EQUIPMENT BUILDING MEP CONSULTANT
04 70037-SCL-S-101 BOUNDARY WALL LAYOUT 01 A1 -- --

SHANKLAND COX
05 70037-SCL-S-102 FOUNDATION LAYOUT AND TIE BEAM LAYOUT 01 A1 -- --
PO Box 80670 PO Box 44936 PO Box 37133
01 AL AIN, UAE ABU DHABI, UAE DUBAI, UAE
06 70037-SCL-S-103 ROOF PLAN A1 -- --
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
alain@shanklandcox.com abudhabi@shanklandcox.com dubai@shanklandcox.com
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
ARCHITECTURAL DETAILED DESIGN
Drawing Title
LIST OF DRAWING
Drawn RM Date 14.04.2016

Checked RM Scale 1:100
Approved BHATT Job no. 70037
Sheet Size Drawing No. Rev. No.
A1 70037-SCL-GN-A-003 04
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
10000 ON THAT DATE, IN THE UNITED ARAB EMIRATES FOR THE FIRST TIME.
key plan
PLOT LIMIT 2000 5500 2500 PLOT LIMIT
PLOT BOUNDARY
GRAVEL
2000
INTERLOCK
RWO
0
:10
:1
GRAVEL
E
PLOT BOUNDARY
P
O
L
S
PROPOSED
5000
MMR
GRAVEL
10000
INTERLOCK +4950 INTERLOCK
SSL.
CANOPY
+0.300 INTERLOCK
3000
+0.200 GRAVEL +0.300

PAVEMENT RAMP
60mm THK.
ROAD LVL. 3400

PLOT LIMIT PLOT LIMIT 04 25.10.2016 TITLE CHANGE AS PER CLIENT'S COMMENT MA UB
MAIN 03 24.07.2016 TITLE CHANGE AS PER CLIENT'S COMMENT MA UB
ENTRANCE 02 07.06.2016 CORRECTED AS PER CLIENT'S COMMENT MA UB
Client
1 SITE LAYOUT
A-100 SCALE: 1:50
MEP CONSULTANT
SHANKLAND COX
AL AIN, UAE ABU DHABI, UAE DUBAI, UAE
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
Drawing Title
MMR ROOM
SITE PLAN
GRAVEL MINIMUM SIZE 1-1 1/2 " PAVEMENT 60mm THICK.

A1 70037-SCL-A-100 04
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
key plan
A B C A B C
-- -- -- -- -- --
5500
5300 5300
3850 5500 1450 3850 1450

LEGEND
A A 200MM THK. HOLLOW CONC.
BLOCKWORK
A-201 A-201 A-201 A-201 200MM THK. INSULATED CONC.
BLOCKWORK
200MM THK. REINFORCED
CONCRETE
1 1
200
-- -- SCHEDULE OF FINISHES
RWO WALLS
W1 JOTUN - DURATHENE EPOXY PAINT SNOW WHITE COLOR GLOSSY
200 5100 200 200mm THICK 100 FLOORS

: 1: F1 EPOXY COATING WITH HARDENER
INSULATED BLOCK INSULATED BLOCK P

E +6050
TOP LVL.
3350
3350
3200
+6050 O SKIRTING
TOP LVL. L
S S1 FOSROC - SL 4000 LIGHT GREY
CEILINGS
MMR
5000
4800
5000
4800
A-201 A-201 A-201 ROOF A-201
C1 EPOXY PAINT - DURATHENE 50% LITE- GLOSS FINISH GREY (0115)
+0.750 +4950
SSL.
2 2
100
-- --
D02 +0.750
1300
1450
1450
200 3700 100 1300 200
3 3
200
-- D01 --
4200 +0.750 300
1000
CANOPY CANOPY
A A
A-201 +0.300 A-201
A-201 A-201
RAMP
1 GROUND FLOOR PLAN 2 ROOF PLAN

A-101 SCALE: 1:50 A-101 SCALE: 1:50

Client
BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL

BRACKET FIX TO BEAM
BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL
THREADED SHOE AS PER MFTR.
BRUSHED STAINLESS STL.TENSION BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL MEP CONSULTANT

CABLE / ROD CANOPY SUPPORT
BLDG. LINE CLADDING LINE

1000
75 x 75mm GALV. STL.
600
5 x 75 x 75mm GALV.
TENSION CABLE / ROD
BRUSHED STAINLESS
STL. THREADED SHOE
SHANKLAND COX
ANGLE STIFFENER
75 x 75mm GALV. STL. STL. TUBULAR FRAME AS PER MFTR. PO Box 44936
PO Box 80670 PO Box 37133
ANGLE STIFFENER AL AIN, UAE ABU DHABI, UAE DUBAI, UAE
SILICONE SEALANT BRUSHED STAINLESS STL. T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
75 x 75mm GALV. STEEL CHANNEL F +971 2 671 5362
W/ BACK ROD BRACKET FASTEN TO F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 4 338 0133
FIX TO WALL WITH EXPANSION BOLT alain@shanklandcox.com abudhabi@shanklandcox.com dubai@shanklandcox.com
75 x 75mm GALV. STEEL 5 x 75 x 75mm GALV. ALUMINUM FRAME
AND FASTEN CANOPY FRAME WITH
EQ EQ EQ EQ STL. TUBULAR FRAME
THREADED BOLT (APPLIES TO OPPOSITE SIDE) CLADDING LINE CHANNEL FIX TO WALL SILICONE SEALANT AT GAP Project
WITH EXPANSION BOLT 75 x 75mm GALV. STL.
5 x 75 x 75mm GALV. AS PER MFTR. ANGLE STIFFENER RIGID FIXING SCREW
STL. TUBULAR FRAME RIGID FIXING SCREW 4mm THK. ALUM.
75 x 75mm GALV. STL. EL. +5.550 SHEET CLADDING
ANGLE STIFFENER ROOF T.O.SS
150
1900
50 x 50mm GALV. STL. 50 x 50mm GALV. STL. CLADDING FASTENER

ANGLE STIFFENER ANGLE STIFFENER AS PER MFTR.
THREADED BOLT TO FASTEN FRAME 5x75x75mm GALV.
1000
SILICONE SEALANT W/ BACK ROD STL. TUBULAR FRAME

BRUSHED STAINLESS STL. BLDG. LINE
TENSION CABLE / ROD 50 x 75mm GALV. STL. 75 x 75mm GALV. STL. DISICIPLINE STATUS
CANOPY SUPPORT CHANNEL SUBFRAME ANGLE STIFFENER ARCHITECTURAL DETAILED DESIGN
1000 600 Drawing Title
1600
4mm THK. ALUM. MMR ROOM
1600 SHEET CLADDING
SL - 4000 FLOOR (INTERNAL) EXTERNAL PAINT LIKE STONE GROUND FLOOR PLAN &
ROOF PLAN
DETAILED PLAN DEATILED SECTION
Drawn MA Date 14.04.2016
3 CANOPY DETAIL Sheet Size Drawing No. Rev. No.
A-101 SCALE: 1:20
A1 70037-SCL-A-101 04
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
key plan
D01 D02
1200
200 800 200 1200
400 300
2500
2500
1800
200
200
1.5mm THK., 200mm (H) 1.5mm THK., 200mm (H)
STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE
LOCATION: LOCATION:
MMP ROOM MMP ROOM
DESCRIPTION:
DESCRIPTION: PROVIDE 2 HOUR FIRE RATED SINGLE LEAF
SINGLE LEAF POWDER COATED GALVANIZED POWDER COATED GALVANIZED STEEL DOOR ON
STEEL DOOR (SANDWICH PANEL) POWDER COATED GALVANIZED STEEL FRAME
POWDER COATED GALVANIZED STEEL FRAME
PROVIDE BRUSHED SSTL. MFTR. STANDARD

4 BUTT HINGES PROVIDE BRUSHED SSTL. MFTR. STANDARD
1 OVERHEAD DOOR CLOSER 4 BUTT HINGES
1 MORTISE LOCK SET ANSI F07 WITH LEVER 1 OVERHEAD DOOR CLOSER WITH HOLD
HANDLE BOTH SIDES OPEN DEVICE
1 DOOR STOP 1 MORTISE LOCK SET ANSI F07 WITH LEVER
HANDLE BOTH SIDES AND CARD ACCESS
SADDLE TYPE 1 CONTROL LOCK SET OUTSIDE
SADDLE TYPE 2
(ALL ACCESSORIES TO BE MAT SS FINISH)
SADDLE TYPES
TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 00 14.04.2016 PRELIMINARY DESIGN MA UB
FIRE & SMOKE SEAL DOORS EXTERNAL DOOR WET AREA DOORS Client
DOOR JAMB DOOR HARDWARE

DOOR JAMB
NOTES:
DOOR 1. UNO ALL EXPOSED PARTS SHALL BE
DOOR
DOOR
30 WHERE BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL FINISH.
UNDERCUT
FIRE & SMOKE REQUIRED 2. HARDWARE SHALL HAVE THE SAME
SEAL WEATHER FIRE RATING REQUIRED FOR THE DOOR.
FLOOR FIN. FLOOR 20
STRIPPING
13 12
FLOOR FIN
10
OUTDOOR FIN
15 12
FLOOR FIN 3. ALL FIRE DOORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED

SLOPE
12
FLOOR FIN
T.O.SS WITH OVER HEAD DOOR CLOSERS.
METAL SADDLE 175 GROUT GROUT
30 100 WATERPROOFING DOOR CONC SCREED
MEP CONSULTANT
MEMBRANE 30mm THK.
METAL THRESHOLD
WITH DRIP EDGE
WIDTH MARBLE
THRESHOLD
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
Drawing Title
DOORS SCHEDULE

A1 70037-SCL-A-801 04
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
3 2 1 ON THAT DATE, IN THE UNITED ARAB EMIRATES FOR THE FIRST TIME.
- - -
A B C C B A
- - - - - -
100 1450 3350 100 key plan
100 3850 1450 100 CAT LADDER REMOVED 100 1450 3850 100
+6050 +6050 +6050

TOP LVL. TOP LVL. TOP LVL. CAT LADDER REMOVED
200
EXTERNAL FINISHES SCHEDULE
LEGEND:
1100
1100
1100
A A
+4950 +4950 +4950 A JOTUN - DURATHENE PAINT ON CEMENT PLASTER (COLOUR-1)
ROOF SSL. ROOF SSL. ROOF SSL. 15 mm WIDE GROOVE WITH ALUMINUM CHANNEL FIXED BY
B
B B SS SCREW
2600
D01 B
5750
5750
5750
4200
4200
4200
B
2500
+0.750 +0.750 +0.750
GF LEVEL GF LEVEL GF LEVEL
+0.300 +0.300 +0.300

450
450
450
450
PAV. LEVEL PAV. LEVEL PAV. LEVEL
A A A
3 ELEVATION - 1 4 ELEVATION - 2 5 ELEVATION - 3

A-101 SCALE: 1:50 A-101 SCALE: 1:50 A-101 SCALE: 1:50

1 2 3 Rev Date Description Rev by Ckd by

- - - 1 ROOF 3 2 1 Client
TY-A901 DETAIL - - -
100 3350 1450 100
+6050
100 1450 3350 100 DET "R"
TOP LVL. +6050
TOP LVL. PAINTED CONCRETE
400 COPING
T.O.PARAPET
1100
A
1100
1300
+4950
+4950
100
ROOF SSL.
B ROOF SSL.
100
100
WALL FINISH
100 DRIP MOULD
MEP CONSULTANT
B WALL FINISH SHANKLAND COX

5750
5750

PLASTER ABU DHABI, UAE
4200
AL AIN, UAE DUBAI, UAE

4200
STOPPER CONCRETE PARAPET T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
4000
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133

IN OUT alain@shanklandcox.com abudhabi@shanklandcox.com dubai@shanklandcox.com
Project
200
+0.750
+0.750
MMP ROOM
GF LEVEL
GF LEVEL
+0.300
450
+0.300
450
PAV. LEVEL
PAV. LEVEL
A
DISICIPLINE STATUS
Drawing Title
ELEVATIONS & SECTION

6 ELEVATION - 4 6 SECTION A-A 7 DETAIL "R"
A-101 SCALE: 1:50 A-101 SCALE: 1:50 A-101 SCALE: AS SHOWN

A1 70037-SCL-A-201 04
NOTES
WALL FINISH 2. ALL DIMENSION ARE TO BE CHECKED AND CO-RELATED WITH OTHER
VARIES DRAWINGS PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCING ON SITE.
SEALANT 3. DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH WRITTEN SPECIFICATION, IT

200x200x20mm GRAVEL GUARD IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO BRING THIS TO THE ATTENTION OF
POLISHED PRECAST THE ENGINEER.
GRAVEL FILL
SEALANT TERRAZZO ROOFING TILES
400x400 MEMBRANE FLASHING WALL FINISH METAL FLASHING 4. THIS DRAWING AND ALL ITS DESIGNS AND DETAILS WERE CREATED BY THE
METAL FLASHING
100x20mm PRECAST TERRAZZO SKIRTING TILES
1 ROOFING WATER PROOFING
- MEMBRANE OR REPRODUCED IN WHOLE OR PART SAVED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN
WATERPROOF MEMBRANE WATER PROOFING CONSENT. FOR THE PURPOSE OF UNITED ARAB EMIRATES FEDERAL LAW
CONCRETE SCREED SEALANT NUMBER 40 FOR 1992 CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND
BASE FLASHING FLASHING COPY RIGHTS SUCH DRAWINGS, DESIGN AND DETAILS WERE PUBLISHED,
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE GRAVEL ON THAT DATE, IN THE UNITED ARAB EMIRATES FOR THE FIRST TIME.
SEPARATION SHEET PRECAST CONCRETE METAL STRAINER SURFACING
SCUPPER
50mm THK THERMAL key plan
RIGID INSULATION 200x200x20mm INSULATION
CONCRETE SCREED POLISHED PRECAST
TERRAZZO ROOFING TILES SEALANT
(SLOPE TO DRAIN)
250 PAINTED PRECAST

CONCRETE
350
LIQUID APPLIED
MEMBRANE 50 150 50 T.O.S.S
100
80
130
250
90 30
TOP OF ROOF
MIN
STRUCTURE SLAB
50
DRIP MOULD
DOWN SPOUT
100 150 STEEL DOWEL CONCRETE SCREED
(SLOPE TO SCUPPER)
ELEVATION 1:10 SECTION 1:5
2 ROOF DRAIN DETAIL
1 ROOF DETAIL G-A91 1:5 3 SCUPPER DETAIL
G-A91 1:5 G-A91 AS SHOWN
PAINTED CONCRETE
400
COPING
T.O.PARAPET
100
100
100
WALL FINISH
100 DRIP MOULD
CMU/CONC.
WALL FINISH WALL
PLASTER
STOPPER CONCRETE PARAPET 20
IN OUT
20
200 30
PAINTED CEMENT PAINTED FAIR FACE 01 28.04.2016 DETAILED DESIGN MA UB
PLASTER GROOVE
PALSTER CONCRETE 00 14.04.2016 PRELIMINARY DESIGN MA UB
PAINTED BEAD WITH ALUMINUM Rev Date Description Rev by Ckd by
U SHAPE EXTERNAL GROOVE CHANEL Client
4 PARAPET DETAIL 5 PLASTER GROOVE DETAIL 6 FAIR FACE CONC. GROOVE DETAIL
G-A91 1:10 G-A91 1:2 G-A91 1:2
MEP CONSULTANT
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
Drawing Title
TYPICAL DETAILS

A1 70037-SCL-TY-A-901 04
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
key plan
A-702
10000
200 3267 3067 3267 200
BOUNDARY WALL
100
100
3300
3300
RWO
0
:10
:1
BOUNDARY WALL
E
P
O
L
S
A-702
10000
10000
3200
3200
A-702

CANOPY 02
01
07.06.2016 CORRECTED AS PER CLIENT'S COMMENT
28.04.2016 DETAILED DESIGN
MA
MA
UB
UB
3300
3300
Client
RAMP
100
100
200 2125 1825 3700 100 1950 200
MEP CONSULTANT
10000 ROAD LVL. SHANKLAND COX

T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
A-702 F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
1 BOUNDARY WALL PLAN alain@shanklandcox.com abudhabi@shanklandcox.com dubai@shanklandcox.com
A-100 SCALE: 1:50
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
Drawing Title
BOUNDARY WALL PLAN

A1 70037-SCL-BW-A-701 04
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
key plan
+6050
TOP LVL.
+6050
TOP LVL.
+4950
ROOF SSL.
+4950
ROOF SSL.
75x40MM DIE CAST ALUMINUM

POWDER COATED TUBE
EL. +2.800
T.O.WALL EL. +2.800
T.O.WALL
2500
2800
2500
2800
EL. +0.300
PAV. LEVEL EL. +0.300
300
PAV. LEVEL
300
ROAD LEVEL
HINGED EMBEDDED IN ROAD LEVEL
PLASTER GROOVES
BARBED WIRE IN CONCRETE COLUMN
PLASTER GROOVES BARBED WIRE IN
ROLL FORM DOUBLE SHUTTER MOTORIZED ROLL FORM
EPOXY PAINT ON GATE 25MM SQ. ALUMINUM EPOXY PAINT ON
CEMENT PLASTER TUBE POWDER COATED CEMENT PLASTER
1 ELEVATION - 1 2 ELEVATION - 2
A-701 SCALE: 1:50 A-701 SCALE: 1:50
CEMENT PLASTER

GALVANIZED STEEL Client
+6050 ANGLE
+6050 250
TOP LVL. TOP LVL.
300
BEAM REF TO STRUC
150
DWG EL. +2.800
+4950 +4950 T.O.WALL
200
ROOF SSL. ROOF SSL.
400
GROOVES IN PLASTER
EPOXY PAINT ON
CEMENT PLASTER
MEP CONSULTANT
EL. +2.800 EL. +2.800

SHANKLAND COX
T.O.WALL T.O.WALL PO Box 44936
PO Box 80670 PO Box 37133
2600
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
200mm THK HOLLOW F +971 2 671 5362
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 4 338 0133
BLOCK alain@shanklandcox.com abudhabi@shanklandcox.com dubai@shanklandcox.com
2500
2500
2800
2800
Project
EL. +0.300 EL. +0.300 GROOVES IN PLASTER

PAV. LEVEL PAV. LEVEL
300
300
FINISH GRADE LEVEL
400
REF TO CIVIL DWGS.
ROAD LEVEL ROAD LEVEL
ROAD LEVEL
PLASTER GROOVES BARBED WIRE IN PLASTER GROOVES BARBED WIRE IN
ROLL FORM ROLL FORM DISICIPLINE STATUS
WATER PROOFING
EPOXY PAINT ON EPOXY PAINT ON
CEMENT PLASTER CEMENT PLASTER
Drawing Title
BOUNDARY WALL
3 ELEVATION - 3 4 ELEVATION - 4 5 TYPICAL SECTION ELEVATIONS & SECTION
A-701 SCALE: 1:50 A-701 SCALE: 1:50 A-702 SCALE: AS SHOWN

A1 70037-SCL-BW-A-702 04
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
key plan
03 25.10.2016 TITLE CHANGE AS PER CLIENT'S COMMENT LV UB

01 28.04.2016 DETAILED DESIGN LV UB
00 14.04.2016 FOR APPROVAL LV UB
Client
MAIN CONSULTANT
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
STRUCTURAL DETAILED DESIGN
Drawing Title
GENERAL NOTES
Drawn TJ Date 12.04.2016

Checked LV Scale 1:100
A1 70037-SCL-S-001 03
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
key plan
1 03 25.10.2016 TITLE CHANGE AS PER CLIENT'S COMMENT LV UB

2
Client
MAIN CONSULTANT
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
SYMMETRICAL COLUMN Drawing Title

INTERNAL COLUMN ASYMMETRICAL SUPPORTED ON WALL
TERMINATION DETAILS COLUMN JUNCTION 3 COLUMN JUNCTION 4 5 COLUMN JUNCTION DETAIL
1 2 STANDARD DETAILS-1
Ta= FULL TENSION ANCHORAGE LENGTH SHOWN WITH STEP GREATER THAN 100mm SHOWN WITH STEP 100mm OR LESS

A1 70037-SCL-S-002 03
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
key plan
WALL OPENING GREATER THAN WALL OPENING GREATER THAN

WALL OPENING 150mm AND LESS THAN 450mm SECTION - C SECTION - D
01b SECTION - A 450mm AND LESS THAN 900mm 01f 01g
01a LESS THAN 150 mm 01c 01e
WALL OPENING GREATER

01d SECTION - B 01h THAN 900mm
01 TRIMMING REINFT. FOR OPENING IN WALLS

(NOTE: FOR OPENING GREATER THAN 900mm IN SIZE-REFER REINFORCEMENT DETAIL DRGS.)
02a OPENING LESS THAN 150 mm
OPENING MORE THAN 450mm

02c AND LESS THAN 900 mm
OPENING MORE THAN 150mm 07 TYPICAL DETAIL OF ISOLATION JOINT - IJ 03 25.10.2016 TITLE CHANGE AS PER CLIENT'S COMMENT LV UB
02b AND LESS THAN 450mm 02 24.07.2016 TITLE CHANGE AS PER CLIENT'S COMMENT LV UB
Client
02 TRIMMING REINFT. FOR OPENING IN SLABS
B
MAIN CONSULTANT
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
09a SECTION-A Project
08a DETAIL-B
TYPICAL DETAILS OF PLINTH TYPICAL COVERED ROOF PENETRATION
06 FOR MEP SERVICES
05 ON SOLID SLAB
(UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON DRGS.)
08 TYPICAL DETAIL OF LONGITUDINAL JOINT - LJ DISICIPLINE STATUS

Drawing Title
STANDARD DETAILS-2

A1 70037-SCL-S-003 03
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
key plan

Client
2 SECTION - A 3 SECTION - B
S-101 SCALE: 1:25 S-101 SCALE: 1:25
1 BOUNDARY WALL LAYOUT
S-101 SCALE: 1:50
MAIN CONSULTANT
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
4 COLUMN - C1 5 COLUMN - C2
S-101 SCALE: 1:25 S-101 SCALE: 1:25
DISICIPLINE STATUS
Drawing Title
BOUNDARY WALL LAYOUT

A1 70037-SCL-S-101 03
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
A B C A B C OR REPRODUCED IN WHOLE OR PART SAVED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN
-- -- -- -- -- -- CONSENT. FOR THE PURPOSE OF UNITED ARAB EMIRATES FEDERAL LAW
5300 5300 COPY RIGHTS SUCH DRAWINGS, DESIGN AND DETAILS WERE PUBLISHED,
3850 1450 3850 1450
3 COLUMN - C1 key plan
S-102 SCALE: 1:25
1 1
-- --
+0.750
3350
3350
SSL.
4800
4800
2 2
-- --
1450
1450
3 3
-- --
1 FOUNDATION LAYOUT 2 TIE BEAM LAYOUT 4 SECTION - A

S-102 SCALE: 1:50 S-102 SCALE: 1:50
S-102 SCALE: 1:25

Client
5 SECTION - B
S-102 SCALE: 1:25
MAIN CONSULTANT
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
6 SECTION - D 5 SECTION - C Drawing Title
S-102 SCALE: 1:25 S-102 SCALE: 1:25
FOUNDATION LAYOUT AND
TIE BEAM LAYOUT

A1 70037-SCL-S-102 03
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
key plan
A B C
-- -- --
5300
3850 1450
1
--
+6.050
TOP OF PARAPET
3350
+4.950
SSL.
4800
2
--
1450
3
--
1 ROOF PLAN 03
02
25.10.2016
24.07.2016
TITLE CHANGE AS PER CLIENT'S COMMENT
TITLE CHANGE AS PER CLIENT'S COMMENT
LV
LV
UB
UB
S-103 SCALE: 1:50 2 SECTION - A 01
00
28.04.2016
14.04.2016
DETAILED DESIGN
FOR APPROVAL
LV
LV
UB
UB
S-103 SCALE: 1:25 Rev Date Description Rev by Ckd by
Client
MAIN CONSULTANT
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
Drawing Title
ROOF PLAN

A1 70037-SCL-S-103 03
NOTES
LEGEND 1. NO DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE SCALED.

SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCING ON SITE.

DOME TYPE FIXED CCTV CAMERA IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO BRING THIS TO THE ATTENTION OF
THE ENGINEER.
WALL MOUNTED WEATHER PROOF
DOME TYPE CAMERA 4. THIS DRAWING AND ALL ITS DESIGNS AND DETAILS WERE CREATED BY THE
CARD READER OR REPRODUCED IN WHOLE OR PART SAVED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN
DOOR CONTACT COPY RIGHTS SUCH DRAWINGS, DESIGN AND DETAILS WERE PUBLISHED,
MAGNETIC LOCK
key plan
BREAK GLASS
10000
PLOT BOUNDARY
GRAVEL
2000
INTERLOCK
RWO
0
:10
:1
GRAVEL
PLOT BOUNDARY E
P
O
L
S
PROPOSED
5000
MMR
GRAVEL
10000
INTERLOCK INTERLOCK
CANOPY 04
03
25.10.2016
24.07.2016
CORRECTED AS PER CLIENTS COMMENTS
LM
LM
UB
UB
INTERLOCK 02 06.07.2016 CORRECTED AS PER CLIENTS COMMENTS LM UB
01 28.04.2016 DETAILED DESIGN LM UB
00 14.04.2016 PRELIMINARY DESIGN LM UB
3000

Client
GRAVEL
PAVEMENT RAMP
60mm THK.
3400
PLOT LIMIT PLOT LIMIT
MAIN
ENTRANCE
1 SITE LAYOUT - CCTV & ACCESS CONTROL LAYOUT MEP CONSULTANT

A-100 SCALE: 1:50
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
ELECTRICAL DETAILED DESIGN
Drawing Title
SITE PLAN
CCTV & ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM LAYOUT
Drawn NS Date 12.04.2016

Checked LM Scale 1:50
Approved UB Job no. 70037
A1 70037-SCL-CC-100 04
NOTES
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 2. ALL DIMENSION ARE TO BE CHECKED AND CO-RELATED WITH OTHER
13A SINGLE SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLET
15A SINGLE SWITCHED SOCKET IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO BRING THIS TO THE ATTENTION OF
OUTLET FOR FCU THE ENGINEER.
THREE PHASE ISOLATOR 4. THIS DRAWING AND ALL ITS DESIGNS AND DETAILS WERE CREATED BY THE
SINGLE PHASE ISOLATOR OR REPRODUCED IN WHOLE OR PART SAVED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN
FLEX OUTLET FOR ACCESS CONTROL PANEL NUMBER 40 FOR 1992 CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND
FLEX OUTLET FOR FACP
FLEX OUTLET FOR CCTV CAMERA key plan
10000
PLOT BOUNDARY
GRAVEL
2000
INTERLOCK
RWO
0
:10
:1
GRAVEL
PLOT BOUNDARY E
P
O
L
S
PROPOSED
5000
MMR
GRAVEL
10000
INTERLOCK INTERLOCK
Y7/DB-GF
CANOPY 04
03
25.10.2016
24.07.2016
LM
LM
UB
UB
INTERLOCK 02 06.07.2016 CORRECTED AS PER CLIENTS COMMENTS LM UB
3000

Client
4C x 50mm XLPE/SWA/PVC
1C x 25mm PVC/CU ECCGRAVEL
PAVEMENT
C10/DB-U-GF RAMP
60mm THK.
3400
MAIN
ENTRANCE
1 SITE LAYOUT - POWER LAYOUT MEP CONSULTANT

A-100 SCALE: 1:50
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
Drawing Title
SITE PLAN
POWER LAYOUT

A1 70037-SCL-EP-100 04
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
key plan
10000
PLOT BOUNDARY
C GRAVEL C
2000
INTERLOCK
RWO
100
: 1:
GRAVEL
E
PLOT BOUNDARY
P
O
L
S
PROPOSED
5000
GRAVEL
10000
INTERLOCK INTERLOCK 04 25.10.2016 CORRECTED AS PER CLIENTS COMMENTS LM UB

03 24.07.2016 CORRECTED AS PER CLIENTS COMMENTS LM UB
Client
CANOPY
INTERLOCK
3000
LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTED ON

GRAVEL 6 METER HIGH POLE (TYP.)
PAVEMENT RAMP MEP CONSULTANT
C 60mm THK. C
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 2 671 5411
3400 T +971 3 766 9334
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362
T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 4 338 0133

MAIN Project
ENTRANCE
1 SITE PLAN - LIGHTING LAYOUT

- SCALE: 1:50
DISICIPLINE STATUS
Drawing Title
SITE PLAN
LIGHTING LAYOUT

A1 70037-SCL-EL-100 04
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
key plan
10000
PLOT BOUNDARY
GRAVEL
2000
INTERLOCK
RWO
100
: 1:
GRAVEL
E
PLOT BOUNDARY
P
O
L
S
PROPOSED
5000
MMR
GRAVEL
10000
INTERLOCK INTERLOCK


CANOPY Client
INTERLOCK
3000
GRAVEL
PAVEMENT RAMP
60mm THK.
3400 MEP CONSULTANT
PLOT LIMIT
MAIN
PLOT LIMIT SHANKLAND COX
ENTRANCE
1 SITE LAYOUT -DATA CONTAINMENT LAYOUT T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
- SCALE: 1:50 F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
Drawing Title
SITE PLAN
DATA CONTAINMENT LAYOUT

A1 70037-SCL-DA-101 04
NOTES

SYMBOLS DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCING ON SITE.

DOME TYPE FIXED CCTV CAMERA IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO BRING THIS TO THE ATTENTION OF
THE ENGINEER.
WALL MOUNTED WEATHER PROOF
DOME TYPE CAMERA 4. THIS DRAWING AND ALL ITS DESIGNS AND DETAILS WERE CREATED BY THE
CR CARD READER OR REPRODUCED IN WHOLE OR PART SAVED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN
DC DOOR CONTACT COPY RIGHTS SUCH DRAWINGS, DESIGN AND DETAILS WERE PUBLISHED,
M MAGNETIC LOCK
key plan
BG BREAK GLASS
A B C A B C
-- -- -- -- -- --
5300 5300
3850 5500 1450 3850 5500 1450
1 1
-- -- ACP
CCTV RACK /
ACCESS CONTROL
SERVER
PANEL
3350
3350
MMR MMR
5000
4800
5000
4800
BG
CR
2 2 M DC
-- --
CR
1450
1450
BG 01 28.04.2016 DETAILED DESIGN LM UB
CR 00 14.04.2016 PRELIMINARY DESIGN LM UB
3 3 M DC Rev Date Description Rev by Ckd by
-- --
CR Client
CANOPY CANOPY
RAMP RAMP
1 GROUND FLOOR PLAN CCTV LAYOUT 2 GROUND FLOOR PLAN ACCESS CONTROL LAYOUT
- SCALE: 1:50 - SCALE: 1:50
MEP CONSULTANT
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
Drawing Title
MMR ROOM
CCTV & ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM LAYOUT

A1 70037-SCL-CC-101 04
NOTES

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DRAWINGS PRIOR TO WORK COMMENCING ON SITE.
FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL 3. DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH WRITTEN SPECIFICATION, IT
MANUAL PULL STATION DUAL ACTION TYPE THE ENGINEER.
S PHOTO ELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR 4. THIS DRAWING AND ALL ITS DESIGNS AND DETAILS WERE CREATED BY THE
SOUNDER STATED OTHERWISE BY CONSULTANCY AGREEMENT) MAY NOT BE COPIED
FIRE RATED DOOR NUMBER 40 FOR 1992 CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND
EXIT EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHT - SELF CONTAINED - MAINTAINED ON THAT DATE, IN THE UNITED ARAB EMIRATES FOR THE FIRST TIME.
IFU INTERFACEING UNIT

SURFACE MOUNTED EMERGENCY LIGHT - key plan
SELF CONTAINED - NON MAINTAINED.
WP WEATHER PROOF
NOTE:
FACP SHOULD BE INTEGRATED TO REMOTE MONITORING NETWORK
THROUGH SNMP FOR FIRE DETECTION, CONTROL OF ALARM INDICATING
DEVICES AND SUPERVISION OF INITIATING AND INDICATING CIRCUITS.
PROVIDE THE REQUIRED COMMUNICATION INTERFACE/ PROTOCOL.
A B C A B C
-- -- -- -- -- --
5300 5300
3850 5500 1450 3850 5500 1450
1 1
-- --
3350
3350
IFU
MMR MMR
5000
4800
5000
4800
2 2
-- --
1450
1450
IFU
3 3
-- --
CANOPY CANOPY

RAMP RAMP 03
02
24.07.2016
06.07.2016
LM
LM
UB
UB
1 GROUND FLOOR PLAN FIRE ALARM LAYOUT 2 GROUND FLOOR PLAN EMERGENCY LIGHTING LAYOUT Rev Date Description Rev by Ckd by
- SCALE: 1:50 - SCALE: 1:50
Client
NOTE:
S S S IFU IFU 01. THE RISER REPRESENTS A TYPICAL SYSTEM AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR MEP CONSULTANT
INSTALLATION SYSTEM SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE INSTALLATION DRAWINGS AND
2Lx2.5sq.mm
FIRE ALARM CABLE
WIRING DIAGRAMS BASED UPON CONTRACT DRAWING.
02. THIS DIAGRAM IS NOT INTENDED TO SHOW EXACT QUANTITIES OF DEVICES. REFER
SHANKLAND COX
TO DRAWINGS FOR DEVICES QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS.
2Lx1.5sq.mm PO Box 80670 PO Box 44936 PO Box 37133
03. FIRE ALARM CABLE SHALL BE FP200 (2c 1.5 OR 2c 2.5) OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. AL AIN, UAE ABU DHABI, UAE DUBAI, UAE
FIRE ALARM CABLE
04. ELECTRICAL & MECHANICAL OPENING SHALL BE FILLED WITH FIRE RETARDANT T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
MATERIAL. abudhabi@shanklandcox.com
CIRCUIT-1 CIRCUIT-2 LOOP-2 LOOP-1 alain@shanklandcox.com dubai@shanklandcox.com
05. DURING FIRE CONDITION CCU SHALL BE SWITCHED OFF.
06. EXIT LIGHT SHALL BE MAINTAINED TYPE. Project
AUTO DIALER
07. ISOLATOR MODULES SHALL BE PROVIDED AS PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION.
08. LOCATION OF INTERFACING MODULES SHALL BE COORDINATED AT SITE.
09. FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH STANDARD BATTERIE WHICH
WILL POWER THEM FOR 24 HOURS IN QUIESCENT CONDITION AND 15 MIN. IN ALARM
CONDITION.
10. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE INTERFACED WITH THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT :
230V 50Hz SUPPLY
HVAC SYSTEM, (CCU,DX UNITS, DAMPERS) ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM
11. SEE MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF EQUIPMENTS TO BE
FIRE & FAULT SIGNAL TO SNMP
INTERFACED WITH THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.
12. ALL CONTROL CABINETS SHALL BE GROUNDED AS PER NEC REQUIREMNTS AND
SPECIFICATIONS.
13. EMERGENCY LIGHT MONITORING PANEL TO BE PROVIDED IF REQUIRED BY DISICIPLINE STATUS
AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
Drawing Title
MMR ROOM
FIRE ALARM & EMERGENCY LIGHTING LAYOUT

A1 70037-SCL-FA-101 04
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
key plan
40A TP
ISO
+1c-16mm2 PVC Y/G AS ECC
+1c-10mm2 PVC Y/G AS ECC

1x4c-16mm2 XLPE/SWA/PVC
1x4c-10mm2 XLPE/SWA/PVC
TCL=22.30kW TCL=10.0kW
FUTURE FIRST FUTURE FIRST
FLOOR DB FLOOR CCU SPACE SPACE
R Y B
A A A V S/S
8' Or More deep cu rod earthing in 30x30x30cm

earth pit manhole.
(Earth value not more than 1 )

2x6" PVC DUCTS
Client
MEP CONSULTANT
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
Drawing Title
MMR ROOM
POWER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM &
LOAD SCHEDULE

Checked LM Scale N.T.S
A1 70037-SCL-EP-102 04
NOTES
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 2. ALL DIMENSION ARE TO BE CHECKED AND CO-RELATED WITH OTHER
13A SINGLE SWITCHED SOCKET OUTLET
15A SINGLE SWITCHED SOCKET IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO BRING THIS TO THE ATTENTION OF
OUTLET FOR FCU THE ENGINEER.
THREE PHASE ISOLATOR 4. THIS DRAWING AND ALL ITS DESIGNS AND DETAILS WERE CREATED BY THE
SINGLE PHASE ISOLATOR OR REPRODUCED IN WHOLE OR PART SAVED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN
SPLIT UNIT A/C CONTROL PANEL NUMBER 40 FOR 1992 CONCERNING INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND
FLEX OUTLET FOR ACCESS CONTROL PANEL
FLEX OUTLET FOR FACP key plan
FLEX OUTLET FOR CCTV CAMERA
5500
A B C A B C
-- 5500 -- -- -- -- --
5300 5300
RYB4/DB-GF 3850 1450 3850 1450

C7/DB-U-GF
RYB3/DB-GF
C6/DB-U-GF
1 1
-- ACP
--
CCTV RACK /
SERVER
C5/DB-U-GF RWO
C1/DB-U-GF
0
10
RYB5/DB-GF RYB6/DB-GF : 1:
RYB2/MDB-MMR E
P
3350
3350
R7/DB-GF O Y8/DB-GF
L
S
MMR
5000
4800
5000
4800
ROOF
C11/DB-U-GF
2 2 04 25.10.2016 CORRECTED AS PER CLIENTS COMMENTS LM UB
-- --
C8/DB-U-GF 03 24.07.2016 CORRECTED AS PER CLIENTS COMMENTS LM UB
C2/DB-U-GF C3/DB-U-GF 01 28.04.2016 DETAILED DESIGN LM UB
1450
1450
Client
3 C4/DB-U-GF 3
-- --
CANOPY
C9/DB-U-GF CANOPY
RAMP RAMP
MEP CONSULTANT
1 GROUND FLOOR PLAN POWER LAYOUT 2 ROOF PLAN POWER LAYOUT
- SCALE: 1:50 - SCALE: 1:50
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
Drawing Title
MMR ROOM
POWER LAYOUT

A1 70037-SCL-EP-101 04
NOTES

RZB-Germany 3. DRAWINGS TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH WRITTEN SPECIFICATION, IT

Model No. IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO BRING THIS TO THE ATTENTION OF
THE ENGINEER.
451164.009
key plan
5500
A B C A B C
-- 5500 -- -- -- -- --
5300 5300
3850 1450 3850 1450
1 1
-- --
RWO
100
: 1:
E
P
3350
3350
O
L
S
MMR
5000
4800
5000
4800
ROOF
2 2
-- --
Y1/DB-GF
1450
1450
R1/DB-GF
3 3 Rev Date Description Rev by Ckd by
-- --
Client
CANOPY CANOPY
RAMP RAMP
1 GROUND FLOOR PLAN LIGHTING LAYOUT 2 ROOF PLAN LIGHTING LAYOUT
- SCALE: 1:50 - SCALE: 1:50
MEP CONSULTANT
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
Drawing Title
MMR ROOM
LIGHTING LAYOUT

A1 70037-SCL-EL-101 04
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
key plan
A B C
-- -- --
5300
3850 5500 1450

10000
3000 5000 2000

A
-
763 300 300 800 300 300 2338

1
600
--
800
300
1200
600
600
B B
-
-
3350
1200
1000
4800
MMR
5000
4800
900 1200 1000 1200 300
3400
1200
2
--
2200
938
1450
MMP ROOM
900
300
--
-
A
CANOPY
1000
2 SECTION A-A
1 RAMP LAYOUT
GROUND FLOOR PLAN DATA CONTAINMENT - SCALE: 1:50
- SCALE: 1:50

Client
10500
3000 5500 2000

600
800
SCREWED
EXPANSION INSERT
600
THREADED SUSPENSION MEP CONSULTANT

ROD SUPPORTS
SHANKLAND COX
1200
HEAVY DUTY CABLE

763 300 300 800 300 300 2337 LADDER
4800

T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
GALVANIZED STEEL abudhabi@shanklandcox.com
4000
alain@shanklandcox.com dubai@shanklandcox.com
SLOTTED 'U' CHANNEL
Project
2200
MMP ROOM 3 CABLE LADDER HANGING DETAIL

- SCALE: N.T.S
300
DISICIPLINE STATUS
2 SECTION B-B Drawing Title
- SCALE: 1:50
MMR ROOM
DATA CONTAINMENT LAYOUT

A1 70037-SCL-DA-101 04
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
key plan
A B C A B C
-- -- -- -- -- --
5500
5300 5300
3850 5500 1450 3850 1450
1 1
-- --
RWO
100
: 1:
E
P
3350
3350
O
L
S
MMR
5000
4800
5000
4800
ROOF
2 2
-- --
1450
1450
04 25.10.2016 CORRECTED AS PER CLIENT'S COMMENT SR UB
3 3 01 28.04.2016 DETAILED DESIGN SR UB
-- -- 00 12.04.2016 PRELIMINARY DESIGN SR UB
CANOPY CANOPY Client
RAMP
M GROUND FLOOR AC LAYOUT M ROOF FLOOR AC LAYOUT

01 SCALE : 1:50 02 SCALE : 1:50 MEP CONSULTANT
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
MECHANICAL DETAILED DESIGN
Drawing Title
GROUND AND ROOF FLOOR AC LAYOUT
Drawn CLE Date 12.04.2016

Checked SR Scale 1:50
A1 70037-SCL-AC-101 04
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
key plan
A B C
-- -- --
5300
3850 5500 1450
1
--
3350
MMR
5000
4800
2
-- 1450

3 02 07.06.2016 CORRECTED AS PER CLIENT'S COMMENT SR UB
--
01 28.04.2016 DETAILED DESIGN SR UB
00 12.04.2016 PRELIMINARY DESIGN SR UB
CANOP Rev
Client
Date Description Rev by Ckd by
RAMP
M GROUND FLOOR FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT

01 SCALE : 1:50
MEP CONSULTANT
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
Drawing Title
GROUND FLOOR FIRE FIGHTING LAYOUT

A1 70037-SCL-FF-101 04
NOTES


THE ENGINEER.
key plan
A B C A B C
-- -- -- -- -- --
5500
5300 5300
3850 5500 1450 3850 1450
1 1
-- --
RWO
100
: 1:
E
P
3350
3350
O
L
S
MMR
5000
4800
5000
4800
ROOF
2 2
-- --
1450
1450
3 3 01 28.04.2016 DETAILED DESIGN SR UB
-- -- 00 12.04.2016 PRELIMINARY DESIGN SR UB
CANOPY CANOPY Client
RAMP
M GROUND FLOOR AC LAYOUT M ROOF FLOOR AC LAYOUT

01 SCALE : 1:50 02 SCALE : 1:50 MEP CONSULTANT
SHANKLAND COX
T +971 3 766 9334 T +971 2 671 5411 T +971 4 338 0144
F +971 3 766 0032 F +971 2 671 5362 F +971 4 338 0133
Project
DISICIPLINE STATUS
Drawing Title
GROUND AND ROOF FLOOR AC LAYOUT

A1 70037-SCL-DR-101 04
Guide Lines for
Civil works, Manholes & Infrastructure
Table of Content
1. Standard Conditions ..................................................................................................3
2. Measurment and payment conditions ..................................................................11
3. Definitions Section ..................................................................................................15
4. Carriageway and Footway.....................................................................................19
5. Quality of Materials Section...................................................................................22
6. Excavation Section. ................................................................................................29
7. Duct and Cable Laying Section.............................................................................35
8. Leads In ....................................................................................................................43
9. Polyethylene Cable Laying ....................................................................................49
10. Slewing and/or Lowering or Raising of Duct .......................................................52
11. Jointing Chambers Section....................................................................................56
12. Cabinet Cross Connection Not in This Contract ................................................66
13. Filling In And Restoration of Paving Section.......................................................69
14. Safety Precautions Section....................................................................................74
15. Polyurethane Sub Duct Laying Section…………………………………………77
16. Appendix A ..............................................................................................................81
Page 2 of 90
Guide Lines for
1. STANDARD CONDITIONS
Page 3 of 90
Guide Lines for
1 STANDARD CONDITIONS
Par. Title Par Title
1.1 Definitions 1.12 Storage

Accommodation
1.2 Standard of Works 1.13 Water and Fuel;
Pumping and Baling
1.3 Deviations 1.14 Contractor or Agent on Work
1.4 Added and Omitted Work 1.15 Removal of Articles,

Materials, Rubbish
1.5 Local Consent 1.16 Imperfect Work
1.6 Safety Precautions 1.17 Bills
1.7 Compliance with By-Laws and 1.18 Payments

Regulations
1.8 Cartage and Demurrage 1.19 Corrupt Gifts and Payments
Of Commissions
1.9 Care of Stores 1.20 Use of Documents,
Information, Etc.
1.10 Materials Provided by the 1.21 Injury to Persons; Loss of
Contractor Property
1.11 Tools, Plants & Appliances
Page 4 of 90
Guide Lines for
1.1 Definitions
In the Guidelines the following expressions shall, unless the context otherwise requires,
have the meanings hereby respectively assigned to them.
1.1.1 “the Contractor” means the individual or firm or company undertaking the
work and shall include the legal personal representatives of such individual or of
the persons comprising such firm and the permitted assigns of such individual
or firm or company.
1.1.2 “the Civil Works Supervisor” means the officer for the time being appointed
by the Developer Consultant for the purpose of superintending the work; or
where the context permits, the private land.
1.1.3 “Highway Authority” means street authority, land owner or local authorities
or any other authorizing body who maintain or own carriage ways, verges,
thoroughfares, passengers or private land.
1.1.4 “Permanent reinstatement and making good” means restoring excavated

surfaces in accordance with conditions imposed by the highway / local
authority.
1.1.5 “Interim restoration” means filling-in and ramming excavations up to surface

level, including sealing coat, without providing permanent reinstatements and
making good, as instructed by the Highway Authority.
1.1.6 “Deviation” includes; any alteration from the footway to the carriageway (and
vice versa), or from one description of paving to another, or from one street to
another, any alteration in the depth of works, or in the details of the
construction of jointing chamber; any other work required for the good and
sufficient execution of the work; but it does not include added or omitted work.
1.1.7 “Sump Draining” means lowering ground water by use of suction pumps,
which draws water from drainage sumps. Sump draining is otherwise known as
Normal Pumping or simply pumping.
1.1.8 “Dewatering” means lowering ground water by use of riser pipes with fixed
filters through which water is drawn, such pipes being first sunk in to the
ground near the working area then suction pumps attached to them.
1.1.9 “Bund” means a temporary embankment; which is constructed for the purpose
of retaining a volume of water.
1.2 Standard of works. The Contractor shall execute the works in the most suitable
and workmanlike manner and to the entire satisfaction of the Developer and
Consultant. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the work
throughout the whole term of the Project/Contract.
1.3 Deviations. The Contractor shall not make any deviation without the authority of
the Civil Works Supervisor, and an election by the Contractor to tunnel for a
distance in excess of 1.8 meters shall be subject to the agreement in writing of
the Consultant.
Page 5 of 90
Guide Lines for
1.4 Added and Omitted Work. The Contractor shall not omit any portion of the
work or put in hand any additional work without authority in writing from Du.
1.5 Local consent. Du will not be responsible to obtain any provisional consent of
the highway authorities.
Necessary permissions and assistance to execute the work from the authorities
shall be obtained by the Contractor. Such permissions shall include Traffic
clearance for road cutting or diversions, permissions for constructing Bunds
obtaining lines and levels from concerned authorities.
1.6 Safety Precautions.
1.6.1 In connection with the work and at his own cost the Contractor shall be
responsible for the implementation, observance and performance himself and
his sub-contractors and agents and his or their workpeople and any other
person and of all property as may be otherwise necessary or desirable and
whether imposed on himself or Du.
1.6.2 The Contractor shall comply also with such safety instructions as may be given
by the Civil Works Supervisor and shall comply with all local and Federal laws.
1.6.3 Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this condition,
the precautions to be taken by the Contractor shall include provision and
maintenance of all rights, guards, fencing and watching when and where
necessary or required by the Civil Works Supervisor or by any competent
statutory or other authority to protect the safety of the general public, Du
plants and other utilities.
1.6.4 Any information or instruction which may be provided or given by any Du

servant shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities under Para
6.1.
1.6.5 The Contractor shall have posted at the site office the name and address of a
responsible representative who can be contacted in an emergency.
1.6.6 The Contractor shall provide a sign board at each work site indicating the
Client’s name, Contractor’s name, address and contact telephone numbers,
project reference.
1.7 Compliance with By-laws and Regulations. The Contractor shall comply with
all by-laws of any Highway Authority in the district in which the work is to be
carried out whether in respect of any accommodation which may be provided by
the Contractor for the workmen employed on the Contract, or any other matter to
which the by-laws apply, and, unless otherwise directed by Du, conform to all
regulations of any highway authority having the control of the streets concerned,
and shall give all such notices as are required by law to be given.
1.8 Cartage and Demurrage.
1.8.1 The Contractor shall cart all materials, tools and plant which he has to proved,
and shall on completion of the work remove all such materials, tools and plant
as may be surplus.
Page 6 of 90
Guide Lines for
1.8.2 The Contractor shall, as and when required by the Civil Works Supervisor, after
issue of the notice to commence the work, collect from wharfs, docks, goods
yards, or equally accessible places all articles provided by Du, and shall deliver
such articles on the work, and shall on completion of the work collect all such
articles provided by Du as may be left over, or any stores recovered during the
course of the work and deliver them at such places as the Civil Works
Supervisor may direct. The Contractor shall supply sufficient labour and/or
mechanical aids, except where provided by the duct transporters, to perform
safely all such loading, unloading and other services as may be necessary in
connection therewith.
1.9 Care of Stores. The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all materials
and tools deposited with him by Du for incorporation in the work, and shall be
liable for any loss of or damage to, such materials and tools whilst they are in his
custody. Also, the Contractor shall keep readily available such records of the
materials so deposited as will enable the Civil Works Supervisor from time to time
to check the quantities used and in hand against those delivered to the
Contractor’s charge.
Du materials (e.g. ducts, draw rope, warning tapes) in the custody of the
Contractor may not in any circumstances be employed for guarding openings or
any obstructions.
1.10 Materials Provided by the Contractor. With the exception of the articles
named in the Specification as articles to be supplied by Du, the Contractor shall
supply whatsoever materials may be necessary, and shall, if so required, furnish
the name and address of the maker of any article he proposes to use, and obtain
at his own expense for the Engineer, or any officer who may be depend by him
for the purpose, all facilities for examining and testing such article at the maker’s
works before dispatch, and shall also furnish all facilities for the Civil Supervisor
to examine and test materials on the ground if he desires to do so. The
contractor will be required to submit all materials to Du for approval.
1.11 Tools, Plant & Appliances. The Contractor shall provide, all requisite tools,
plant, and appliances with the exception of those specified in the Specification as
being provided by.
1.12 Storage Accommodation. The Contractor shall provide, on or at a distance

from the work, suitable storage accommodation for all materials for incorporation
in the work, including such as are provided by Du.
1.13 Water and Fuel; Pumping and Baling. The Contractor shall furnish all
necessary water and fuel. He shall undertake all requisite pumping and baling.
1.14 Contractor or Agent on Work. The Contractor or his accredited Agent, who
shall be fully qualified to represent his, shall be always on the work during its
progress.
1.15 Removal of Articles, Materials, Rubbish. The Contractor shall remove all
articles and materials requiring removal, and all rubbish, earth, dirt, or filth and
so leave the site clean as the work proceeds. He shall provide all necessary
shoots or trip.
Page 7 of 90
Guide Lines for
1.16 Imperfect Work.
1.16.1 Du or the Civil Works Supervisor may condemn any work which may be
damaged by water, subsidence, or any other cause, or which in his opinion has
not been performed in accordance with the Guidelines of Du, and the Contractor
shall at his own proper cost and charge, rectify and perform or reconstruct the
same wholly or partially as may be required. The Contractor shall (subject as
aforesaid) also take back any materials or articles which may be considered by
the Du or the Civil Works Supervisor to be unsound or otherwise not in
conformity with the Guidelines, and he shall not again attempt to use on any
work of Du any such materials. All materials or articles which are condemned
shall be removed from the work within 24 hours or, if re-examination is
required in accordance with Condition 25 hereof; within 24 hours of final
condemnation.
1.16.2 If the Contractor shall neglect to rectify, reform or reconstruct any work as
aforesaid within a period to be specified by Du or the Civil Works Supervisor, or
shall omit to take back any materials or articles which may be considered by Du
or the Civil Works Supervisor to be unsound or otherwise not in conformity with
the Guidelines, or shall fail to provide immediately suitable materials or articles
in lieu of those condemned, then the Contractor shall at once cause the work to
be stopped if so instructed by Du or the Civil Works Supervisor, and Du shall be
at liberty to request the developer to employ some other person or persons to
perform the work, and to cause the required materials or articles to be
purchased.
1.16.3 Any defect in, arising out of, or consequent on the execution of the work
performed, or due to any act, neglect, omission or failure on the part of the
Contractor that shall appear within twelve months after the date of completion
of the work, shall be at once made good by the Contractor at his own expense,
notwithstanding any payment that may have been made to the Contractor, or
Du may request such defect to be remedied by some other person at the
expense of the Contractor.
1.16.4 For the purpose of the Conditions the work shall not be deemed to have been
completed until the Contractor has performed and fulfilled the obligations
imposed on Du by the Local or Highway Authority including clearance.
Without any exemption the Contractor shall submit the approval of the
reinstatement work from the Highway Local Authorities test cubes results
compaction test results etc before clearing the final day or works.
1.17 Bills. Within one week after the end of any week in which Du or the Civil Works
Supervisor shall have passed after measurement, and have certified by his
signature in the diary the due execution of any work the Contractor shall prepare
an As-built record of the work completed to the satisfaction of Du and the CWS.
Further the contractor shall render a numbered and dated detailed and priced bill
of the same in accordance with the requirements of Du. All chargeable items on a
Diary page should be included in the same bill. If exception be taken to any of the
items or the charges, Du will amend and pay accordingly if the necessary prior
approval of Du had been obtained. The amendment(s) will be advised to the
Contractor and the Engineer who will endeavour to resolve any dispute which
arises there from. The Contractor will be required to bill the developer directly.
The developer will claim the agreed funds from Du.
Page 8 of 90
Guide Lines for
1.18 Payments.
1.18.1 Payments by Du for infrastructure works will be made to the developer based
on agreed processes and timeframes.
1.19 Corrupt Gifts and Payments of Commissions.
1.19.1 The Contractor shall not:
- Offer to give, or agree to give, to any person in the service of Du any gift
or consideration of any kind as an inducement or reward for doing or
forbearing to do, or for having done or forborne to do, any act in relation to
the obtaining or execution of the service of Du, or for showing, or forbearing
to show favour or disfavour to any person in relation to this or any other
project for the service of Du.
- Enter into any other contract with Du in connection with which commission
has been paid or agreed to be paid or agreed to be paid by him or on his
behalf, or on his behalf, or to his knowledge, unless, before the Contract is
made, particulars of any such commission and of the terms and conditions of
any agreement for the payment thereof have been disclosed in writing to a
duty authorized representative of Du.
- Any breach of this Condition by the Developer or Contactor or by anyone

employed by him or acting on his behalf (whether with or without the
knowledge of the Contractor) or the commission of any offence by the
Contractor or by anyone employed by him or acting on his behalf or any other
contract for the service of Du shall entitle Du to determine the Contract and
recover from the Contractor the amount of any loss resulting from such
determination and / or to recover from the Contractor the amount or value of
any such gift, consideration or commission.
1.20 Use of Documents, Information, etc.
1.20.1 Except with the consent in writing of Du, the Contractor shall not disclose the
Contract, or any provision thereof, or any Specification, Plan Drawing Pattern,
Sample or information issued or furnished by or on behalf of Du in connection
with any person, other than a person employed or engaged by the Contractor in
the carrying out of the Contractor or any sub-contractor, supplier or other
person concerned with the same.
1.20.2 Any disclosure to any person permitted under Para 1.20.1 shall be made in
confidence and shall extend so far only as may be necessary for the purposes of
the Contract.
1.20.3 Except with the consent in writing of Du, the Contractor shall not make use of
the Contract or any Specification or other thing mentioned in this document
otherwise than for the purpose of carrying out the work under the Contract.
Page 9 of 90
Guide Lines for
1.21 Injury to Persons; Loss of Property.
1.21.1 This condition applies to any person injury or loss of property which arises out
of or in any way in connection with the execution or purported execution of the
project.
1.21.2 Subject to the following provisions of this Condition the Contractor shall:-
- Indemnify Du and servants of Du against all claims and proceedings made

or brought against Du in respect of any personal injury or loss of property to
which this Condition applies and against all costs and proceedings reasonably
incurred in connection therewith.
- Indemnify Du against any payment by Du in order to indemnify in whole

or in part a servant of Du against any such claim, proceedings, costs or
expenses.
Page 10 of 90
Guide Lines for
2. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

CONDITIONS
Page 11 of 90
Guide Lines for
2. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT CONDITIONS
2.1 Conditions affecting the 2.6 Time Work

Execution of the Work
2.2 Deviations 2.7 Cartage and Demurrage
2.3 Added and Omitted Work 2.8 Sump Draining
2.4 Application of Rates 2.9 Bunds and Discharge Hoses
2.5 Deduced Rates: Special Rate 2.10 Measurement – General

Provisions
Page 12 of 90
Guide Lines for
2.1 Conditions affecting the execution of the Work. The general descriptions of
paving, etc., given by Du are such as appearing from a surface inspection. The
Contractor shall be deemed to have obtained all further details of the paving, etc.
or otherwise, required by him in connection with his tender, including the nature
of the foundations and of the subsoil. He shall also be deemed to have satisfied
himself as to the conditions under which the work may or will be carried out and
the supply of and conditions affecting Labour.
2.2 Deviations. Any deviations shall be submitted to Du for approval.
2.3 Added and Omitted Work. If work is added or omitted under the submitted by
the developer to Du – all amounts need to be submitted to Du for approval.
2.4 Application of Rates. The rates in the Schedule of Rates shall be deemed to
cover for all material rates. All materials need to be submitted for rate and
quality approval.
2.5 Deduced Rates: Special Rates. In the case of deviations or additions, if there
be no appropriate rate in the Contract, and a rate cannot be deduced from the
Schedule of Rates, Material and price submittals are required and need to be
agreed in writing between the Contractor/Developer and Du.
2.6 Time Work. All time work performed is for the cost of the developer and not for
Du.
2.7 Cartage and Demurrage. The Contractor and developer shall perform at his
own expense in all respects, all cartage and other services.
2.8 Sump Draining. The rates in the Schedule or Rates, Sections 1, 2 and 3 shall
be deemed to be inclusive of all requisite sump draining or pumping.
2.9 Bunds and Discharge Hoses. If the Engineer agrees that a Bund is
necessary, the Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining permission from the
Highway Authority for the size and location. The height of embankment shall be
100cm minimum and the total surface area occupied shall be measured from the
centre of embankment construction. The rates payable under schedule of Rates
Section 3 shall include all operations necessary for the construction and
demolition together with associated reinstatement charges.
2.10 Measurement – General Provisions.
2.10.1 The Contractor shall provide the requisite number of persons and proper means
and appliances to carry out the measurement.
2.10.2 The measurement shall be verified on behalf of Du by the Civil Works

Supervisor or other representative of the Engineer, and by the Contractor
himself or a person appointed by him, such person not being in the employment
of Du.
Page 13 of 90
Guide Lines for
2.10.3 The Contractor shall afford all reasonable facilities and assistance to the Civil
Works Supervisor for complying records of the location of the work executed for
the Project. The Civil Works Supervisor is responsible for the accuracy of these
measurements.
2.10.4 The civil works and materials shall be measured, net, in situ (to the nearer
100mm in the case of length and 50 mm in the case of width of trench), as
executed, without reference to day practice or other local custom that may
prevail.
2.10.5 Measurement shall always be taken and recorded for all works Sec 1, 2, and 3
chargeable under the Contract.
Page 14 of 90
Guide Lines for
3. Definitions Section
Page 15 of 90
Guide Lines for
3. DEFINITIONS SECTION
3.1 Abandoned Work 3.8 Shaft
3.2 Damp Mix (Concrete) 3.9 Side Shaft
3.3 Duct 3.10 Shuttering
3.4 Earth, Free from Stones 3.11 Trial Excavation
3.5 Jointing Chamber 3.12 Tunnel
3.6 Pilot Hole 3.13 Way
3.7 Rock
Page 16 of 90
Guide Lines for
3.1 Abandoned Work. “Abandoned Work” means a trench or excavation which, due
to obstruction or other unforeseen difficulties, cannot be wholly utilized, but which
is required to be filled in, rammed and the surface restored, and is not proper to
be measured in with the work charged for at inclusive rates.
3.2 Damp Mix (Concrete). “Damp Mix” means a mixture of concrete of the quality
specified but containing no more water than is sufficient for hydration of the
cement and coagulation of the ingredients; the concrete shall have no
measurable slump. As a guide, the consistency may be checked by squeezing
between the hands a small quantity of the freshly mixed concrete which should
hold the shape formed and not exclude excess water.
3.3 Duct. “Duct” means a single or multi-way duct formation using duct of PVC,
polyethylene, or other material.
3.4 Earth, Free from Stones. “Earth Free from Stones” means either (a) loose
earth, all of which will pass through a 15mm mesh sieve, or (b) clay having
approximately the same moisture content as when excavated Materials (a) and
(b) shall be capable of being thoroughly compacted around, and material (a)
between, ducts of any type, in either case, the material shall not cause damage
to the ducts during back-filling and shall not leave voids to form a water course.
Clay prior to back-filling shall be reduced in size if necessary to prevent voids in
the backfill.
3.5 Jointing Chamber. “Jointing Chamber” means any manhole, joint box or other
underground vault or chamber giving access to duct routes and / or cable.
3.6 Pilot Hole. “Pilot Hole” means an excavation taken out during the execution of a
duct work scheme in order to determine the position of buried plant and / or
conditions below the surface. The usual form of a Pilot Hole for a duct or cable
trench is across the line of the trench, and for a Jointing Chamber, Cabinet, etc.,
at any position necessary to indicate a clear excavation space for the proposed
structure.
3.7 Rock. The definition of rock is divided into the following type:
(a) Soft Rock Means a bed of rock which may consist of a mass of soft stone or a
mass or hard stone containing fissures or seams; it not being practicable to
excavate by fork and / or spade and, although possible to excavate using an
ordinary pickaxe would, if so excavated, result in a very uneconomical rate of
progress and so necessitate the use of a compressor and pneumatic tools for
economical excavation (e.g.) lime stone, sand stone concrete.
(b) Hard Rock means a solid mass of rock which may have seams, but is virtually
unaffected by a blow from a pickaxe, and requires a compressor or blasting
equipment to execute excavation (e.g.) granite Quartzite and R/F concrete.
(c) Boulders Rock means a solid stone in boulder formation, similar in character
to hard rock having a measurement exceeding 380mm cube or volume
exceeding 0.055 cubic meter.
Page 17 of 90
Guide Lines for
3.8 Shaft. “Shaft” means the vertical access aperture (a) to an underground
manhole, (b) to a horizontal passage forming part of a manhole or, (c) to a
tunnel constructed for the purpose of laying duct. In the case of (a) and (b) the
shaft commences from a point 450mm below the surface level down to the top of
the manhole roof, in the case of (c), from the point at which the excavation
commences to a point level with the top of the tunnel roof timbers.
3.9 Side Shaft. “Side Shaft” means an excavation carried out parallel to or at some
angle alongside and constituting a widening of a trench in order to facilitate the
laying of a duct past and obstruction.
3.10 Shuttering. “Shuttering” means all frameworks used in concrete construction.
3.11 Trial Excavation. “Trial Excavation” means an excavation of an exploratory

nature, as directed by Du, in order to determine the position of or to expose
buried plant and / or to determine conditions below the surface for any or all of
the following (a) planning of a proposed duct work scheme, (b) maintenance
work by Du staff and (c) recording of buried plant.
3.12 Tunnel. “Tunnel” means a horizontal, or near horizontal, heading or passage of

any length, and excavated below the surface for the purpose of laying duct and
associated works; it shall normally have two or more surface access points. Short
length heading under kerbs or other paving, not removed, shall be classed ad
Tunnel.
3.13 Way. “Way” means a single duct or one duct within a multi-way duct formation.
Page 18 of 90
Guide Lines for
4. CARRIAGEWAY AND FOOTWAY
Page 19 of 90
Guide Lines for
4. CARRIAGEWAY AND FOOTWAY
Description of paving
Asphalt A mixture of relatively hard asphalted cement with

aggregate, the aggregate to be so graded as to provide a
solid impervious mass having no voids. It can be either
single or double construction, and, when hot can be spread
by rakes or mechanical spreader, and compacted by means
of a roller. It may have coated lip pings in the surface. The
appearance of a cut face of asphalt will be of a dense mass
containing graded aggregate of about 25mm down (in some
cases the aggregate is of uniform size) and resembles black
broken concrete. The binder is so strong that a piece cannot
be broken by hand.
Bitumen and Macadam A mixture of aggregate and bitumen or tar having

preponderance of coarse aggregate and a substantial
proportion of voids. It can be of either single or double
course construction and is usually warm when consolidated.
Usually Of open or medium texture and has the appearance
of aggregate held by a bitumen or a tar binder.
Grass A level or even grass surface which requires the careful

removal and storage of the turf, and protection from
damage of the adjacent turf. In reinstating, the turf shall be
carefully replaced; damaged turf being renewed by
importing new turf, and the reinstated area shall be level or
even of itself and with the adjacent area. All surplus stones
and spoil shall be cleared from the reinstated and adjacent
areas.
Subka Sand originating from coastal containing salts which include

carbonates, sulphates, chlorides and others which has been
alternatively watered and rolled to form a wearing surface.
Flags artificial All classes of artificial flagstones.
Kerb All classes or kerb
Unmade Surface where no paving exists and no reinstatement,

temporary nor permanent, can be called for:
Carpet and Surface Where the carpet is 13mm, or less in thic kness, the
Dressing classification shall be defined as that of the paving, except
Macadam, when impregnated with and / or surfaced to a
thickness of 13mm, or less with tar, pitch, bitumen or
asphalt, shall be classed as bitumen or Macadam, and
(b) Mastic Asphalt, irrespective of its thickness.
Page 20 of 90
Guide Lines for
Dual Paving The result of subsequent application of a wearing course to

a previously existing wearing course.
Macadam All hard untreated stone, slag or gravel forming footway or

carriageway paving.
Tiles All classes of tile paving.
Ornamental Tiles Tiles which have been furnace glazed to provide an

ornamental or patterned finish.
Cobbles All cobbled, grouted with cement.
Concrete in situ Un-reinforced concrete, granolithic and all other similar

paving.
Concrete in situ Reinforced concrete granolithic and all (reinforced) other

similar paving.
Rough Unfinished Unfinished but prepared with foundation of hardcore, road

base or similar material.
Sets All sets, natural or artificial stone, other than cobbles,

whether plain or grouted with cement, tar or other material.
Page 21 of 90
Guide Lines for
5. QUALITY OF MATERIALS SECTION
Page 22 of 90
Guide Lines for
5. QUALITY OF MATERIALS SECTION
5.1 Specifications 5.10 Sand (Fine Aggregate)
5.2 Concrete 5.11 Coarse Aggregate
5.3 Quality 5.12 Size of Aggregate
5.4 Mixing 5.13 Cement Mortar
5.5 Water 5.14 Iron and Steel work
5.6 Placing & Cleanliness 5.15 Hardcore
5.7 Cement 5.16 Stabilized backfill
5.8 Additives 5.17 Water Proofing
5.9 Samples
Page 23 of 90
Guide Lines for
5.1 Specifications. All materials not otherwise specified are to be in accordance with
the Specification of the British Standards Institution, in so far as those
Specifications apply. All material needs to be submitted to Du for approval.
5.2 Concrete. (a) Concrete shall be of the quality required by this Specification or as
directed by the Civil Works Supervisor.
(a) New chart added for ready mixed or mechanically mixed concrete (see
table below).
(b) Substitute as below:
The contractor may use ready mixed concrete for any specified grade of concrete,
subject to approval of the concrete supplier and mix design, etc., by the Civil
Work Supervisor. All ready mixed concrete shall conform to BS 5238, batches at
the concrete plant, to be used to approval and shall comply with all the
requirements of the concrete.
The concrete shall be carried out in purpose made agitators operating

continuously, or transit mixers specially designed to carry the product. The
concrete shall be compacted and in it final position within a maximum period of
two hours of its batching time at the plant unless a longer period is agreed by the
Civil Works Supervisor under special circumstances. The time of batching
concrete shall be recorded on the delivery note along with the details of the
constituents of each batch of mix.
When truck mixed concrete is used water is to be added at the central batching
plant of quality and in quantity as specified or approved. With trucks mounted
with proper water dispensers the possibility of adding water, to dry mixed batch
at site can be Works supervisor. Under no circumstances water shall be allowed
to be added either during the transit or at site to the ready mixed concrete.
The transit mixers and their mixing and discharge requirements shall comply with
the requirements BS 4251. Mixing shall continue for the number and rates of
revolutions are recommended minimum rate of revolutions per minute.
Grade of Concrete A B C D
Characteristic strength
28 days in N/mm2 40 35 25 15
Individual Test Results
To be more than (N/mm2) 32 28 20 12
Mixes to be designed for mean
Strength (N/mm2) 48 44 32 20
Slump Max (with plasticiser) 70 70 100 120
Max. water cement ratio 0.4 0.45 0.55 0.65
Minimum Cement (kg/m3) 400 370 300 250
Total aggregate (kg/m3) %age of 1650 1700 1750 1800
fine aggregate to total Dry Aggregate
Zone © 40 – 45 40 – 45 35 – 50 35 – 50
Zone (M) 35 – 40 35 – 40 35 – 50 -
Zone (F) 30 – 35 30 – 35 35 – 50 -
Nominal maximum size of aggregate 20mm 20mm 20mm 20mm
Method of compaction All (A – B – C – D) Vibrated
Page 24 of 90
Guide Lines for
For pump able concrete, admixture may be used to increase the workability. As
there is likelihood of higher strengths due to their use, the requirements of
average of four cubes and that of an individual test result have to be
correspondingly increased and those figures shall be agreed upon at the trial mix
stage.
7 – days strength is 0.8 of 28 days strength.
All Materials are to generally confirm to following standards:
Cement : BS 12
Water : BS 3148 (Also as specified for concrete works)
Aggregates : BS 882
Admixtures : BS 5075 Part I
All concrete mixers are to be designed according to requirements of the above

table.
As directed by the Civil Works Supervisor.
5.3 Quality. (a) Where necessary, details of the concrete to be employed for Jointing
Chamber construction will be included on the construction drawing. In all other
cases, Concrete Quality “A” shall be used for the construction of jointing
Chambers and for other operations as specified.
(b) Concrete Quality “D” shall be used for concrete blocks in which ducts are laid
and for filling Frames and Covers unless otherwise specified; also for duct
concrete surround.
(c) Where a coarse concrete is required for supporting or protecting buried plant,
Concrete Quality “C” shall be used, unless otherwise specified.
(d) Concrete Quality “B” shall be used for insertion between electricity supplies
and plant where normal separation cannot be obtained, unless otherwise
specified.
5.4 Mixing. (a) Concrete Mixing will be done by machine however hand mixing may
be allowed only at the discretion of Civil Works Supervisor for minor works. Such
minor works shall not exceed 0.5m or 3 bags of cement which ever is less
provided a 10% more cement is added for the same batch of mixing. When mixed
by hand the ingredients shall be repeatedly turned over and mixed in a dry state
on mixing boards, after which water from the rose of a watering can shall be
added, and the material shall then again be turned over sufficiently to ensure
thorough mixing.
(b) The mixing boards shall be sufficiently large to give ample room for
turning over the ingredients entirely from one place to another and shall
be so arranged or constructed that liquid cement shall not escape through
the joints.
(c) When mixed by machine the ingredients shall be put into the machine dry
without prior mixing. The water may be inserted either first or last. Such
machines shall, however, be used only so long as they ensure thorough
mixing and are maintained in clean condition. They shall be of the “batch”
type.
Page 25 of 90
Guide Lines for
(d) Sand and aggregate, other than all-in aggregate shall be stored
separately on site.
5.5 Water. The standard cleanliness of water for mixing is that it shall be free from
impurities. The quantity used shall be sufficient, but not more than sufficient, to
secure a plastic mixture and shall not exceed that necessary to provide the
maximum specified slump. The Civil Works Supervisor may reject concrete which,
in his opinion, is over watered to the extent that its strength will be impaired.
Further the quality of water shall conform to BS 3148

The PH requirements of water shall be from 7-9.
The inorganic impurities or water shall not exceed the following:
• Chloride = 600mg/litre
• Sulphate = 500gms/litre
• Total dissolves solid = 2000mg/litre
• Alkali carbonate and Bicarbonate = 1000mg/litre
5.6 Placing and Cleanliness.

(a) The concrete shall be deposited in its intended position as quickly as possible
after being mixed within the specified time period and all concrete footings and
foundations shall be tamped and carefully levelled.
(b) Concrete which has become hard, dry or dirty after being mixed shall not be
used. If any earth falls on the top of any concrete after laying and before the
work is completed it shall be carefully removed.
(c) Cleanliness shall be observed in all operations and in relation to all materials.
5.7 Cement.
(a) All cement shall be fresh and of approved manufacturer. Wherever so

specified ordinary Portland cement shall be locally manufactured complying with
BS 12 or ASTM 150 type 1 Sulphate resisting cement to be used for all
underground structure. Unless specifically any other type of cement is
recommended to be used shall be to BS 4027 or ASTM 5. The soil conditions may
require the cement to be type MSRPC which will take preference on any other
type of cement.
(b) Cement brought to the site shall have prior approval and the contractor shall
submit at all times the manufacturers test certificate and proof that required
specification has been complied with together with a note of the date
manufacture certificate by an independent approved lab. The cement shall be
rejected in case considered as unsuitable for the works.
(c) The cement shall be properly stored under cover and clear the ground to wall
protect against the effect of weather and contamination. Bags of the cement once
opened shall be completely consumed.
5.8 Additives.
No additives of any type shall normally be allowed unless approved by Civil Works
Supervisor. Wherever fair surfaced concrete is specified or for ready mixed
concrete the contractor shall use approved plasticisers to improve the workability
of concrete. All plasticisers shall be strictly used to the recommendations of the
manufacturer.
Page 26 of 90
Guide Lines for
The concrete for all below ground structures has to be necessarily

watertight. For the purposed a suitable approved integral waterproofing
compound described as a blend of inorganic plasticised shall be used.
5.9 Samples. Where required Civil Works Supervisor shall direct the contractor to
provide the required certificate of test report for the cement from approved
independent laboratory.
5.10 Sand (Fine Aggregate). All sand shall be in accordance with BS 882, part 2
grading of sand shall be within the limits of class C or M table 5 of BS 882. The
percentage by weight passing BS 410 test sieve 300mm shall not exceed 30%
Fine aggregates shall comply with the following specifications.
• Clay lumps and Friable particles (to ASTM C142) – Max 1% by weight.
• Coal, Lignite and shells (to ASTM C123) – max 1% by weight.
• Acid soluble Chloride – Less than 0.06% by weight.
• Acid soluble Sulphates – Less than 0.04% by weight.
• Sodium Sulphate soundness test (ASTM C88-5 cycles) – loss less than 10%
by weight.
• Sand equivalent (AASHTO M6) – Minimum 70%.
• Water absorption (ASTM C128/127) – Maximum 2%.
5.11 Coarse Aggregate. The coarse aggregate shall be in accordance with BS 882,
part 2 Grating or coarse aggregate shall be with Table 1 of BS 882 for nominal
size of graded aggregate 20mm to 5mm.
Coarse aggregates shall normally comply with the following

specifications:
• Soft & Friable particles (to ASTM 142) – max 10% by weight.
• Organic material of any nature – Not allowed.
• Acid soluble Chlorides (BS 812) – less than 0.03% by weight.
• Acid soluble Sulphate (BS 812) – Less than 0.03% be weight.
• Magnesium Sulphate soundness test (ASTM C88) – Loss less than 10% by
weight.
• Fine value (BS 812 part 111) – More than 100km.
• Flakiness & Elongation Index (BS 812) – Less than 2.5%.
• Abrasion loss (ASTM C131) – Less than 2.5%.
• Water absorption (ASTM C128/127) – Maximum 2.3%
5.12 Size of Aggregate. Aggregate for each of the qualities of mix included in Para
202 shall be graded up to and including:
A …… 20mm B ……. 20mm C ……. any size suitable for work

D ……. 10mm
5.13 Cement Mortar.
(a) The Cement Mortar shall consist of: One measurement of cement confirming
to the relevant BS. Three measures of sand conforming to BS 1200.
(b) The materials after being gauged shall be thoroughly mixed in a dry state on
mixing boards in (Para 5.4 refers), and then thoroughly mixed with sufficient
water to from a stiff mortar.
(c) On no account shall water be added after mortar has once been mixed and
mortar, after it has once begun to set, shall not be sued or mixed with other
cement and sand.
Page 27 of 90
Guide Lines for
(d) An excess of water shall in no case be used for mixing, and if more water
than is necessary be used, such mortar after it has begun to set shall not be
mixed with further quantity of sand and cement, but the whole shall be
condemned.
5.14 Iron and Steel Work. All reinforcing bars shall be not rolled high yield strength
bars from an approved manufacturer complying with BS 4449 or similar approved
standard Cold twisted bars shall be to BS 4482 or equal approved standard. Steel
Fabric reinforcement shall comply with BS 4483 or equal approved standard. All
steel received at site shall have necessary mill certificate and shall be subject to
confirmation tests from an approved independent test for which samples shall be
drawn from actual batch of steel employed for the works.
5.15 Hardcore. All hardcore shall consist of hard block, concrete or stone graded
down to a minimum of 75mm. When provided for use in trenches, sufficient
hardcore material under 75mm shall be added to fill voids and aid consolidation.
5.16 Stabilized backfill. Stabilized Backfill shall consist of excavated soil mixed with
cement. The ration of excavated soil to cement shall be 10 to 1, or as otherwise
specified, for the backfilling of trenches. Mixing may be carried out by hand or
machine in either case the mixing shall be sufficient to give an even colour
throughout.
5.17 Waterproofing. All concrete works below ground and in contact with soil shall be
water proofed in the following manner.
All concrete structures shall be internally applied with two coats of master seal or
Magna slurry or similar and equal approved crystal forming compound. All
application shall be strictly to manufacturer’s recommendations and shall be
continuously cured with water for at least three days or more as recommended
by the manufacturers.
Externally all concrete surfaces shall be applied with a suitable primer and then
with a self adhesive membrane. Bituminous 1000 XHc or Premseal 100 or equal
approved. The membrane shall be protected by 3mm thick protection board
Sevipak or Apoc or equal approved. The protection board shall be properly
wrapped and secured in place before any backfilling works.
All such structures shall have heavy duty PVC water stop min. 25mm wide
(Centre fix or Rearguard type depending on the situation at site) of make
serviceable from serviced or green streak.
Page 28 of 90
Guide Lines for
6. EXCAVATION SECTION
Page 29 of 90
Guide Lines for
6. EXCAVATION SECTION
6. 1 General 6.11 Supports
6.2 Sub-soil 6.12 Width of Trench
6.3 Protection of Excavated Material 6.13 Standard Depth
6.4 Timbering, Etc. 6.14 Change of Level
6.5 Objection 6.15 Trenches for polyethylene

cable
6.6 Mechanical Excavators 6.16 Tunnelling
6.7 Silencers 6.17 Ground Water Lowering
6.8 Protection Paving 6.18 Blasting of Rock
6.9 Pilot Holes & Trial Excavations 6.19 Bunts
6.10 Side shafts
Page 30 of 90
Guide Lines for
6.1 General. The Contractor shall excavate in the Carriageway or Footway, in

positions as he may be directed by the Civil Works Supervisor carefully
segregating the surface and foundation materials from other excavated materials
in the order that, unless otherwise directed by the Civil Works Supervisor, they
may be replaced, as possible in their original order.
6.2 Subsoil.
(a) Excavated subsoil shall be protected from weathering action which would
cause a damaging increase in the natural moisture content of the soil, leading to
the formation of Voids and / or settlement after backfilling.
(b) The amount of excavated soil left exposed above ground overnight shall be
kept to a minimum.
(c) Normally a certain amount of subsoil, roughly equivalent to the volume of

duct being laid is surplus and carted to tip. Subsoil which is damaged or
unsuitable shall be selected for cartage to tip and, if required, suitable
undamaged subsoil shall be brought from a newly excavated length, or imported
to site to replace the subsoil carted away.
6.3 Protection of Excavated material. The type of protection to be undertaken is

as follows:
(a) Wet weather excavated material shall be staked in a ridged heap and
protected against rain by covering with polyethylene or other waterproof
sheeting. Where excavated materials cover a channel, boards, or alternatively
a length of duct, shall be laid beneath the excavated material to maintain the
water channel. Some of the excavated material shall be placed to acts as a
dam to turn water away from any open excavation.
(b) Dry weather subsoil being excavated and backfill during the same day needs
no special protection unless it is in the for of large pieces of clay which may
become baked hard, in which case they should be covered with smaller
material from the subsoil or with polyethylene or other water proof sheeting.
Any subsoil left exposed above ground over night or for longer periods should
be protected with polyethylene or other waterproof sheeting in order that
natural water content is maintained.
6..4 Timbering, etc. Except where otherwise provided the excavation shall include all
necessary timbering, sheet piling and shoring to maintain stability of the
excavation.
6.5 Objection. If the Contractor shall object, in writing to any position selected as
being likely to cause damage to adjoining property, the contractor shall give such
modified directions as shall remove the objection or shall submit the matter to
the Engineer, and if he deem & the result from due and proper execution of the
work in the position so objected to. In this event the contractor shall submit a
proposal to specify the precautions that shall be taken to safeguard the property
which gives rise to the objection to the Engineer.
Page 31 of 90
Guide Lines for
6.6 Mechanical Excavators. Any mechanical excavator must be capable of allowing

for, and should be used in such a manner as to fulf il the requirements of Paras
6.1 and 6.12 of this specification in respect of segregation of materials and width
of trench obtainable by using manual excavation.
6.7 Silencers. Where pneumatic drills or other power driven road breaking appliance
are used, they shall be fitted with efficient silencing devices. The compressor and
other power driven machines used for work shall be maintained in an efficient
condition so as to avoid undue noise.
6.8 Protection Pavings. The contractor shall take all reasonable steps to prevent
damage to pavings by his plant, and to protect pavings from contamination by
fuel and / oil from his equipment.
6.9 Pilot Holes and Trial Excavations. The contractor shall excavate in the
carriage way or footway in positions as he may be directed by the Civil Works
Supervisor, such pilot holes or trial excavations as are necessary to meet the
requirements defined in the Definitions Section of this Specification.
6.10 Side Shafts. Where deemed necessary by the Civil Works Supervisor Side shafts
shall be excavated alongside the trench as required to negotiate obstructions.
6.11 Supports.
(a) The supports of an excavation shall be so designed and placed to prevent loss
of ground from beneath adjacent paved to prevent loss of ground from beneath
adjacent paved surface and to permit, wherever possible withdrawal of such
supports and consolidation of the space occupied. The prior agreement of the
Civil Works Supervisor must be obtained and recorded in the Works Diary where
the withdrawal of supports is considered to constitute a greater danger to the
surrounding property than the subsequent void produced by rotting timber.
(b) Existing mains and services shall be adequately supported by temporary

slinging or strutting or where required by the Civil Works Supervisor, by brick or
concrete piers. At the discretion of the Civil Works Supervisor where existing
mains or services render compaction of the back fill beneath them difficult the
backfill shall be stabilized by mixing it with cement in the ratio of 10 parts soil 1
part cement by volume.
6.12 Width of Trench. In no case shall be the width of trench excavated be greater
than is reasonably necessary for satisfactory execution of work. In unmade
however, this requirement may be waived at the discretion of the Civil Works
Supervisor, if the Contractor desires to use a wide excavator in such a position
where a wide trench would not be determined to property or carriage way
haunches. Diary entries shall show the agreed necessary width, the actual width
being recorded as a note. The Civil Works Supervisor may not however, wave the
requirements of paras 6.1, 6.6 and the Filling and Restoration of pavings of this
Specification.
Page 32 of 90
Guide Lines for
6.13 Standard Depths.
Type of ducts Standard Depth of cover to top of

upper most Barrel or for ducts laid in
concrete to top of concrete surround.
In any paving.
PVC Single way and 2 way 600
Duct No.54D / Duct No.56
PVC Multi way 600
Duct No.54D (Over 2 and up to and
including 20 ways)
PVC Multi way 600
Duct No.54 D (Leads-in buildings and
over 20 ways for street tracks)
All other types
Polyethylene Cable 600 or laid in duct as above.
(a) Land direct in ground
(b) Vehicular crossings
(c) Customers gardens or Cultivated
ground.
The standard depth of cover shall be followed unless directed otherwise by the
Civil Works Supervisor, local authority or as the site condition.
6..14 Change of Level. In passing from foot way to carriage way and vice versa, or
where ducts enter jointing chambers below standard depth, or in any other
circumstances where it is necessary to change the level, the bottom of the trench
shall rise or fall gradually as the Civil Works Supervisor may direct.
6.15 Trenches for Polyethylene Cable.
(a) Excavation for the laying of polyethylene cable direct the ground shall be
carried out by the Contractor at such positions as may be directed by the
Civil Works Supervisor.
(b) The general conditions detailed in paras 6.1 – 6.3 of this specifications
shall apply.
(c) The trench may be “V” shaped provided that (i) the base of the trench is
of sufficient width to accommodate the cable or cables, laid adjacent with
minimum separation, and (ii) it is of the required depth.
(d) At points detailed on the schedule of work, or by the Civil Works

Supervisor, where a cable has to cross a boundary wall from a footway to
a customers’ garden or cartilage and it is not possible to lay under the
boundary wall, the Contractor shall break through the wall and insert a
short length of suitable duct. Any void around the duct shall be packed
with concrete and the ends of the duct well rounded to prevent the
possibility of damage to the cable.
6.16 Tunnelling. In no case shall the width or height of any tunnel be greater than is
necessary for the satisfactory execution of the work.
Page 33 of 90
Guide Lines for
6.17 Ground Water Lowering.
(a) Where site conditions are such that water could be removed from the area
by suction pumps working from sumps in to which the water drains, the
Contractor may, for his own convenience and with the Civil Works
Supervisors consent use a de-watering system. The Civil Works
Supervisor’s consent to use in the vicinity of an excavation of de-watering
system involving riser pipes which draw water from the ground through
fixed filters attached to the riser pipes will be subject to:
(i) The provision, where necessary of sand aggregates filters in the

ground around the riser pipes.
(ii) The absence of fine particles in the discharge after the first 20
minutes of pumping if, after this period of time, fines are still being
ext racted with water, the riser pipes shall be individually withdrawn
to facilitate a check of the ball valve and gauze screens in each well
point head. The consent of the Civil Works Supervisor may be
withdrawn at any time, if de-watering operation appears to be
causing subsidence due to soil migration or shrinkage.
(b) Where site condition are such that the use of de-watering equipment is
agreed by the Engineer to be the only practical method of carrying out the
work, then Du will nominate a specialist firm or to the contractor having
the knowledge and facilities to carry out de-watering operations in the
area without liability to the Contractor.
6.18 Blasting of rock. Excavation of rock encountered below ground during duct
laying operations may be assisted by the use of explosives, the use of explosives
will be allowed provided that,
(a) Public and private property, above ground are in no way endangered.
(b) Du is satisfied as to the competence of the shot fires ability, which may
require a trial demonstration.
(c) The contractor takes all necessary precautions for the safety members of
the public, Du and Contractors own staff.
(d) The cost to Du is no greater, in respect of trench width than would be the
cost if the rock were removed without the aid of explosives.
(e) The contractor has obtained all necessary permits from Government
Bodies.
6.19 Bunds. Shall be constructed in such a manner that they can contain water with
a depth not exceeding 750mm. The overall size will depend upon the volume of
water to be contained and/or conditions imposed on Du by the Highway Authority
/ Local Authority and Public Health Authority (See para 2.9).
Page 34 of 90
Guide Lines for
7. DUCT AND CABLE LAYING SECTION
Page 35 of 90
Guide Lines for
7. DUCT AND CABLE LAYING SECTION
7..1 Drawings 7.15 Plugs
7.2 Line of Duct 7.16 Draw Rope
Alignment Test for

7.3 Duct Formations 7.17
Distributed Duct
7..4 Laying of Duct 7.18 Scrap Material
7.5 Duct leading into EITC Building 7.19 PVC Duct - Duct No. 54 D
7.6 Clearances from Other Services 7.20 Trench
Clearance from Electricity

7.7 7.21 Formation
Supplies
7.8 Variation of Duct 7.22 Laying and Jointing
Alternative Method of
7.9 Duct in Tunnel 7.23
laying
7.10 Cutting and Bending of Duct 7.24 Bends
7.11 Covering of Duct 7.25 Variations
7.12 Rocky soils 7.26 Backfill
7.13 Cleaning & Testing 7.27 Cleaning and Testing
7.14 Deferred Jointing Chamber
Page 36 of 90
Guide Lines for
7.1 Drawing – As per detailed drawings.
7.2 Line of Duct. The line of duct shall be kept as straight as possible.
7.3 Duct Formations. The duct formation shall be either specified for the type of
duct concerned or as detailed on the schedule of Work but subject to the
discretion of the Civil Works Supervisor.
7.4 Laying of Duct. Duct laying shall be done only in accordance with this
Specification and such directions and instruction of the Engineer or Civil Works
Supervisor, which shall be closely followed. Duct laying may only be done in the
absence of Du representative when prior permission has been given.
7.5 Ducts leading into EITC buildings. All ducts leading into EITC buildings shall
be both gastight and watertight.
7.6 Clearances from other services. All type of ducts and cables laid in the
grounds shall be kept well clear of gas or water mains and service pipes, sewers
and subways, manholes and joint boxes belonging to other undertakers. In order
to admit the use of “Tapping” machines on gas and water mains, at least 300mm
clearance shall be given, if practicable, to other classes of plant mentioned above.
In no case shall the clearance be less than 150mm and where two sets of plant
cross each other, the minimum vertical clearance shall be 150mm.
7.7 Clearance from Electrical Supplies. Clearance of Du plant from Electricity

supplies shall be as follows:
(a) As much clearance as is practicable shall be given to the bases of trolley

wire standards, electric lamp standards, traffic signal posts and other
similar plant. Where it is impossible to provide a clearance of 150mm or
more, a layer of concrete Quality “B” not less than 50mm thick, shall be
placed between the two sets of plant.
(b) High voltage single-core cables for electricity supply, electric tramway or
electric railway systems, EXCEEDING 650 VOLTS, shall have a standard
minimum clearance of 450mm NO exception to this requirement is
permitted.
(c) High voltage multi-core for the same systems referred to in (b) above and
EXCEEDING 650 VOLTS, shall have a standard minimum clearance of
300mm. In difficult cases a reduced separation will be permitted provided
that where a separation of more than 150mm is impracticable a layer of
concrete Quality “B” shall be inserted between the two sets of plant
whether they cross each other or not. The concrete shall not be less than
50mm thick, and of such which and length that at every point the shortest
path found the concrete shall exceed 200mm.
(d) Medium and low voltage cables for supply systems NOT EXCEEDING 650
VOLTS shall have a standard minimum clearance of 50mm. Where the two
sets of plant cross each other NO exception to this requirement will be
permitted. At other points, where difficulties arise, a reduced clearance
down to 25mm will be permitted in which case the space between the two
sets of plant shall be filled with a layer of concrete Quality “B”. The
concrete shall not be less than 50mm thick and such width and length that
at every point the shortest path between the two sets of plant, round the
concrete, shall exceed 75mm.
Page 37 of 90
Guide Lines for
7..8 Variation of Duct. In any case in which the Civil Works Supervisor so directs,
the type of duct may be varied for the good and sufficient execution of the works.
7.9 Duct in Tunnel. Where duct is laid in tunnel, the heading and all spaces around
the type of duct may be varied for the good and sufficient execution of the work.
7.10 Cutting and Bending of Duct. The Contractor shall do any necessary cutting of
duct and bending of steel or wrought iron duct according to the requirements of
the work. Only purpose designed equipment capable of providing a gradual curve
shall be used for the bending of steel duct which shall be continuously mandrel
led during the bending operation.
Exceptionally, apparatus of the “Jim Crow” type may be employed subject to the
apparatus being repositioned frequently to produce a smooth curve. The inside
edges of all out ducts shall be thoroughly rounded off or so dressed that there
can be possibility of damages to cables.
7.11 Covering of Duct. All duct not laid in concrete, shall be covered by a layer of
earth, free from stones, and hand punned to a thickness of not less than 300mm,
unless otherwise specified.
7.12 Rocky Soils. In rocky or stony soils, earth free from stones shall be spread over
the trench bottom and rammed to afford a bedding approximately 200mm thick
on which to lay the duct, as directed by the Civil works Supervisor. In such cases
75mm of extra excavation of the trench will be necessary to achieve the required
depth of cover.
7.13 Cleaning and Testing.
(a) On completion of the duct line (including compaction of the backfill)

between any two jointing chambers, or sites thereof, a cylindrical brush
and an Iron Test Mandrel shall be passed once through each “way” to test
the duct and to remove any foreign matter which may have entered. The
size of the test mandrel and brush shall be supplied by Du. The mandrel
shall follow the brush to minimize possible scoring or breaking of the duct.
(b) For details of the additional test required for ducts when the building of a
jointing chamber is deferred until after the completion of a section of duct
see paragraph 7.14 of this Specification.
(c) The Contractor shall supply the labour needed for the testing operations.
(d) All tests shall be carried out in the presence of the Civil works Supervisor,
and if any obstruction or other defect be discovered it shall be rectified
forthwith to his satisfaction.
7.14 Deferred Jointing Chamber. When the building of a jointing chamber is

deferred until after the completion of a section of duct included in the work the
last 2 meters of each “way” shall be tested, on completion of the jointing
chamber, by means of the mandrel and brush specified for the particular duct. A
visual check shall first be made by the Civil works Supervisor, with the aid of a
torch or similar means of illumination, that no foreign matter or materials are
likely to be pushed up the duct. All such test shall be at the Contractor’s
expense.
Page 38 of 90
Guide Lines for
7.15 Plugs. A suitable plug, supplied by Du, shall be inserted at the end of
each “way” of a duct route to prevent the ingress of water and / or other foreign
matter, until all work has been completed on that section and the length tested
and accepted by Du.
In case of Road crossing and dead ends the plug shall be left burned ensuring the
rope properly tied to the plug.
7.16 Draw Rope. A draw rope, supplied by Du, shall be threaded through and left in
every “way” following duct laying operations and satisfactory tests. Jointing
together lengths of draw rope to make up the necessary length between jointing
chambers shall be carried out as directed by the Civil works Supervisor and in
accordance with Drawing. Draw rope shall not be joined for the purpose of
conserving lengths shorter than 50 meters.
7.17 Alignment Test of Disturbed Duct. When jointing chambers are provided on
an existing route or when any disturbance takes place which may affect the
alignment of duct, and the Civil works Supervisor so directs, a test mandrel and
brush of the appropriate dimensions shall be drawn through each of the spare
“ways”.
7.18 Scrap Materials. All the scrap Ducts, Draw Ropes recovered from furniture not
reusable shall be delivered to the disposable location as approved by the Local
Authorities. The quantity thus disposed shall be pre-certified by the Civil works
Supervisor for the purpose of reconciliation.
Frames and or covers and other reusable iron items shall be returned to Du
stores if not reused on the same site duly cleaned.
7.19 PVC DUCT – DUCT NO. 54 D
General. Duct No. 54D is manufactured from polyvinyl – Chloride (PVC). It is

supplied in 6.0 meter effective lengths, has an internal diameter of 90mm and a
nominal wall thickness of 3.25mm. Each duct length has a tapered socket at one
end which will accept the barrel of the duct. Coupling, Duct 54A, shall not be
used for duct leading into Buildings.
7.20 Trench. The trench shall be excavated to the required width and depth. The
trench bottom shall be free from stones, level and well punned. The duct shall be
laid at standard depths (Para 6.13 refers) unless otherwise specified.
7.21 Formations. Duct No. 54D may be laid as a single duct or in multi-way
formation as follows:
(a) Up to and including 9 ways in rectangular formation.
(b) Over 9 ways rectangular formation with concrete surround thickness

150mm.
(c) Where required, the bottom side of the Multi way Duct may be R/F
concrete for 150mm thick. This shall be considered as extra work and
paid for at Sec-3 rates.
Page 39 of 90
Guide Lines for
7.22 Laying and Jointing.
(a) Single Way:
(i) The open starting end of the trench shall be blanked off with a board or
boards, to act as an anvil against which the duct can be driven home. The
duct shall be recessed into the wall of jointing chambers 10mm from the
inside surface. The surface of the duct shall be roughened with glass
paper or sand paper for its length in the jointing chamber wall.
(ii) The duct shall be laid on the trench bottom with the socket towards the
duct layer, the spigot end and the inside of the socket of the ducts to be
jointed shall be thoroughly cleaned with a dry rag.
(iii) The spigot end of the duct shall be offered to the socket initially pushed in
by hand and then to achieve proper engagement a suitable wooden batten
is placed across the remote socket and tapped with a hammer. Full
engagement should be ensured. Occasionally, due to variations in size,
this cannot be achieved, in which case, excessive force must not be
exerted after a tight joint has been effected.
(iv) When jointing short lengths of duct together with a coupling, Duct No.
54A, BOTH SPIGOT ends and the inside of the coupling shall be thoroughly
cleaned with methylated spirits applied with a clean rag. The spigot ends
should be given a liberal coating of P.V.C. cement and then fitted into the
coupling. This operation involves using toxic and inflammable materials
(see Para 14.2).
(b) Multiway up to and including 9 ways:
(i) The preparatory work and jointing shall be as outlined in Para 7.22 (a) of
this Specification.
(ii) The first layer of ducts shall be laid on the prepared trench bottom so that
their outer surfaces touch each other and a minimum gap of 100mm
remains between the outside ducts and the sides of the trench timbering
where used. Wooden stakes or an approved alternative shall be driven
into the ground at 3 metre intervals along the trench to keep the ducts in
the correct position. Earth, free from stones (see Para 3.4) shall be placed
to fill the spaces between the ducts and the next layer of duct when the
latter is bedded down. The second and subsequent layers of duct shall be
laid between the wooden stakes so that they are vertically above and then
bedded down to touch the ducts in the layer below, the spaces between
the ducts being filled in the same way with earth, free from stones, (see
Para 3.4). The joints shall be staggered so that no joint touches any other
point.
(iii) At approximately 5 meters from the jointing chamber at each end of the
track, the duct formation shall open out to provide a gap between each
duct, both vertically and horizontally, of 25, using, spacers, Duct No. 2.
Over this 5 meters section all spaces between the ducts and the trench
wall shall be filled with well compacted earth, free from stones (see Para
3.4), as directly by the Civil works Supervisor.
Page 40 of 90
Guide Lines for
(c) Multiway over 9 ways:
(i) The preparatory work and jointing shall be as outlined in Para, 7.22 (a) of
this Specification.
(ii) The first layer of duct shall be laid on the prepared trench bottom so that
their outer surfaces touch each other and a minimum gap of 100mm
remains between the outside ducts and the sides of the trench, or trench
timbering where used. Mild steel bard, 12mm diameter and of the required
length shall be driven into the ground at 1.5 metre intervals along the
trench to keep the ducts in the correct position. The second and
subsequent layer of duct shall be laid between the mild steel bars so that
they are vertically above and touching the ducts in the layer below. The
joints shall be staggered so that no joint touches any other joint. On
completion of the assembly of the duct nest, 6mm diameter mild steel
bars shall be horizontally across the uppermost layer of ducts and tied to
the vertical bars.
(iii) Where the total number of layers of duct in any one formation exceeds 8
and the number of ducts in each layer exceeds 2 the following shall apply.
Between the two layers of duct midway, or approximately midway, from
the top and bottom of the duct nest and intermediate layer of reinforced
concrete, 100mm in depth and with 12mm mild steel reinforcing bars
conforming to the layout of reinforcing in the top cover detailed in
Drawing, shall be placed across the duct nest, the additional reinforcing
required by this sub-paragraph shall not be required in the 5 metre
sections detailed in sub-paragraphs (iv) and (v) below.
(iv) At approximately 5 meters from the jointing chambers at each end of the
track, the duct formation shall open out to provide a gap between each
duct, both vertically and horizontally of 25mm. Blanks of spacers, Duct No.
2 shall be placed at 325mm and 1324mm from the jointing chamber wall
to provide this spacing. Each spacer bank shall enclose all the ducts except
those in the bottom layer on which the spacer bank shall rest. Where sub-
paragraph (iii) applies, the 100mm intermediate layer shall be reduced
over the 5 metre sections to provide the required 25mm spacing at the
jointing chambers.
(v) Where the total number of layers of duct exceeds three, concreting of
spaced formations shall be in stages such that the number of layers of
duct laid and concreted at each stage shall not exceed three. The concrete
shall be brought to a level which shall not interfere with laying of
subsequent layer of duct and spacer.
(vi) Concrete quality “D” made with Sulphate Resisting cement shall be used
throughout and shall have a slump of 50mm. The concrete shall be evenly
placed around the duct to give a finished minimum thickness of 100mm on
both sides and to a depth of 150mm above the top layer of ducts. Care
must be taken to ensure that each batch, as it is placed, is properly
compacted without creating unbalanced side thrust against the ducts. Each
batch shall be vibrated using a vibrator having a maximum diameter of
51mm, the poker shall be lowered into the concrete between the wall of
the trench and the outside of the duct nest and shall not touch the duct. In
spaced formation sections care must be taken to ensure that the gaps
between the ducts are properly filled with concrete, the final layer of
concrete shall be thoroughly trowelled. The Contractor may use Ready
mixed concrete for construction of the duct surround.
Page 41 of 90
Guide Lines for
(vii) With formations of four or more ducts wide, mild steel reinforcing bars
conforming to Drawing shall be placed and wired in position before placing
concrete over the uppermost ducts of the completed nest.
(viii) In the case of column entry manholes, the duct formation shall open out
to enter the manhole as shown on the appropriate manhole drawing and
at right angles to the entry wall. The distance over which the
transformation is made shall be no greater than is necessary to satisfy the
5 meters minimum bending radius for Duct No. 54D. The ducts shall be
secured in position during concreting either with spacers, Duct Nos. 2 and
3 built up to the required centers or by reinforcing rods which may be
encased in the concrete, the volume between the separated duct
formations shall be excavated and filled with concrete of the same quality
as that surrounding the duct formations.
(ix) Where required the Road crossings up to 9 W shall be encased in concrete

as required by the street authorities and the concrete shall be paid as
extra at sec-3 rates.
(x) The Road crossings shall be extended up to the Du reservations or to a

point as directed by the Civil work Supervisor at the approved depths if
required.
7..23 Alternative Method of Jointing and Laying. Provided space permits. Duct No.
54D may be jointed above ground and fed into the trench from one end. The
leading end of each duct way being guided into position using a suitable hooked
tool made from 6mm diameter mild steel reinforcing bar.
7.24 Bends. Normally bends are not supplied since the duct is sufficiently flexible to
provide a minimum bending radius of 5 meters. Tighter bends should not be
attempted otherwise kinking of the duct may result.
7.25 Variations. Any variation of duct formation and / or depth shall only be carried
out with the prior agreement of the Civil works Supervisor.
7.26 Backfill.
(i) Backfilling of trenches where Duct No. 54D has been laid to Para 7.22 (a) and
(b) shall be carried out in accordance with the filling in and restoration of
paving section of this Specification.
(ii) Where Duct No. 54D has been laid to Para 7.22 (c) the end shuttering and
trench supporting timber, if used, shall be removed not less than 12 hours
after the concrete has been placed. Backfilling of the trench, in accordance
with the filling in and restoration of pavings section of this Specification shall
not be carried out until a further 48 hours have elapsed.
7..27 Cleaning and Testing. The iron test mandrel to be used for testing Duct No.
54D shall be 240mm long 83mm in diameter. The cylindrical cleaning brush shall
be 95mm in diameter. (see also Para 7.13.).
Page 42 of 90
Guide Lines for
8. LEAD IN
Page 43 of 90
Guide Lines for
8. LEAD IN
8..1 General 8.7 Trench
8.2 Duct Seal 8.8 Laying & Jointing
8.3 Leads-in Track 8.9 Bends
8.4 Caulking 8.10 Variations
8.5 Sealing of Conduits & Pipes 8.11 Backfill
8.6 PVC DUCT – DUCT NO. 56 8.12 Cleaning & Testing
Page 44 of 90
Guide Lines for
8.1 General.
(a) Normally, the duct seal and first 1.5 metre of Duct No. 54D leading into a new
Building will be included to the construction of the Building. The remaining
lead-in duct shall then be connected to the “starter” duct and laid to the
exchange jointing chamber in accordance with Para 8.3 and Drawing.
(b) In the case of existing Buildings, and occasionally new buildings, an opening
will be provided into which a duct seal shall be constructed in accordance with
Para 8.2 prior to the laying of the remaining lead-in duct which shall be in
accordance with Para 8.3 and Drawing. Alternatively, where specified,
individual holes 125mm dia, shall be diamond drilled in the wall at 150mm
centers. Each gland and appropriate length of duct shall be assembled in
accordance with Para 8.2 (b) and grouted into the holes, to within 25mm of
the wall surfaces. The remaining recesses shall be filled with compound No.23
(Para 8.5 refers).
8..2 Duct Seal.
(a) A duct seal, complete with glands, shall be constructed in accordance with
Drawing and the following sub paragraphs prior to any duct laying operations.
(b) The spigot end of 1.5 metre lengths of Duct No. 54D shall be thoroughly
cleaned with methylated spirits applied with a clean cotton rag. Jointing
adhesive (P.V.C. Cement) shall be applied liberally to the full circumference of
the outside end 100mm of the spigot with a clean rag. The spigot end shall
then be pushed into the back of a Gland, Caulking No. 2. Surplus adhesive
shall be wiped around the gland end to form a sealing fillet of adhesive,
additional adhesive shall be applied, if necessary to form this sealing fillet (see
also paragraph 14.1).
(c) The external surface of the assembled duct and gland shall then be cleaned
with methylated spirits and coated with Compound No. 21 into which a 3:1
mixture of dry sharp sand and cement shall be pressed, a small area being
treated at a time because of the speed with which Compound No. 21 dries
out. These applications shall continue until a 50mm length of the gland and a
250mm length of the duct adjacent to the joint have been completely coated.
(d) Two plywood templates, each a minimum of 25mm thick and at least 150mm
larger all round than the duct opening, shall be drilled with 106mm diameter
holes at 130mm centers to match the number of ducts forming the lead-in.
The template for the gland end shall be positio ned on the inner wall of the
cable chamber / trench, reinforced and braced as necessary to ensure that it
will remain flat and in position during the subsequent operations.
NOTE: Where the lead-in is angled, the spacings of the centers of the
holes in the templates must be adjusted to provide a separation of
approximately 35mm between ducts.
Page 45 of 90
Guide Lines for
(e) The jointed glands shall be fitted to the template and secured, each with two
Collars, Gland, Caulking, with their chamfered ends facing each other, and a
lack nut. Where the lead-in is angled, the Contractor will be supplied with the
appropriate angled collar’s information of which is given in the following table:
Collar Gland Angle Number required

Caulking No. per Gland
2 50 2
3 100 2
4 150 2
5 Straight 2
(f) As the ducts are fixed to the template they shall be temporarily supported so
that no strain is placed on the gland / duct joint. When all the ducts have
been secured in position, the second (outer) template shall be positioned
50mm along the socket, reinforced and braced. The Contractor shall ensure
that all ducts are parallel and except for angled leads-in, at right angles to the
templates and so, maintained during the subsequent concreting operations.
(g) Concrete Quality “D” having a slump of 50mm, shall then be carefully placed
to completely fill the interstices of the duct nest and to provide a minimum
cover of 150mm on the top sides of the duct nest. The concrete shall be
placed in ‘Lift’ shall be well compacted by using a vibratory poker (ma ximum
diameter of 50mm) on each side of the duct nest.
(h) When at least 2 days have elapsed after placing the concrete, the template
shall be removed and the concrete examined. Small voids shall be filled and
rendered flush with the existing face providing they do not extend beyond two
adjacent ducts or do not exceed 50mm in depth. If larger voids than this
exist, the concrete will be regarded as substandard and must be completely
removed and replaced.
8..3 Leads – in Track.
(a) Duct 54D shall be used for all lead-in sections between the building and the
exchange jointing chamber. The duct shall be gastight and watertight, and,
irrespective of the number of ways, shall be laid in accordance with Paras 7.22
(c) to 7.27, terminating with duct sockets recessed 10mm from the inside
face of the jointing chamber wall. Additionally prior to jointing, the spigot and
socket of each duct shall be thoroughly cleaned with methylated spirits
applied with a clean cotton rag. The full circumference of the outside end
100mm of the spigot shall then be liberally coated with jointing adhesive (PVC
Cement) using a clean cotton rag and the duct joint shall be made as quickly
as possible (Para 7.22 (a) -(iii) refers). Finally, the surplus and, if necessary,
additional adhesive shall be wiped around the end of the socket and adjacent
surface of the duct with a clean cotton rag to form a continuous sealing fillet.
Page 46 of 90
Guide Lines for
(b) Plentiful supplied of clean, dry cotton rags shall be available and, in inclement
weather protection for the jointing operations shall be provided, e.g. a
temporary awning.
(c) The Lead-in ducts between the duct seal and the manhole (exchange
manhole) shall be encased in concrete.
8..4 Caulking.
On completion of the cleaning and testing of the lead-in duct route and
acceptance by the Civil works Supervisor, each duct way shall be caulked in the
following manner:
(a) Drill two 6mm diameter holes, 12mm from the edges, and on the same
diameter line, of a Disc Gland Caulking.
(b) Tie a know approximately 200mm from the end of the draw rope (a draw rope
is left in each “way” following completion of the duct route Para. 7.16 refers),
pass the end of the draw rope through one hole and back through the other
hole and tie a further knot, thus leaving a loop which can be used to remove
the inner disc.
(c) Push any surplus draw rope into the duct and place the disc in the gland
against the internal shoulder or R/F concrete as directed.
(d) Tightly pack the gland with thoroughly worked Compound No. 16 or approved
alternative, and slightly overfill.
(e) Place a second disc into the recess of the end cap and screw onto the gland so
compressing the compound. Additional compound may be required after the
original has been compressed to ensure that there are no voids in the
compound between the discs.
(f) At the exchange jointing chamber, the Contractor shall repeat the procedure
in (a) - (c) above, and tightly pack the socket with thoroughly worked
Compound No. 16, or approved alternative. The compound shall be
compressed with a second disc until this disc is released approximately 3mm
into the socket.
8..5 Sealing of Conduits and Pipes.
Small conduits and pipes into subscriber’s premises, call office, kiosks, posts etc.,
shall be sealed by pressing a clean rag into the aperture and facing off with a
layer of synthetic rubber. A 25mm depth of rag and a 10mm depth of rubber
shall be used. (Silicone Sealant A, or an equivalent material, shall be used for this
purpose).
8.6 PVC DUCT – DUCT NO. 56

General. Duct No. 56 is manufactured from polyvinyl-chloride (PVC) it is supplied
in 6.0 metre effective lengths, has a internal diameter of 51mm and a nominal
wall thickness of 1.55mm. Each duct, length has a tapered socket formed at one
end which will accept the normal barrel of the duct.
Page 47 of 90
Guide Lines for
8.7 Trench. The trench shall be excavated to the required width and depth and the
bottom shall be free from stones, level and punned. The duct shall be laid at
standard depths (Para 6.13 refers) otherwise specified.
8.8 Laying and Jointing.
(a) The duct shall be laid on the trench bottom with the socket towards the duct
layer, the spigot and the inside of the socket of the ducts to be jointed shall
first be thoroughly cleaned with a dry rag.
(b) The spigot end of the duct shall be offered to the socket, initially pushed in by
hand, and then to achieve proper engagement a suitable wooden batten is
placed across the remote socket and tapped with a hammer. Full engagement
should be ensured, occasionally, due to variations in size, this cannot be
achieved, in which case, excessive force must not be exerted after a tight
joints has been effected.
(c) Alternatively, the duct may be jointed above ground and lowered into position
on the trench bottom where this is more convenient.
(d) All spaces alongside the duct shall be filled with earth, free from stones and
hand punned t a compacted thickness of not less than 75mm above the top of
the duct barrel.
8..9 Bends. The duct is sufficiently flexible to provide a maximum bending radius of
10 meters. Tighter bends should not be attempted otherwise kinking of the duct
may result. Bends, Duct No. 56 (900 – 229mm radius) and Bends Duct No. 56A
(900 -622mm radius) are supplied only for termination purposes at poles and
small buildings respectively.
8.10 Variations. Any variation of duct formation and / or depth shall only be carried
out with the prior agreement of the Civil works Supervisor.
8.11 Backfill. Backfilling of the trench shall be carried out in accordance with the
filling-in and restoration of pavings section of this Specification.
8.12 Cleaning and Testing. The iron test mandrel to be used for testing Duct No. 56
shall be 216mm long and 43mm in diameter, the cylindrical cleaning brush shall
be 57mm in diameter (see also Para 7.13).
Page 48 of 90
Guide Lines for
9. POLYTHYLENE CABLE LAYING
Page 49 of 90
Guide Lines for
9. POLYETHYLENE CABLE LAYING
9..1 Polyethylene Cable 9.5 Joint Marker
9.2 Mole Ploughing 9.6 Capping, Steel or PVC
9.3 Crossing 9.7 Cutting & Sealing
9.4 Terminating Points
Page 50 of 90
Guide Lines for
9.1 Polyethylene Cable – By Others (Not applicable Clause 9.1 to 9.4).
(a) The cable will be supplied by Du on drums (which are returnable to Du stores)
together with drum spindles and lifting jacks.
(b) The drum shall be set up at static positions and the cable drawn off and laid
into the trench. Alternatively, the drum may be set up on a mobile vehicle and
the cable paid off along the trench. The method employed independent upon
the circumstances, obstructions and access to the trench.
(c) In rocky or stony soils, earth, free from stones, rammed to form a 100mm
layer both below and above the cable shall be provided as directed by the Civil
works Supervisor.
9.2 Mole ploughing. The Contractor may use mole ploughing techniques in grass or
unmade ground, dependent upon the nature of the sub-soil position of other
services, access to line of route, the depth at which the cable is laid, the use of
approved equipment and the Civil works Supervisor’s agreement. The Civil works
Supervisor’s agreement will not unreasonably be withheld.
9.3 Crossings. At carriage way crossings and vehicular crossings of the footway,
polyethylene cable shall be laid directly in the ground or drawn into duct, as
directed by the Civil works Supervisor. The Contractor may be requested to draw
Du distribution cable into duct already in use.
Further a spare duct 54D or Duct 50 or a polyethylene duct may also be

considered to be laid in line with the cable for maintenance purposes.
9.4 Terminating Points. A sufficient length of c able for terminating purposes will be
coiled, and the coil shall either be buried in the ground or fastened to a pole or
wall, as directed by the Civil works Supervisor. Ion the latter case, the cable coil
shall be fastened at a point above a length of steel or PVC Capping or
Polyethylene Duct. Where Capping, or Polyethylene Duct or cable is fixed to a
wall, the wall shall be plugged to take the fixings (Para 9.6 refers).
9.5 Joint Marker. A joint marker will be installed by the Contractor at each buried
joint or terminating point as directed by the Civil work Supervisor.
9.6 Capping, Steel or PVC. Steel or PVC capping will be supplied together with
Nails, Bonding and Washers, No. 19, and will be fitted by the Contractor in
positions determined by Civil works Supervisor.
9.7 Cutting and Sealing. All cable cutting, temporary sealing of cut ends and
jointing will be carried out by Du. Where two or more cables are to be jointed, a
short length of cable will normally be overlapped and laid along the line of trench.
Page 51 of 90
Guide Lines for
10. SLEWING AND / OR LOWERING OR

RAISING OF DUCT
Page 52 of 90
Guide Lines for
10. SLEWING AND / OR LOWERING OR RAISING OF DUCT
10.1 Excavation 10.6 Trench Bottom
10.2 Strong Back 10.7 Irregularities
10.3 Suspension 10.8 Pulled Joints
10.4 Slewing Only 10.9 Inspection
10.5 Movement 10.10 Testing
Page 53 of 90
Guide Lines for
10.1 Excavation.
(a) The size of the excavation for slewing and / or raising a duct line shall be as
directed by the Civil works Supervisor.
(b) Where lowering only is necessary the duct line shall be suspended and the
required excavation taken out down the side and under the duct line. When
this method is impracticable the duct line shall be slewed and raised or
lowered temporarily as required by the Civil works Supervisor for a distance
which is just sufficient to allow access for carrying out the excavation.
(c) With the exception of making slight adjustment to the duct line after slewing
and lowering, the duct line shall not be removed in any way without adequate
reinforcement in the form of a strong back being firmly lashed to it.
10.2 Strong back.
(a) The strong back shall be lashed to the duct line, with both ends of each duct
firmly held, using separate lashings or a continuous rope. The lashings shall
be tightened, to the satisfaction of the Civil works Supervisor.
(b) Any forces which it is necessary to apply to the duct line to move it in any way
shall be applied not directly to duct line but to the strong back lashed to it.
Such forces shall be applied at points whose spacing is sufficiently close to
keep the bending of the duct line and strong back between the points to a
negligible amount.
10.3 Suspension. When the duct line is to be lowered, the complete length shall be
suspended from the suitable beams or tripods and / or approved winching devices
spanning the excavation. When the duct line is to be slewed whilst suspended in
this way, the suspending ropes shall be fastened to sling poles resting on the
supporting beams and running parallel to the duct line strong back and free to
move across the beams. All suspending ropes shall be so arranged that the duct
line can be raised or lowered as required, smoothly and continuously, and can be
tied off firmly at any stage.
10.4 Slewing Only. When the duct line is to be slewed only, it may be moved without
suspending it, provided that.
(a) The surface across which the duct line is to be slid shall be reasonably level
and regular, made so if necessary by setting boards in the surface.
(b) The strong back shall be firmly lashed to the side of the duct line.
(c) The moving force shall be applied to the strong back by rope, jack or other
method to allow the duct line to be moved smoothly and without jerking.
10.5 Movement. The slewing and / or lowering of the duct line shall be carried out by
making a succession of very small movements of the duct line, each made
progressively along the affected length. The curvature of the duct line at any
intermediate stage between the initial and final positions shall not exceed the
deviation limits laid down for laying new duct of the same type.
10.6 Trench Bottom. Prior to finally placing the duct the trench bottom shall be
prepared in the same way as is specified for duct laying.
Page 54 of 90
Guide Lines for
10.7 Irregularities. After the duct line has been finally lowered into its required
position and the strong back has been removed, any irregularities and bore
crossings in the general line of the ducts shall be corrected at the direction of the
Civil works Supervisor.
10.8 Pulled Joints. Where, following slewing and / or lowering or raising operations,
a duct joint or joints have pulled apart, short lengths of ordinary or split duct may
be inserted in the duct line and satisfactory joints effected as directed by the Civil
works Supervisor.
10.9 Inspection. After all operations are completed, the joints of all ducts shall be
inspected to ensure that they are forming an effective seal, any defects shall be
made good to the satisfaction of the Civil works Supervisor.
10.10. Testing. All spare bores of the duct line shall be rodded and roped and / or
cleaned and tested as specified for the particular duct concerned and paid for
Sec-3 rates.
Page 55 of 90
Guide Lines for
11. JOINTING CHAMBERS SECTION
Page 56 of 90
Guide Lines for
11. JOINTING CHAMBERS SECTION
11.1 General 11.13 Joints in Concrete
11.2 Types of Jointing Chambers 11.14 Concrete Quality and Finish
11.3 Drawings 11.15 Compaction and Tamping

Of Concrete
11.4 Variations 11.16 Wet Situations
11.5 Clearance of Ducts 11.17 Shuttering
11.6 Protection of Cables and 11.18 Concrete Curing Times

Associated Equipment
11.7 Duct Entries into Existing 11.19 Frames and Covers

Structures Footway
11.8 Duct Entry 11.20 Frames and Covers
11.9 Jointing Chamber Fittings 11.21 Frames and Covers

Carriage Way (Double
Triangular Type)
11.10 Iron and Steel Work 11.22 Installation and Renewal
And/or Chainage Level
11.11 Recovered Material 11.23 Concrete Surrounding
11.12 Sumps 11.24 Joint Markers & Marking

Posts
Page 57 of 90
Guide Lines for
11.1 General. Jointing chambers shall conform to the standard drawing/s and / or
other drawing/s, as specified unless Para 11.4 applies. Manholes having less than
2000mm Headroom shall not be normally accepted.
11.2
Code Drawing Code Drawing

No. NO.
JRC 12 D-01 MRT -8B D-06
JRC 14 D-02 MRT -9 D-07
MR-2B D-03 612 D-08
MRT -4 D-04 810 A D-09
MRT -7 D-05
These manholes have a range of internal heights.

The standard type of joint boxes with the code references employed as per
instruction by Civil Supervisor.
11.3 Drawings. The following Drawing are applicable, (see appendix A)
11.4 Variations. The presence of unforeseen obstructions in the ground, or adverse

ground conditions, may necessitate the construction of a type other than that
specified, or a modification of one or more of the dimensions stipulated on the
relevant drawing. The Contractor shall be advised of any modifications to the
drawings and/or schedule of Work by the Civil Works Supervisor and such
modifications will be confirmed by Du in writing. The Contractor shall not carry
out modifications without the approval of the Civil Works Supervisor.
11.5 Clearance of Ducts. Ducts shall enter manholes as shown on the relevant
drawings or as directed by the Civil Works Supervisor, unless otherwise required
by the drawings or the Civil Works Supervisor, the ducts shall enter the manholes
at such depths as will ensure a minimum clearance of 450mm (min) 750mm
(max) above the duct to the roof.
11.6 Protection of Cables and Associated Equipment. During the cutting of duct
entries into existing structures, irrespective of whether vibration-free methods
are used, or during the demolition and rebuilding of jointing chambers, the
Contractor shall take such measures as the Civil Works Supervisor may direct to
protect cables and associated equipment. Such measures may include any or all
of the following requirements.
(a) All movement of cables shall be carried out under the direction of the Civil
Works Supervisor.
(b) All ladders shall be provided by the Contractor for access into and out of
manhole excavations. Under no circumstances may cables, joint and
associated equipment be used for climbing, standing or sitting on.
(c) Sufficient pumping capacity shall be made available and operated to

ensure that when cables are removed from their bearers they shall not be
immersed in water at any time. The responsibility of keeping cables and
joints dry will pass to Du when Du commences checking and / or testing
the cables.
Page 58 of 90
Guide Lines for
(d) All cables shall be protected at duct entries by shielding as

necessary against mechanical damage and by packing with foam rubber to
act as a cushion when any movement occur.
(e) During demolition of the roof of a manhole, the Contractor shall erect a
deck of timber between the cables and the roof of the manhole to protect
Du plant from failing debris in the following manner:
(i) A minimum of four screw jacks shall be evenly spaced and placed
horizontally between the uppermost cables and the underside of
the roof. A 25mm recess in each wall is necessary for the screw
jack plate; UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES shall friction joints be used
between the screw plate and wall. Lengths of poling boards or
other similar timber shall then be placed over the screw jacks to
completely protect cables and/or other equipment from failing
debris.
(ii) Alternatively, the Contractor may use vertical and horizontal timber
supports as follows: a minimum of three 225mm x 75mm timber
uprights shall be evenly spaced against each long wall of the
manhole with 225mm x 75mm timber shall be placed horizontally
on top of the uprights and secured, and between the uprights at
the bottom, all positions to be wedged and blocked to the
satisfaction of the Civil Works Supervisor. Lengths of poling boards
or other similar timber shall then be placed on top of the horizontal
supports.
(iii) When the manhole roof and walls have been demolished down to
the level of the timber decking and all debris removed, the cables
and any other equipment shall be suspended from the surface to
the satisfaction of the Civil Works Supervisor.
(iv) Cables and joints and other equipment shall be protected by

dropping (not tying) with several layers of sacking while the timber
decking is being erected and dismantled and during the demolition
of the remainder of the walls.
(f) During rebuilding operations cables shall be supported on wooden

benches with cushion of sacking or similar material once the floor
has been laid and the concrete allowed to set.
11.7 Duct Entries Into Existing Structures.
(a) General. – structure such as jointing chamber, Telephone, Exchanges,

Stations and other similar buildings, which contain cables and / or
equipment liable to damage by vibration, shall have all new duct entries
cut with substantially vibration free cutting equipment.
(b) Approved Methods. Where vibration-free cutting equipment is necessary

as specified on the schedule of Works or as directed by the Civil Works
Supervisor the Contractor shall only employ Diamond Impregnated or
Rotary-Percussion drilling methods, PNEUMATIC TOOLS, SLEDGE OR CLUB
HAMMERS AND OTHER TOOLS MUST NOT BE USED.
Page 59 of 90
Guide Lines for
Any alternate method by the Contractor will be employed ONLY after approval by
the Engineer.
NOTE: The Contractor may use the services of a firm specializing in diamond
drilling on a sub-contract basis.
(c) Position of Entry – this will be specified in the Schedule of Work or as

directed by the Civil Works Supervisor. Any departure from this position
must be agreed with the Civil Works Supervisor prior to the
commencement of work.
(d) Protection – the Contractor shall carry out such protection of cables and/or
equipment, prior to drilling operations, as directed by the Civil Works
Supervisor.
(e) Reinforcement – where the method used requires the reinforcing bars are
cut as a separate operation bar-croppers or hacksaws only shall be used.
Gas cutting equipment must not be used.
(f) Anchor Irons – where possible new duct entries should be positioned at
least 300mm from any existing Anchor Iron. Where this clearance cannot
be obtained, the anchor iron concerned shall be sawn off. Gas cutting
equipment must not be used.
11.8 Duct Entries. The concrete around all ducts where they enter jointing chambers
shall be carefully flushed up and rendered in cement mortar.
11.9 Jointing Chamber Fittings. Anchor Irons and other fittings shall be fixed as and
where shown on the relevant drawing, or in such other position as the Civil Works
Supervisor may direct.
11.10 Iron and Steelwork.
(a) All iron and steelwork, except as in Para 11.10 (b), supplied by the
Contractor and which has not been galvanized by an approved method,
shall be free from mill scale and given one coat or red lead and oil after
delivery, and two coats of an approved bituminous paint after fixing.
(b) Any UN galvanized iron or steel which is to be embedded in concrete shall

be free from mud, oil, loose mill scale, grease or any other substance
which can be shown to affect, adversely the steel or concrete chemic ally,
or reduce the bond. Normal handling prior to embedment in the concrete
is usually sufficient for the removal rust and scale from reinforcement.
(c) All reinforcement in the floor, roof and shaft shall be secured together by
means of approved wire ties sufficient to prevent displacement of the
reinforcements during the placing and compaction of the concrete.
11.11 Recovered Material. After the demolition or alteration of existing jointing

chambers, any recovered material shall be delivered to a nominated Du site, or
dispose of as instructed by the Civil Works Supervisor.
11.12 Sump. Where a sump is provided the door shall have a slight thereto.
11.13 Joints in Concrete.
Page 60 of 90
Guide Lines for
(a) Construction joints shall be provided where shown on the relative

construction drawing. A minimum of 12 hours shall elapse between the
construction stages thus indicated. The construction joint shall be effected
by cleaning the existing concrete, wetting it and rendering with a 5mm
layer of well trowelled cement mortar before the new concrete is placed in
position.
(b) Whenever possible, concrete walls shall be completed in one operation.

Where this is not practicable, construction joints shall be straight and well
furnished as shown in the drawing. Before concrete is resumed the surface
of concrete on first side of joint is to be thoroughly cement and the surface
removed, so as to expose the aggregate. This may include proper hacking
of the surface if the concrete is hard enough. The previous concrete
surface is then to be treated with a SBR based bonding compounds as
recommended by the manufacturers for such applications before placing
any concrete against it. The new concrete shall be well compacted (Para
11.15 refers) but care shall be taken during its placing close to the joint.
Such construction joints shall be cited at least 150mm from any anchor
iron position.
11.14 Concrete Quality and Finish.
(a) Except where the quality of concrete is detailed on the construction

drawing all concrete used for the construction of jointing chambers shall
be Quality “A” as specified in the Quality of Materials Section of this
Specification.
(b) No unauthorized repair shall be allowed to remove the finish of the

concrete surface. This shall be allowed only with the prior approval of the
Civil Works Supervisor with approved materials only.
(c) At this discretion, the Civil Works Supervisor may require test cubes to be
taken of any batch of site mixed concrete used for jointing chamber
construction. Where ready mixed concrete is used, the Civil Works
Supervisor will require test cubes to be taken on the following basis:
Joint Boxes A minimum of one test cubes from any batch of

concrete.
Manholes A minimum of three test cubes from each batch
of concrete.
PS. All the cubes shall be clearly marked for identification.
The equipment necessary for the making of the test cubes shall be
provided by the Contractor. The cubes shall be tested by a Testing
Laboratory approved by Du and the Contractor shall supply a copy of the
test report to the Civil Works Supervisor within 14 days of the cubes being
tested.
Page 61 of 90
Guide Lines for
Work will act normally be delayed for the result of any test to be
ascertained. The making curing and testing of all of concrete for
compressive strength tests shall be in accordance with BS 1881, Para 3
and 4 and the results shall satisfy the following table:
Age of Minimum Concrete Minimum Cube crushing

bsf/in strength
7 days Over 32 MN/m2
28 days Over 40 MN/m2
NOTES: 7MN/m2 = 1000 (Approx)
(d) Whether test cubes have been taken or not, the Engineer may as a result
of inspection, rebound hammer tests or the cube tests, condemn the
jointing chamber. Alternatively test cores shall be taken and tested in
accordance with BS 1881, Part 4. The cross shall be examined and tested,
and the estimated cube strength ascertained by an approved and
independent laboratory. The Contractor shall be provided with a copy of
the test report as soon as it is available and, if this indicates that the
quality of the concrete in the structure is unsatisfactory, the jointing
chamber shall not be accepted.
(e) On completion of a jointing chamber the floor shall be rendered with

cement mortar in accordance with the relevant drawing (Para 11.12
refers). The walls of concrete jointing chambers shall have a smooth
finish; any slight activities exposed when the shuttering is removed shall
be made good with cement mortar, and any projections removed. UNDER
NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THE WALLS BE COATED WITH A CEMENT OR
CEMENT/SANDWASH.
11.15 Compaction and Tamping of Concrete. In construction of concrete or

reinforced concrete jointing chambers, the concrete shall be thoroughly worked
and tamped into all parts use of a poker type vibrator until a dense solid mass
without voids is obtained, exceptionally, hand tamping may be employed for un-
reinforced concrete Footway joint boxes.
Care should be taken not to touch reinforcement steel with the poker
during compaction.
11.16 Wet Situations. In wet situations the Civil Works Supervisor may direct the
Contractor to implement such methods as are deemed necessary to prevent
damage to freshly placed concrete or mortar and to ensure a waterproof jointing
chamber. These methods may include an independent sump, or the use of heavy
duty polyurethane sheet or other suitable material, or drainage beneath the
concrete floor. The construction shall be water tight, no leakage is permitted
through the floor construction joint wall or roof.
11.17 Shuttering.
(a) Subject to compliance with the drawings as regards dimensions, the

Contractor shall be at liberty to adopt any arrangement he may think fit
for the make-up of shuttering. The shuttering shall be oiled or lime
washed prior to concreting.
Page 62 of 90
Guide Lines for
(b) In all cases the shuttering used shall be of such dimensions and
so constructed as to remain rigid and unyielding to weight and vibration
during the laying and tamping of the concrete. No shaking or jarring shall
be permitted during setting.
11.18 Concrete Curing Times. The minimum periods after completion of any concrete
and/or block work which must elapse before.
(a) the shuttering of jointing chambers is removed.

(b) the restoration of pavings or surfaces may be commenced;
(c) traffic is allowed to pass, are as follows:
FOR MANHOLES AND JOINT BOXES
A. B.
Type of cement used To removal of shuttering wall. To removal of shuttering
roof.
Sulphate resisting or 24 hrs. 7 days
mild sulphate resisting
11.19 Frames and Covers Footway.
(a) The frame shall be added on cement mortar as near the correct levels as
possible. The cross piece(s), where required shall then be fitted and the
cover(s) placed in the frame. The cover(s) shall be tested for rocking; if
rocking occurs, packing of the hard material shall be placed beneath the
lowest part of the frame until rocking ceases and the cover(s) lie firm and
level. All voids below the frame shall then be completely filled with cement
mortar to the same level as the packing. In an unmade surface or grass
the frame shall be surrounded with a 150mm wide strip of cement mortar
finished level with the top edge of the frame and the outside edge finished
straight and parallel to the frame.
11.20 Frames and Covers Carriageway No.1
(a) The cover shall be supplied without concrete fill. The joint box nameplate
shall be installed as in Para 11.19(b).
(b) Installation. The joint box shall be constructed with the top of the joint
100mm below the carriageway surface. The top of the joint box shall
moistened with water and a 15mm layer of cement mortar trawled over
the entire surface. Additional mortar shall be placed so that it conforms
approximately to the contour of the frame section which shall then be
place top and lightly tapped with the piece of wood to force out excess
mortar until the frame projects approximately 5mm above the surrounding
carriageway surface.
The excess mortar shall be neatly struck off inside the joint box. Using two
joint box keys the cover shall be carefully placed in the frame and the whole
assembly lightly tapped downwards until the cover is level with the
surrounding carriageway surface. If rocking occurs, packing of hard material
shall be placed under the low corner of the frame until the cover seats
satisfactorily. The mortar shall be neatly trawled off round the outside of the
frame. In an unmade surface or grass the frame shall surrounded with a
100mm wide strip or R/F Con. Quality “F” finished level with the top edge of
the frame and the outside edge finished straight and parallel to the frame.
Page 63 of 90
Guide Lines for
Alternatively the frame may be cast into the concrete structure of

the joint box providing correct finished levels can be ensured.
FRAMES AND COVERS, CARRIAGE WAY NOS. 1, 2 AND 3 (DOUBLE TRIANGULAR

TYPE)
11.21 Frame and Covers. Ductile Carriageway Frames and Covers Nos. 1, 2 and 3 are
supplied for the following jointing chambers.
Type of
Used for Jointing Dimensions of
Frame and No. of Covers
Chambers Opening
Cover NO
1 All Carriageway 610mm x 610mm As per drawing
manholes
2 JB-01 1120mm x 635mm As per drawing
3 JB02 2235mm x 635mm As per drawing
All the above Frame & Cover assembly shall be supplied with safety grids.
11.22 Installation and Renewal and/or Chain age Level using Cement or Resin
Mortar or Resin Bedding.
(a) Preparation of New Jointing chamber walls or shaft shall be terminated to

and levelled off at a depth of 175 mm below the carriageway surface.
Where the joint box walls or manhole shaft is constructed of concrete, and
the frame and cover is to be set on resin mortar or mortar bedding the
walls or shaft shall terminate at this level with a course of suitable
thickness quarry tiles on cement mortar. Installation of the frame and
cover must not be commenced until the concrete has been allowed to set
for at least 12 hours.
(b) Preparation of Existing jointing Chambers – the existing frame and cover
shall be removed and the top of the jointing chamber walls or shaft cut
back or built up, as the case may be and levelled off to approximately 175
mm below the carriageway surface. Where building up is necessary bricks
or quarry tiles of suitable thickness shall be used and set on cement or
resin mortar for cement mortar or resin installations respectively.
(c) Preparations of Frames and Covers – prior to installation remove the

triangular covers and where provided the safety grid(s) and ensure that
the frame is clean, dry and free from grease. Remove any loose rust or
scale with a wire brush.
(d) Setting of Frame
(i) Using Cement Mortar (Frames and Covers, Carriageway No.1

ONLY). The top surface of the manhole shaft shall be brushed
clean, moistened with water and a 20mm layer of cement mortar
trawled over the entire surface to be covered by the frame. The
frame, with covers removed, shall be lowered carefully onto the
Page 64 of 90
Guide Lines for
cement mortar and gently tapped with a wooden punner

until the top edge is level with the carriageway surface. Any surplus
mortar shall be struck off flush with the inside walls and in the case
of a new manhole, haunched around and over the lower flange of
the frame. For at least 2 hours after the frame has been set on the
cement mortar, care must be taken not to disturb or walk on the
frame. The covers shall then be replaced and in the case of an
existing manhole.
The side of the excavation and frame shall be primed with bitumen
emulsion and the space around the frame shall be reinstated with coated
macadam (Para 11.23 refer). The coated macadam shall be well
compacted in two layers with a suitable power rammer to finish level with
the top of the frame and the surrounding surface.
(e) Opening to Traffic. Before opening to traffic, it must be established that

the covers do not foul the safety grids or the sides of the shaft or joint box
walls. If there is evidence of fouling it shall be obviated in a manner
acceptable to the Civil Works Supervisor.
(f) Cement Mortar. The minimum period after installation of the frame which
must elapse before commencing reinstatement and opening to traffic shall
be in accordance with Para 11.18, of this Specification in respect of the
jointing chamber ad bedding under the frame.
11.23 Concrete Surrounding. Any Jointing Chamber fitted with a Carriageway frame
and cover shall have a concrete surround of concrete Quality “A” to the depth of a
frame and cover. The width of this concrete surround shall extend to the outside
of the structure wall or 150mm whichever is the less. Opening to traffic shall be
subject to Para 11.18.
11.24 Joint Markers and Marking Posts. The position of each buried jointing point
shall be indicated by means of a steel marker post / protection post placed flush
with surface immediately over he centers of the project, or a Marking post
positioned as directed by the Civil Works Supervisor.
Page 65 of 90
Guide Lines for
12. CABINET CROSS CONNECTION
Page 66 of 90
Guide Lines for
12. CABINET CROSS CONNECTION
12.1 Excavation for Base 12.3 Erection of Cabinet
12.2 Provision of Base 12.4 Key
Page 67 of 90
Guide Lines for
12.1 Excavation for Base
(a) Excavation of the sizes shown on drawing shall be made in the positions
indicated by the Civil Works Supervisor.
(b) The bottom of each excavation shall be well rammed.
12.2 Provision of base
(a) Template – a template shall be provided by the Contractor and used to

register accurately the positions of the Bends Duct No.54D and Bolts
Foundation Intended No.1 and their position relative to the footway
surface the bends shall be so placed to give the required depth of cover on
the duct leaving the cabinet (Para 6.13 refers) and to project 30mm above
the proposed base. Any surplus duct shall be cut off and removed (Para
7.10 refers) after the base has been placed and the periods given in Para
12.2 (b) have elapsed. The foundation bolts and the earth rod/spike shall
be fixed in the template so that they are set vertically in the base and to
project 40mm and 100mm respectively above the proposed base. Where
cabinets are installed on slopping ground, it may be necessary for part of
the base to be above ground in order to open fully the cabinet doors. The
height of the base is determined by the Civil Works Supervisor for sites
that are liable to flooding and the base should be raised accordingly.
(b) Concreting – prior to concreting the ends of the PVC duct bends shall be
sealed with plugs (Duct and Cable Laying Section refer). Concrete Quality
“A” shall be used for the base and shall be placed round the PVC duct
bends and carefully levelled at a depth of 75mm below the surface of the
ground or paving as measured at the center of the base. The minimum
period, after the completion of concreting which must elapse before the
cabinet is erected, shall be 48 hours.
12.3 Erection of Cabinet.
(a) The surface of the concrete must be thoroughly cleaned and bedding of
cement mortar laid to a depth of 13mm over that part of the surface on
which the plinth will seat. Before drying the plinth should be placed in
position and secured by the foundation bolts at the four corners. The
cement mortar should then be struck off in line with the inside of the
plinth and on the outside trowelled to form a fillet around the flange to
assist in drainage of water. With the cabinet door removed access to
sealing putty, cabinet securing bolts and washers is obtained. Positioned
20mm away from the central cut out of the plinth lay and press out a
3mm thick x 13mm wide single continuous strip of sealing putty onto the
plinth. Position the cabinet body onto the plinth and bolt down with the
supplied washers and hexagon bolts so as to spread the putty and seal.
Scrap off with a blunt tool any excess putty which protrudes beyond the
cabinet exterior. Finally the inside of the cabinet base should be sealed
using Resin Pack 6A.
(b) Backfilling of the excavations shall proceed in accordance with the filling-in
and Restoration of Paving Section of this Specification.
12.4 Key. Key obtainable from the Civil Works Supervisor is required to open
Cabinets Cross-Connection.
Page 68 of 90
Guide Lines for
13. FILLING IN AND RESTORATION OF

PAVING SECTION
Page 69 of 90
Guide Lines for
13. FILLING- IN AND RESTORATION OF PAVING SECTION
13.1 General 13.4 Sealing
13.2 Ramming 13.5 Obligations
13.3 Compaction Test
Page 70 of 90
Guide Lines for
13.1 General.
(a) The Contractor shall execute interim restoration and permanent

reinstatement, except as in Condition 86 of Standard Conditions to the
satisfaction of the Civil Works Supervisor.
(b) The operation of filling-in a trench shall not normally be commenced until
the work to be covered thereby has been approved by the Civil Works
Supervisor. Filling-in may only commence before such approval is given,
provided that, prior permission has been received from the Civil Works
Supervisor, and the Contractor agrees to excavate fill and reinstate such
tests holes as may be requested later by the Civil Works Supervisor.
13.2 Ramming.
(a) The periods of time between the placing of concrete and the
commencement of back-filling shall be in accordance with the
requirements of the Duct and Cable laying Section and the Jointing
Chambers Section of this Specification, and must be strictly followed.
(b) All spaces outside the walls of jointing chambers, duct laid in concrete in
trench and all other duct laid in trench shall be carefully filled in with
granular material or concrete as directed by the Civil Works Supervisor
and rammed, care being taken to ensure that the ramming does not
disturb any recently completed work.
(c) All ducts not laid in concrete shall be covered by a layer of earth, free from
stones, and hand punned to a thickness of not less than 75mm, or as
otherwise directed by the Civil Works Supervisor.
(d) Except where otherwise directed by the Civil Works Supervisor, all
materials shall be replaced in 150 to 130mm layers, in the reverse order
to which they were excavated and thoroughly compacted. Mechanical
punners shall normally be used. If this is impractic able and hand pinning is
employed, there shall be at least three punners to one filler.
(e) No excavation material shall be reused without the approval of the Civil
Works Supervisor.
13.3 Compaction Test.
(a) Backfilled excavation shall be tested at various levels by applying and

continuously operating either, an explosive type rammer weighing
approximately 102 Kg over an area of one half square meter for a period
of three minutes, or a vibration rammer weighing not less than 50 kg over
a similar area for three minutes or less if the behaviour of the machine
indicated maximum companies. Rammer used for the compaction test
must be in efficient working order. At least one test, in a position selected
by, and in the presence of the Civil Works Supervisor, shall be carried out
during back-filling as follows:
(i) Carriageway trench excavations – within a 50 meter length of

trench or between jointing chambers and/or jointing chamber
positions, whichever is the shorter; and
(ii) in all other carriageway excavations.
Page 71 of 90
Guide Lines for
(b) Further tests shall be carried out in the carriageway or footway,

at such times and locations as the Civil Works Supervisor consider
necessary.
(c) The compaction will be considered satisfactory providing the tests show no
measurable change e l vel. A measurable change in level is a depression
which cannot be rectified by reshaping the tested area, and consequently
requires additional material, which when compaction will restore the
surface of the test area to the original level. Should any measurable
change in level occur, then the area faulty compaction as defined by the
results of this and further check tests shall be rectified as required by the
Civil Works Supervisor, under the terms of condition 1.16 of the Standard
Conditions.
At all times the results shall provide 98% MDD (Max. Dry Density)
compaction. The local authorities requirements and procedure area also
applicable.
Minimum two test per 50m run shall be consider inclusive in the section
1.2 and 3 rates. Repeat test due to failure shall not be paid additional
passed test shall be paid at sec. 3 rates.
13.4 Sealing.
(a) A sealing coat capable of preventing the ingress of water shall, unless
otherwise specified, be provided before opening to traffic any back-fill
excavation in carriageways or footways which have sealed paving that
cannot be relayed as an interim measure. Tar or Bitumen Macadam
sufficiently well graded to be an effective seal or other similar approved
material shall be used. Before the sealing coat is inserted the cut edges of
the existing paving must be brushed clean and coated with an approved
emulsion. Paving of Flags and other similar types that can be relayed, as
an interim measure will require the sealing coat where spaces are left
unpaved, at the interim stage. The sealing coat shall be not less than
50mm in thickness.
(b) The Civil Works Supervisor will not allow the inclusion of an interim sealing
coat as part of the permanent reinstatement unless:
(i) Prior approval of the Street Authority’s Surveyor is obtained via the
Where the local authority elects to carry out the permanent

reinstatement, the contractor shall perform all the works related to
interim restoration. However the thickness of interim restoration of
the paving shall not be less than 50mm and the compaction
requirements are fully met.
(ii) The sealing coat to a minimum of 75mm whatever the materials

used, or such greater depth as shall be agreed with the surveyor.
(iii) The method of inserting the sealing coat is to permanent

reinstatement standards, that is trimmed and fluxed edges, agreed
materials, etc.
(iv) Little, if any, settlement has occurred after an adequate interim

period. This period will normally be 3 months, but may be modified
with the written agreement of the Civil Works Supervisor.
Page 72 of 90
Guide Lines for
(c) Sealing coats less than 75mm will not be accepted by the Civil Works
Supervisor as part of the permanent reinstatement. Rates for the work
must allow for complete removal of the interim sealing coat at the
permanent reinstatement stage.
(d) A temporary reinstatement shall cover all the work of the permanent
reinstatement with the exception of the top paving restored to 50mm
thick.
13.5 Obligations. Whatever method is used, the filling-in and the restoration of
Pavings shall comply with the obligations imposed on Du.
Page 73 of 90
Guide Lines for
14. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS SECTION
Page 74 of 90
Guide Lines for
14. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS SECTION
14.1 General 14.3 Resin Pack No. 6A
14.2 P.V.C Cement and Methylated 14.4 Resin Bedding and Resin
Sprits Mortar
Page 75 of 90
Guide Lines for
14.1 General.
(a) Ducts, pipes and cables existing in the ground shall not be diverted either
by levering or otherwise; they shall not be allowed to rest upon (other
than as a temporary means of support) or to be incorporated into any part
of Du structures or duct. This shall apply unless the Civil Works Supervisor
otherwise directs, in which case the Civil Works Supervisor will be
responsible for obtaining the agreement of the owner of the existing
apparatus to the arrangements to be adopted.
(b) Where it is proposed that LASER (light Amplification by Stimulated

Emission of Radiation) equipment is to be used in connection with any
work to this Specification, details shall be supplied in advance to Du for
approval. Any safety precautions required by the Civil Works Supervisor
for the operation of laser equipment shall be observed.
(c) When using certain materials referred to in this Specification, the safety
precautions contained in the following paragraphs should be observed.
14.2 P.V.C Cement and Methylated Spirits. When using P.V.C Cement and /or
methylated spirits, care should be taken to ensure that working areas are
adequately ventilated. Naked flames should not be used under any circumstances
and smoking should not be permitted..
14.3 Resin Pack No. 6A. When mixing and / or using Resin pack No. 6A:-
(a) Barrier cream should be applied to the hands, and forearms if exposed,
before handling the resin.
(b) Disposable gloves should be worn.
(c) After use, all soiled containers waste and gloves should be disposed of in a
refuse bin.
(d) The resin should always be mixed in a well ventilated place.
14.4 (a) The contractor is responsible for the safety of the pedestrians, vehicles for
their own working staff.
(b) Proper approved traffic signboard and flashings, warning tapes shall be
used throughout the execution of the job to the entire satisfaction of the
(c) Access to the business and the residence, etc., shall be always
maintained.
(d) No time the excavation shall be left open unreasonably affecting the users
of footpaths and road.
(e) As far as possible the work at a new location may not be commenced in
the same location without completing the earlier commenced portion.
(f) All safety measures required by any local authorities including

appointment of safety officer for field work should be followed without any
delay or extra cost.
Page 76 of 90
Guide Lines for
15. POLYURETHANE SUB SUCT

LAYING SECTION
Page 77 of 90
Guide Lines for
15. POLYURETHANE SUB SUCT LAYING SECTION
15.1 General 15.3 Duct Pulling
15.2 Pulling of Sub Ducts 15.4 Condition for Payment
Page 78 of 90
Guide Lines for
15.1 General
(a) These guidelines describe the procedure to be followed for installing PE

Sub Ducts inside a Main (54D) PVC duct and F.O Cable inside a sub.
(b) Depending upon the requirement, a combination of 2 x 39mm sub ducts

can be placed in one main duct. Other combinations mixing 29mm and
39mm sub ducts are also possible.
(c) Sub Ducts are generally available in standard drum lengths max 1000
meters, and in future will be available in segmented drums or in coils of
suitable lengths.
15.2 Pulling of Sub Ducts
(a) The sub ducts, being as flexible, can be installed in main ducts very similar
to pulling in cables in ducts, using standard cable accessories and winches.
All the sub ducts to be placed in a main duct should be pulled-in
simultaneously.
(b) While pulling in more than one sub duct simultaneously, (four for
example), one of the following methods may be followed for placing the
sub duct drums.
a. All the four drums will be placed on a flat bed truck or ground.
b. If no sufficient spaces are available for the truck or placing the four
drums side by side, the required lengths to be pulled in can be pre-
wound on a single segmented drum.
c. 2 nr. Loops in each manhole.
(c) Using the special pulling eyes.
(d) A four legged pulling – sling can also be used for pulling in four sub ducts
in a single n
i stallation. One leg is attached to each sub duct via a taper
threaded pulling eye and small swivel. The duct pulling member is
attached to the pulling rope via a large swivel.
(e) The sub ducts can either be terminated at all the manholes and joint
boxes or can be run through more than one Joint Box or Manhole without
cutting, depending upon the requirement and availability of the main duct
bores in the spans to follow.
(f) A sub duct is never to be cut flush with the manhole or joint Box wall. It is
to be cut in such a way that a tail of about 10 cms is left beyond the end
of the main duct.
(g) The sub duct can be connected with each other in the manholes or joint
boxes or even inside the main duct by using Aluminium Coupling. The
thickness of the Aluminium Coupling is so small that it does not greatly
increase the overall diameter of the sub duct.
(h) Another type of coupling can be used to make a pressure-tight joint. This
coupling can withstand a pressure up to 10 Bar and as such can be used to
Page 79 of 90
Guide Lines for
joint the sub ducts where cable installation is being done by

employing cable blowing-in technique.
(i) Before jointing the two lengths of the sub duct, the Chamfering too is used
to make the sub duct ends smooth. The act of cutting with this tool
eliminates any burrs, clearing the path for the cable during its installation.
(j) It is preferable to use only the vacant main ducts for sub ducting to avoid
damage to the existing cables.
(k) Where required a suitable lubricant may be used for pulling the sub ducts
for longer spans. The rates under sec. 3 shall cover the cost of lubricant.
15.3 Duct Pulling
(a) The main duct that contains the sub ducts must be sealed at all manholes
/ joint boxes by using the Quad-plex or Tri-ple x duct plugs. The main duct
will be sealed with the Duct Plug whether the sub ducts are cut or not at
that particular Joint Box / manhole.
The sub duct itself must also be sealed using blank mini plugs.
15.4 Condition of Payment
(a) The unit rates offered shall include all cost towards installing the sub
ducts, plugs and couplings. The required Mechanical Aids (viz.) Winches,
cable trailers jacks, heavy lift cranes, rope cabling, cable guides, cable
grips, safety equipment’s, etc., and other tools shall be provided by the
Contractor.
(b) The rates shall cover all costs of cartage from Du stores and surplus
returns to stores or to the disposal sites.
(c) The cable / Duct installations As-built as required by Du shall be prepared

by the contractor and submitted along with the diary.
(d) The sub duct shall be installed in the allocated bores only or as directed by
the Civil Works Supervisor.
(e) Due care shall be taken as to ensure that no damages is caused to Du

cable network. All such damages are recoverable from the Contractor.
Page 80 of 90
Guide Lines for
16. Appendix A
Page 81 of 90
NOTES:-
REINFORCEMENT REQUIRED FOR CONVERSION.
FROM JRF 10 TO JRC 14
ITEM NUMBER
7 22
8 10
10 4
12 8
4 WAY D54 DUCT 13 8
FOR BUILDING ENTRY (LEAD IN)
14 12
1730
JRC 12
150 155 1120 155 150
SCHEDULE
7
ITEM DESCRIPTION NUMBER
150
1 BOLTS, FOUNDATION, INDENTED NO.2 4

155
2 CABLE BEARERS WALL TYPE NO.3 2

3 FRAME & COVER CARRIAGEWAY TYPE NO.2 1
1,2
GRATING, SUMP NO.2A 1
A 5 10
A 4
5 IRONS, ANCHOR NO.4 2
1245
635
6 6 STEP, MANHOLE NO.1 1

9
10 75 7 REINFORCEMENT BAR 10 DIA.x200 18
8 REINFORCEMENT BAR 10 DIA.x795 14
155

150

PLAN
(ITEM 3 & SURROUND OMITTED)
B
LANDSCAPING/TILING LANDSCAPING/TILING
175 545 125 125 150
150
150
Min.
200
Min.
200
11
50/60
50/60
4 BARS @ 180 C/C
1,2
STEP
5 BARS @140 C/C

100
1130
1130
745
745
6
460
460
4 4
25mm CEMENT
RENDEREING WITH CONSTRUCTION
200 5
JOINT
130
150
FALL TO SUMP
70
50
185
185
75
75
CONSTRUCTION
275
275
JOINT
130
WATER BAR (UNDER WATER LEVEL) WATER BAR (UNDER WATER LEVEL)
75
75
TANKING MEMBRANE
185 230 130 185 230 130
CLASS (C) CONCRETE BLINDING
B
Emirates Integrated Telecommunication
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B Company (EITC)
Guide Lines for
Page 82 of 90
NOTES:-
JRC 14
2585 SCHEDULE
175 260 1715 260 175
ITEM DESCRIPTION NUMBER
200 20 12 No. BARS @ 200 C/C 2 0 200 1 BOLTS, FOUNDATION, INDENTED NO.2 6
150
2 CABLE BEARERS WALL TYPE NO.3 3

3 FRAME & COVER CARRIAGEWAY TYPE NO.3 1
175
4 GRATING, SUMP NO.2A 1

55
5 IRONS, ANCHOR NO.4 2

6 STEP, MANHOLE NO.1 2
300
A A 7 REINFORCEMENT BAR 10 DIA.x200 * 22

635
1285
8 REINFORCEMENT BAR 10 DIA.x230 * 10

230

175

150

PLAN 15 BRACKET CABLE BEARERS 12
(ITEM 3 & SURROUND OMITTED)
* FOR REFERENCE ONLY
3 LANDSCAPING/TILING 5 BARS @ 225 C/C LANDSCAPING/TILING
6 5 65 65 6 5 225
150
13
Min.
200
VARIES TO SUIT 12
535 APPROX.
90
505050 25
SITE CONDITIONS
140
50/60
14
225
203 915 915 203 10 14

380 380 8
4 No. BARS @ 220 C/C

225
1,2
6 min.
1300
12
915
100
300
560
25mm CEMENT RENDERING 12
WITH FALL TO SUMP 11
220
9 100 4
200
200
100 15 5
150
130
SLOPE
70
50
150
185
CONSTRUCTION
JOINT
CONSTRUCTION
275
275
JOINT WATER BAR
(UNDER WATER LEVEL)
130
130
9
TANKING MEMBRANE WATER BAR (UNDER WATER LEVEL)
75
75
205 230 130 CLASS (C) CONCRETE BLINDING 205 230 130
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B Emirates Integrated Telecommunication
Company (EITC)
Guide Lines for
Page 83 of 90
NOTES:-
X
X
X
3300*
175 2950 175 8 BARS @ 150 C/C 410
3300* 11 BARS @ 150 C/C 100
175 2950 175 15 BARS @ 75 C/C 15 BARS @ 75 C/C
@ 75 C/C
175
175
175
9 BARS 75 ITEM 10
(4 OFF)
ITEM 8
150
225
(18 OFF)
300
X X X X
X X
@ 75 C/C
9 BARS
1500*
1500*
VIEW A
300
1150
1150
VIEW B
VIEW B
ITEM 10
1500*
1150
300
(8 OFF)
225
150
VIEW A
230
525 525
75
175
175
175
ITEM 9 ITEM 7 SEE NOTE 9 ITEM 16
ITEM4
(30 OFF) (18 OFF) (2 OFF)
X
X
(TOP REINFORCEMENT BARS NOT SHOWN)
VIEW A - WALL
VIEW B - WALL
VIEW B - WALL
SURFACE LEVEL SURFACE LEVEL
15 WAYS
15 WAYS
ITEM 12,13,14 & 15 ITEM 12,13,14 & 15
(50 OFF) (50 OFF)
ITEM 10
(FOR No. OFF
SEE SCHEDULE)
VIEW A - WALL
6 BARS @ 300 C/C
ITEM 9
6 BARS @ 300 C/C

(FOR No. OFF
SEESCHEDULE)
SCHEDULE OF REINFORCEMENT
NO. OFF
ITEM LENGTH & Ø IN mm
ROOF FLOOR WALLS TOTAL
7 325 x 12 18 18
300
130
8 1230 x 12 18 18
9 1400 x 12 30+10* 19 24 83
125 19 BARS @ 150 C/C 125 10 3200 x 12 6+10* 4 12 32
11
12 2280 x 12 50 50
13 2430 x 12
350 APPROX.
14 2580 x 12
VARIES
44 Nos. 12Ø 15 2730 x 12
16 1440 x 32 2Ø 8Ø 10
300 Ø - FOR USE WITH ANCHOR IRONS
200 610 SQUARE 200 ITEM 10 200 200 610 SQUARE
50 50
SURFACELEVEL
(10 OFF) 50 50
SURFACE LEVEL
* - ENTRANCE TRIMMING BARS
SCHEDULE
APPROX.
APPROX.
450 mm
450 mm
CONSTRUCTION JOINT ITEM 6
CONSTRUCTION JOINT ITEM DESCRIPTION NO. OFF
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
CONSTRUCTION JOINT 1 BOLTS, FOUNDATION INDENTED No. 2 12
225
225
2 CABLE BEARERS WALL TYPE NO. 6
150
150
150
525 525 3 GRATING SUMP No. 2A 1
CHAMFER
V 75mm x 45° V ITEM1
4 IRONS ANCHOR No. 4 9
ITEM 1
5 LADDER STEEL WITH HOOKS & BAR 2150mm 1
POSITION AS REQUIRED
6 STEPS,MANHOLE No. 1 1
2380
1975
1 1
130130130130
6 2 8
2380 ITEM 5 1 1
1975
5 1 7
APPROX 3 6 9
130130
20mm CEMENT MORTAR DUCT 4
1
0
1
6
RENDERING WITH FALL POSITION 1
2 5 8
3 9 5
ITEM 3 TO SUMP 1 4 7
1
2 8 4
300
300
300
300
.
300 75 CONSTRUCTION JOINT 230 130130 130130
180
180
300
15WAYS 9 WAYS
WATER BAR CONSTRUCTION JOINT
WATERBAR
Company (EITC)
75
75
Guide Lines for
3 6
2 4
130
130 130
WATER BAR
2 5
Page 84 of 90
1 3
75 CONCRETE BLINDING 150 230 150 75 CONCRETE BLINDING 1 4
300 350 300 130
530 130
270
6 Nos. 12Ø
6 WAYS 4 WAYS
(LADDER NOT SHOWN)
STANDARD DUCT NEST ARRANGEMENT
NOTES:-
Y
*2700
*2700 175 2350 175
*2700
175 2350 175 150 150
820 820 180 180
ITEM 9 @ 200 C/C @ 200 C/C
(16 OFF)
175
175
5 BARS 5 BARS
ITEM 8
(10 OFF)
230
305
X X
@ 75 C/C @ 75 C/C
STEPS STEPS
8 BARS
200 150150 200
VIEW B ITEM 4
*1400
*1400
*1400
1050
1050
VIEW A
5 BARS
ITEM 6
(4 OFF)
180
175
175
65
ITEM 8 ITEM 11 700 950

(22 OFF) ITEM 4
@ 75 C/C @ 75 C/C @ 75 C/C (2 OFF)
ITEM 6 ITEM 10
11 BARS 9 BARS SEE NOTE-9
11 BARS
(5 OFF) (9 OFF)
Y
4 WAY D54 DUCT
FOR BUILDING ENTRY (LEAD IN)
IF REQUIRED
( TOP REINFORCEMENT BARS NOT SHOWN )
ITEM-4 ITEM 4
(4 OFF) NO. OFF
ITEM LENGTH & Ø IN mm
ROOF FLOOR WALLS TOTAL
5 BARS 135
250
6 2600 x 12 5+5* 4 12 26
@ 135 C/C
7 2280 x 12 32 32
8 1300 x 12 22 + 10 10 20 62
9 925 x 12 16 16
6 BARS @ 300 C/C
10 490 x 12 9 9
ITEM 7
(5 OFF)
11 1340 x 32 2Ø 8Ø 10
650
ITEM 8
(10 OFF) Ø - FOR USE WITH ANCHOR IRONS
* - ENTRANCE TRIMMING BARS
@ 135 C/C
SCHEDULE
5 BARS
ITEM DESCRIPTION NO. OFF
250
135
1 BOLTS, FOUNDATION INDENTED No. 2 12
175 175 125 125 3 GRATING SUMP No. 2A 1
@ 200 C/C @ 200 C/C 4 IRONS ANCHOR No. 4 9
11 BARS 5 BARS
( SHOWING REINFORCEMENT )
SHOWING REINFORCEMENT (SEE NOTE-4 )
VARIES
29 Nos. 12Ø
300
200 610 SQUARE 200 ITEM 6 200 175 610 SQUARE
(5 OFF)
50 50 SURFACE LEVEL 50 50 SURFACE LEVEL
APPROX.
APPROX.
450mm
450mm
CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION
JOINT JOINT
CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
JOINT TANKING MEMBRANE
225
225
150
150
150
ITEM 5
V CHAMFER
75mm x 45°
V CABLE
CHAMFER
BEARERS
75mm x 45°
TANKING MEMBRANE WITH BOLTS
MK 1
7 STEPS AT 300mm CRS

180 180 APPROX.
*2380
DUCT
1975
1975
POSITION
ITEM 5
20mm CEMENT MORTAR
RENDERING WITH FALL
CONSTRUCTION TO SUMP
150 300
230
JOINT
ITEM 3
300
300
.
305 75
150
180
75180
300
300
WATER BAR WATER BAR
75mm CONCRETE BLINDING 75mm CONCRETE BLINDING
150 230 150 150 230 150
Company (EITC)
Guide Lines for
300 350 300

530 530
270
Page 85 of 90
6 Nos. 12Ø
NOTES:-
SURFACE LEVEL SURFACE LEVEL SURFACE LEVEL SURFACE LEVEL
ITEM 9
(16 OFF)
80 15 BARS @ 130 C/C
ITEM 10 SCHEDULE
(6 OFF) ITEM 25
ITEM 8 (11 OFF) ITEM DESCRIPTION NUMBER
ITEM 10
(11 OFF) (6 OFF)
1 BOLTS,FOUNDATION INDENTED No. 2 12
2 CABLE BEARERS,WALL TYPE No. 6
3 GRATING SUMP No. 2A 1
11 BARS @ 180 C/C
11 BARS @ 180 C/C

6 BARS @ 300 C/C
6 BARS @ 300 C/C
4 IRONS,ANCHOR No. 4 11
5 1
SCHEDULE
REINFORCING BAR
LENGTH & DIA. NUMBER
ITEM
(mm) ROOF FLOOR WALLS TOTAL
7 2720 x 12 4+10 * 6 - 20
250
250
100
100
8 2390 x 12 8 3 11 22
9 2350 x 12 - - 52 52
10 960 x 12 - 2 18 20
ITEM 63 300 125 300
75 16 BARS @ 130 C/C (4 OFF) 11 2110 x 12 - 1 - 1
ITEM 9 ITEM 61
ITEM 9 12 2000 x 12 - 1 - 1
(2 OFF) ITEM 9 (4 OFF)
VIEW D-WALL ITEM 4 (2 OFF)
(15 OFF)
13 1890 x 12 - 1 - 1
VIEW SHOWING REINFORCING BARS VIEW C-WALL VIEW A-WALL VIEW B-WALL 14 1780 x 12 - 1 - 1
VIEW SHOWING REINFORCING BARS VIEW SHOWING REINFORCING BARS VIEW SHOWING REINFORCING BARS 15 1660 x 12 - 1 - 1
(SEE NOTE 4) (SEE NOTE 4) 16 1550 x 12 - 1 - 1
17 1440 x 12 - 1 - 1
18 1330 x 12 - 1 - 1
19 1220 x 12 - 1 - 1
Y 20 1520 x 12 - 2 - 2
21 1920 x 12 - 2 - 2
750 1050 ITEM 8 22 2320 x 12 - 2 - 2
2780 (3 OFF)
2430 175
14 BARS @ 150 C/C 23 1620 x 12 - 1 - 1
600
781 75 C/C 75 C/C 14 BARS @ 75 C/C ITEM 25 24 810 x 12 - 1 - 1
10 BARS @ 9 BARS @ (1 OFF)
25 2340 x 12 1* 1 22 24
175
ITEM 62
26 1020 x 12 1 - - 1
(2 OFF)
230
0 ITEM 7
10 BARS @
*213 27 1070 x 12 1 - - 1
VIEW C (6 OFF)
75 C/C
575
ITEM4 28 1130 x 12 1 - - 1
750
29 1190 x 12 1 - - 1
VIE 30 1240 x 12 1 - - 1
WB ITEM 24
(1 OFF)
X X 31 1300 x 12 1 - - 1
13 BARS @ 150 C/C

ITEM 23 32 1350 x 12 1 - - 1
945
9 BARS @
(1 OFF) 33 1410 x 12 1 - - 1
VIEW A
2450
2100
*950
75 C/C
950
750
34 1470 x 12 1 - - 1
VIEW D
75 35 1520 x 12 1 - - 1
36 1580 x 12 1 - - 1
1250
37 1630 x 12 1 - - 1
10 BARS @
38 1690 x 12 1+1 * - - 2
75 C/C
750
520 39 1750 x 12 2+1 * - - 3
40 520 x 12 2 - - 2
950 H 19
EAC 18
1975 OFF ACH 16
17
C. 2 FF E
175
15
48 IN 1 O 14
150 TO EMS 13 S ) * ENTRANCE TRIMMING BARS.
S 40 G IT 11 12 ITEMEACH
ITEMMAININ
175 575
FF DIA. FOR USE WITH ANCHOR IRONS.
RE (1 O
SCHEDULE
SECTION V-V 22 21 20 10
ITEMS REINFORCING BAR

(2 OFF EACH) ITEMS
Y (2 OFF EACH) LENGTH & DIA. NUMBER
ITEM
(mm)
350 APPROX. ROOF PLAN FLOOR PLAN ROOF FLOOR WALLS TOTAL
VARIES (TOP REINFORCING 41 550 x 12 2 - - 2
44 Nos. 12Ø 42 580 x 12 2 - - 2
BARS NOT SHOWN)
43 610 x 12 2 - - 2
44 640 x 12 2 - - 2
300
45 660 x 12 2 - - 2
46 690 x 12 2 - - 2
47 720 x 12 2 - - 2
48 750 x 12 2 - - 2
49 2310 x 12 1 - - 1
50 2360 x 12 1 - - 1
ITEM 39 ITEM 7 51 1120 x 12 9 - - 9
ITEM 58 20050 610SQUARE 50 200
(3 OFF) (3 OFF) (10 OFF)
20050 610SQUARE 50200 52 1100 x 12 2 - - 2
53 1300 x 12 2 - - 2
APPROX
APPROX
450 mm
450 mm
ITEM 25 STEPS ITEM 38 CONSTRUCTION JOINT 54 1500 x 12 2 - - 2
(3 OFF) (3 OFF)
ITEM 6 55 1700 x 12 2 - - 2
CONSTRUCTION JOINT CONSTRUCTION JOINT
ITEM 5 56 1900 x 12 2 - - 2
1 1
57 2100 x 12 2 - - 2
255
255
130130 130 130

6
2 8
5
1
1
1
7
58 2300 x 12 2+1 * - - 3
150
130130
3 6 9
4 1
0
1
6 59 2500 x 12 2 - - 2
2 5 8
3 9 1
5 60 840 x 12 9 - - 9
CHAMFER CHAMFER 1 4 7
75mm x 45° 75mm x 45° 2 8
1
4 61 900 x 32 - - 8 DIA. 8
130130
V V ITEM 2 WITH
130130
62 1240 x 32 - 2 DIA. - 2
ITEM 1 63 2390 x 32 - - 4 DIA. 4
15 WAYS 9 WAYS
APPROX. APPROX.
1975
1975
DUCT DUCT
POSITION POSITION
(SEE NOTE-13) (SEE NOTE-13)
Company (EITC)
130130
3 6 2 4
130
Guide Lines for
2 5
1 3
ITEM 5
Page 86 of 90
1 4 130
20mm CEMENT MORTAR 130
ITEM 2 RENDERING WITH FALL
TO SUMP 4 WAYS
6 WAYS
300
.
75
300
75180
75180
WATER BAR WATER BAR
WATER BAR
300 350 299
150 230 150 150 230 150
530 530
270
6 Nos. 12Ø
SECTION X-X SECTION Y-Y
NOTES:-
ITEM 4 ITEM 8 & 9
(16 OFF) ITEM 8 & 9 ITEM 8 & 9
ITEM 9 ITEM 70 (6 OFF) (7 OFF)
ITEM 73 15 BARS @ 150 C/C (16 OFF) (FOR No. OFF SEE SCHEDULE)
(4 OFF)
ITEM 45
(FOR No. OFF
SEESCHEDULE) SCHEDULE
ITEM 71 ITEM DESCRIPTION NUMBER
(FOR No. OFF SEE SCHEDULE)
1 BOLTS,FOUNDATION INDENTED No. 2 12
2 CABLE BEARERS,WALL TYPE No. 9
3 GRATING SUMP No. 2A 1
13 BARS @ 150 C/C
4 IRONS,ANCHOR No. 4 11
5 1
ITEM 72
(FOR No. OFF SEE SCHEDULE)
SCHEDULE
REINFORCING BAR
ITEM 74 LENGTH & DIA. NUMBER
(4 OFF) ITEM
170
180 170
7 - - - -
8 2520 x 12 - 69 69 69
ITEM4 9 2820 x 12 - - - -
75 18 BARS @ 15 C/C 75 6 BARS @ 150 C/C 9 5
10 1120 x 12 6 - - 6
VIEW B-WALL VIEW D-WALL VIEW C-WALL
7 BARS @ 150 C/C
SHOWING REINFORCEMENT (SEE NOTE 4) SHOWING REINFORCEMENT (SEE NOTE 4) SHOWING REINFORCEMENT (SEE NOTE 4) VIEW A-WALL 11 1090 x 12 2 - - 2
SHOWING REINFORCEMENT (SEE NOTE 4) 12 1060 x 12 2 - - 2
13 1040 x 12 2 - - 2
14 1010 x 12 2 - - 2
15 980 x 12 11 - - 11
16 960 x 12 2 1 - 3
17 2650 x 12 1+5* - - 6
Y
18 2600 x 12 1 - - 1
22 BARS @ 150 C/C 19 2550 x 12 1 2 - 3
3680
*1210 75 C/C 75 C/C 230BARS @ 75 C/C 900 20 2490 x 12 1 - - 1
ITEM 70 10 BARS @ 9 BARS @
ITEM 10 21 2440 x 12 1 - - 1
150 205
(11 OFF) (6 OFF) ITEM 70

(6 OFF) 22 2390 x 12 1 - - 1
*261
0
SEE NOTE 9 23 2340 x 12 1 - - 1
VIEW C
13 BARS @ 75 C/C
24 2290 x 12 1 - - 1
25 2230 x 12 1 - - 1
VIEW 26 2180 x 12 1 - - 1
B ITEM 16 27 2310 x 12 1 - - 1
950
28 2080 x 12 1 - - 1
ITEM 54
X ITEM 15 X 29 2030 x 12 1 - - 1
17 BARS @ 150 C/C

9 BARS @ 75 C/C
(9 OFF)
1062 30 1970 x 12 1 - - 1
*1440
1150
31 1920 x 12 1 - - 1
VIEW A
*3110
32 1870 x 12 1 - - 1
1367
33 1820 x 12 1 - - 1
VIEW D
34 1770 x 12 1 - - 1
950
13 BARS @ 75 C/C
1200
ITEM 9 35 1710 x 12 1 - - 1
(8 OFF)
36 1660 x 12 1 - - 1
270 37 1610 x 12 1 - - 1
38 1560 x 12 1 - - 1
39
69
38
68
950
3 65
37
3
67
34
39 1500 x 12 1 - - 1
33
66
32
65
3
310
205150
29
64
28
24 25 40 1840 x 12 2 - - 2
27
63
950 EACH )
25
26
62
OFF
EACH
24
OF
23
61
C. 2 EACH
22
OFF
21
60
16 IN
19
20
59
150 1 OFF S (1
18
49 (8
17
58
TO ITEM
16
57
S 11 39 INC.
14
15
48 46 44 42 40
13
56
205 975
ITEM
12
17 TO
11
ITEM
47 45 43 41 ENTRANCE TRIMMING BARS.
53 19 51 ITEM 52 *
DIA. FOR USE WITH ANCHOR IRONS.
(3 OFF)
ITEM (2 OFF EACH)
SECTION V-V Y SCHEDULE
ROOF PLAN FLOOR PLAN REINFORCING BAR
(TOP REINFORCEMENT BARS NOT SHOWN)

LENGTH & DIA. NUMBER
ITEM
41 2060 x 12 2 - - 2
42 2270 x 12 2 - - 2
43 2490 x 12 2 - - 2
44 2710 x 12 2 - - 2
45 2930 x 12 2 26 - 28
350 APPROX.
VARIES
46 3150 x 12 2 - - 2
44 Nos. 12Ø
47 3360 x 12 2 - - 2
48 3580 x 12 2 - - 2
ITEM 17 300 ITEM 49 49 3620 x 12 8 + 10 * 8 - 26
(5 OFF) (10 OFF)
2 0 0 50 610 SQUARE 50 200 2 0 05 0 610 SQUARE 5 0 200 50 1860 x 12 9 - - 9
SURFACE LEVEL SURFACE LEVEL 51 2120 x 12 - 2 - 2
APPROX.
APPROX.
450 mm
450 mm
ITEM 70 52 2990 x 12 - 3 - 3
(5 OFF) CONSTRUCTIONJOINT
STEPS
CONSTRUCTIONJOINT CONSTRUCTION JOINT 53 3420 x 12 - 2 - 2
ITEM 6 54 2360 x 12 - 1 - 1
275
275
55 1660 x 12 - 2 - 2
56 2890 x 12 - 1 - 1
150
150
57 2780 x 12 - 1 - 1
CHAMFER
130130130 130
6 1 1
CHAMFER 2 8
58 2680 x 12 - 1 - 1
75mm x 45° 75mm x 45° 5 1
1
1
7
130 130
3 6 9
V V 4
1
0
1
6
59 2580 x 12 - 1 - 1
2 5 8
3 9
1
5 60 2470 x 12 - 1 - 1
1 4 7
1
2 8
4 61 2370 x 12 - 1 - 1
130 130
APPROX. APPROX. 130 130 62 2270 x 12 - 1 - 1
2580
2580
DUCT DUCT
2125
2125
63 2160 x 12 - 1 - 1
POSITION POSITION 15 WAYS 9 WAYS
(SEE NOTE-13) (SEE NOTE-13) 64 2060 x 12 - 1 - 1
65 1960 x 12 - 1 - 1
66 1850 x 12 - 1 - 1
130130
3 6
ITEM 5 2 4
130
20mm CEMENT MORTAR ITEM 2 WITH 20mm CEMENT MORTAR 2 5
RENDERING WITH FALL RENDERING WITH FALL
1 3
67 1750 x 12 - 1 - 1
ITEM 1
TO SUMP TO SUMP 1 4 130 68 1650 x 12 - 1 - 1
130
300
300
69 1550 x 12 - 1 - 1
.
76
6 WAYS 4 WAYS 70 3050 x 12 11 + 5 * 6 13 35 Company (EITC)
Guide Lines for
7 5180
7 5180
300
71 1480 x 12 - - 26 26
Page 87 of 90
WATER BAR 72 1440 x 12 - - 13 13
WATER BAR WATER BAR WATER BAR STANDARD DUCT NEST ARRANGEMENT 73 1200 x 32 - 4Ø 8Ø 10
300 350 299
150 230 1 5 0 74 3050 x 32 - - 4Ø 4
270
530 6 Nos. 12Ø
SECTION Y-Y
SECTION X-X
NOTES:-
Y Y
ITEM 66
(2 OFF)
SEE NOTE 9 ITEM 28 SURFACELEVEL
ITEM 39
(9 OFF) ITEM 7 *2700
(5 OFF) ITEM 7 ITEM 32 ITEM 31
75 C/C 75 C/C 75C/C 16 BARS @ 150 C/C (5OFF) (15 OFF) (12 OFF)
ITEM 55 11 BARS @ 9 BARS @ 12 BARS @
(9 OFF)
9 BARS @ 5 BARS @
75C/C
ITEM 4
380
*1095
ITEM 63 ITEM 8 SCHEDULE

X (8 OFF) X X (4 OFF) X
75 C/C
ITEM DESCRIPTION NO. OFF

600
ITEM 64
*2000
12 BARS @ 160 C/C
(1 OFF) ITEM 27 1 BOLTS, FOUNDATION INDENTED No. 2 12

(1 OFF)
535 4
5152 3 GRATING SUMP No. 2A 1
9BARS@
50 20
75 C/C
670
484 9 19
47 4 IRONS ANCHOR No. 4 7
454 6 18
434 4 *212
0 17
4 42 H 16 5 LADDER STEEL WITH HOOKS & BAR 2150mm 1
3 40 1 EAC 15 CH
37 38 9 1O
FF 14 EA 6 STEPS,MANHOLE No. 1 1
353 6 13 FF
MS 1O
3334 ITE 11
12
MS
9
10 ITE
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
*785
9
120
ITEMS 1 OFF EACH 26 25 2 4 2 3 22 21
ITEMS 1 OFF EACH
Y Y 90 15 BARS @ 130 C/C
ROOF PLAN FLOOR PLAN WALL 'E'
(TOP REINFORCING BARS NOT SHOWN) (SHOWING REINFORCING BARS)
(TOP REINFORCING BARS NOT SHOWN)
Y
2700* ITEM 66 ITEM 32
ITEM 32 ITEM4 ITEM 32 ITEM 7 ITEM 8 (12 OFF) ITEM 32
175 2350 175 ITEM4 (6 OFF) (4 OFF) (18 OFF) (12 OFF) (4 OFF)
(12 OFF)
700 950 ITEM4
300 WALL - B
175
1095*
420
825
15 WAYS
WALL- A
ITEM 29
885
885
(12 OFF)
1425
*2000
1650
1425
X 1350 X 1350
120BARS @ 160 C/ C
WALL - C
15WAYS
ITEM 30
12 BARS @ 160 C/C
12 BARS @ 160 C/C
12 BARS @ 160 C/C

(12 OFF)
520
E
LL-
WA
350
950 0*
212
175
575 6 WAYS
WALL - D
120
120
120
120
*785
100
100 70 18 BARS @ 130 C/C 110 120 BARS @ 130 C/C
130 C/C 130C/C
WALL 'A'
6 BARS @ WALL 'B' WALL 'C' WALL 'D'
4 BARS @
Y (SHOWING REINFORCING BARS) (SHOWING REINFORCING BARS)
SECTION V-V MRT-9 (SHOWING REINFORCING BARS) (SHOWING REINFORCING BARS)
NOTE: STEPS TO BE ADDED AT 300mm C/C STAGGERED IN THE SHAFT IF DEPTH EXCEEDS SCHEDULE SCHEDULE
REINFORCING BAR REINFORCING BAR
350APPROX.
LENGTH NUMBER LENGTH NUMBER

VARIES
ITEM & ITEM &
44 Nos. 12Ø ROOF FLOOR WALLS TOTAL ROOF FLOOR WALLS TOTAL
ITEM 33 DIA. mm DIA. mm
(5 OFF) ITEM 32 ITEM 7 ITEM 56
(5 OFF) (5 OFF) (3 OFF) 7 2640 x 12 5+5 5 12 27 43 1510 x 12 1 - - 1
305 300 8 1940 x 12 9 4 12 25 44 1470 x 12 1 - - 1
2005 0 610 SQUARE 5 02 0 0 2005 0 610 SQUARE 5 02 0 0
SURFACE LEVEL SURFACELEVEL 9 1900 x 12 1 1 - 2 45 1440 x 12 1 - - 1
APPROX.
APPROX.
10 1840 x 12 - 1 - 1 46 1400 x 12 1 - - 1
450mm
450mm
CONSTRUCTIONJOINT ITEM 57
(2 OFF) 11 1770 x 12 - 1 - 1 47 1370 x 12 1 - - 1
ITEM 5
ITEM 6 12 1620 x 12 - 1 - 1 48 1330 x 12 1 - - 1
CONSTRUCTION JOINT CONSTRUCTIONJOINT
13 580 x 12 - 1 - 1 49 1300 x 12 1 - - 1
255
255
LAP BARS SHOWN 14 1480 x 12 - 1 - 1 50 1260 x 12 1 - - 1
150
150
THUS FOR CLARITY 15 1410 x 12 - 1 - 1 51 1220 x 12 1 - - 1
CHAMFER ITEM 2 WITH CHAMFER 16 1340 x 12 - 1 - 1 52 1190 x 12 2 - - 2
75mm x 45° ITEM 1 75mm x 45°
V V 17 1270 x 12 - 1 - 1 53 1150 x 12 1 - - 1
2410*
1975
18 1200 x 12 - 1 - 1 54 1120 x 12 1 - - 1
2410*
19 1130 x 12 - 1 - 1 55 900 x 12 9 - - 9
1975
20 1180 x 12 - 1 - 1 56 2300 x 12 1+3 - - 4
1
21 1500 x 12 - 1 - 1 57 2140 x 12 1+2 - - 3
22 1810 x 12 5 1 - 6 58 1980 x 12 1 - - 1
ITEM 5 23 2130 x 12 - 1 - 1 59 1820 x 12 1 - - 1
APPROX
20mm CEMENT MORTAR DUCT 20mm CEMENT MORTAR 24 2450 x 12 - 1 - 1 60 1670 x 12 1 - - 1
RENDERING WITH FALL POSITION RENDERING WITH FALL
TO SUMP TO SUMP 25 1390 x 12 - 1 - 1 61 1510 x 12 1 - - 1
ITEM 3
75 26 940 x 12 - 1 - 1 62 1350 x 12 1 - - 1
300
300
CONSTRUCTION JOINT LAP BARS SHOWN CONSTRUCTION JOINT
.
THUS FOR CLARITY 27 680 x 12 - 1 - 1 63 980 x 12 8 - - 8
7 5 180
7 5 180
300
WATER BAR WATER BAR 28 890 x 12 - 1 1 1 64 800 x 12 1 - - 1
29 1080 x 12 - - 12 12 65 1030x32 1 - - 1
30 2090 x 12 - - 12 12 66 1200x32 - 2Ø 8Ø 10
WATER BAR 300 350 300
150 2 3 0 150 31 2320 x 12 - - 12 12 67 1080x32 - - 4Ø 4
1 5 0 230 1 5 0
270
530 6 Nos. 12Ø 530 32 1860 x 12 - - 55 55
33 620 x 12 1+5 - - 6
SECTION X-X SECTION Y-Y
34 590 x 12 1 - - 1
35 550 x12 1 - - 1
Company (EITC)
6 1 1
2 8
130130130130
Guide Lines for
5
1
1
1
7 36 570 x 12 1 - - 1
1 1
4 0 6 3 6 9 3 6
37 480 x 12 1 - - 1
130130
130130
Page 88 of 90
1
130
3 9 2 5 8 2 5 2 4
5
38 450 x 12 1 - - 1
2 8 1 1 4 7 1 4 1 3
4
1 3 0130 130 130 39 410 x 12 10 - - 10
130 130
40 370 x 12 1 - - 1
15 WAYS 9 WAYS 6 WAYS 4 WAYS
41 340 x 12 1 - - 1
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B SECTION C-C SECTION D-D 42 580 x 12 1 - - 1
Ø - FOR USE WITH ANCHOR IRONS
- ENTRANCE TRIMMING BARS
NOTES:-
B
A A
B
B
SURFACE LEVEL SURFACE LEVEL SCHEDULE OF REINFORCEMENT
FLOOR ROOF WALLS
C C
B Emirates Integrated Telecommunication
Company (EITC)
Guide Lines for
Page 89 of 90
NOTES:-
*4760
*960
2340
2300
2200
4 BARS @ 815
2095
2145
1635
1990
4760
1890
1940
960
1785
5
1680
173
1580
5
3375
1475
152
1370
0
1270
132
1165
.
2 BARS @ 4640
.
(AT TOP & BOTTOM)

X X
2460
1150
.
.
*2460
*1150
2 BARS @ 4640
.
(AT TOP & BOTTOM)

1165
4 BARS @ 1965 4 BARS @ 4640

1270
1320
3810
1370
1475
1525
1580
2940
1680
1735
1785
1890
2070
1940
1990
2147
2095
2200
2300
2340
2340
2340
955
SEE NOTE 11
2 BARS @ 2340
(AT TOP & BOTTOM)
ROOF PLAN FLOOR PLAN (ALL BARS AT 300 C/C)
(ANCHOR IRON NOT SHOWN)
(ENTRANCE SHAFT TRIMMING BARS NOT SHOWN)
350 APPROX.
VARIES
44 Nos. 12Ø
4 BARS 12mmØ (RNGS) 6 BARS @ 2450 6 BARS @ 2450
610 7 BARS @ 2350 *4760 3 BARS @ 2450 7 BARS @ 2350
CONSTRUCTION JOINT 300
305 50 200 200 50 305 900
SURFACELEVEL
APPROX.
1 BAR (2400) 1 BAR (2400)

450mm
1 BAR (2350) 1 BAR (2350)

425 0
1 BAR (2250) 1 BAR (2250) 30
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
1001
250
1851
150
425
300
CHAMFER
75mm x 45°
4 Nos. ANCHOR
IRONS
2200 POSITION AS REQUIRED 2200 3 BARS @ 2450
LADDER STEEL WITH HOOKS 7 BARS @ 300 C/C 3 BARS @ 2450
& BAR (SEE NOTE 6)
*2100
7 BARS @ 300 C/C
*1150
*2460
Y Y
750
TANKING MEMBRANE
300
75 CONSTRUCTION JOINT
75180
300
7 BARS @ 2350
WATER BAR
6 BARS @ 2450
20mm CEMENT MORTAR 3 BARS @ 2450
RENDERING WITH FALL 300 350 300 APPROXIMATE
TO SUMP 150 230 150 DUCT ENTRY POSITIONS
270
6 Nos. 12Ø
SECTION Y-Y
SECTION X-X
FLOOR ROOF WALLS
LENGTH No. OFF LENGTH No. OFF LENGTH No. OFF
1200 2Ø 815 8 1175 Ø 16
1320 2 1165 2 1960 56
1525 2 1270 2 2450 38
1735 2 1370 2
1940 2 1475 2
1 1
2147 2 1580 2
130130 130 130

6 2 8
5 1
1 7
1
2340 3 1680 2
4 1 1 3 6 9
130130
3 6
0 6
955 2 1785 2
130130
1
3 9 2 5 8 2 5
130
2 4
5
3375 2 1890 2
1
2 8 1 4 7 1 4 1 3
4
130130 130 4640 4 1990 2
130130 130
15 WAYS 9 WAYS
6 WAYS 4 WAYS
1635 2 2095 2
SECTION C-C
2200 2
Company (EITC)
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B SECTION D-D 2300 2
2340 2+2
Guide Lines for
STANDARD DUCT NEST ARRANGEMENT 2070 2
Page 90 of 90
2940 2
3810 2
1965 8+8
4640 4+4
Ø - ALL BARS TO BE 20mm EXCEPT THOSE MARKED
Ø - USED WITH ANCHOR IRONS- 32mm TD8 12/72 REFERS
- ENTRANCE TRIMMING BARS
ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
EMIRATES TELECOMMUNICATIONS
CORPORATION
(ETISALAT)
ETISALAT STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS FOR

LINE PLANT NETWORK DEVELOPMENT (ESS LPD)
FOR
UNDERGROUND DUCT & CABLE LAYING AND
ASSOCIATED WORKS
ESS LPD VERSION-1(2012) Page 1

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
INDEX
Section DESCRIPTION PARA

PART A CONDITIONS APPLICABLE FOR CIVIL &
CABLING WORK
Section 1 STANDARD CONDITIONS. 1-38

Section II MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT CONDITIONS. 46-99
PART B CONDITIONS APPLICABLE FOR CIVIL WORK
Section-III DEFINITION 101-114

Section-IV QUALITY OF MATERIALS 201-219
Section-V EXCAVATION 301-319
Section-VI DUCT AND CABLE LAYING 401-486
GENERAL. 401-419
PVC DUCT 54D. 426-440
PVC DUCT 56. 441-447
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE 448-449
(HDPE) DUCT
POLYETHYLENE CABLE LAYING. 468-474
SLEWING AND/OR LOWERING OR RAISING 475-486
OF DUCT.
Section-VII JOINTING CHAMBER. 501-541
GENERAL 501-538
JOINT BOX NO. 23 539
JOINT MARKERS AND MARKER POSTS. 541
Section-VIII CABINET CROSS CONNECTION 542-547
Section-IX FILLING-IN AND RESTORATION OF PAVINGS 601-605
Section-X SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 701-704
Section-XI ARTICLES REQUIRED FOR THE SCOPE OF 801
WORK.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
SECTION 1 STANDARD CONDITIONS

Para Title
1 Definitions
2 Standard Of Work
3 Deviations
4 Added And Omitted Work
5 Local Consents
6 Safety Precaution
7 Compliance With By-Laws And Regulations
8 Cartage And Demurrage
9 Care Of Stores
10 Materials Provided By The Contractor
11 Tools, Plant & Appliances
12 Storage Accommodation.
13 Water And Fuel; Pumping And Baling
14 Office, Diary, Etc.
15 Return To Site And Reinstatements
16 Contractor Or Agent On Work
17 Dismissal Of Contractor's Servants
18 Sub-Letting
19 (Deleted)
20 Access To Premises
21 Existing Plant Or Other Obstructions
22 Suspension Of Work
23 Removal Of Articles, Materials, Rubbish
24 Imperfect Work
25 Re-Examination Of Condemned Work
26 Arbitration
27 Non-Fulfillment Of Contract
28 Termination Of Contract
29 Bills
30 Payments
31 Patents, Etc.
32 Corrupt Gifts And Payments Of Commissions
33 Services Rendered By ETISALAT
34 Recovery Of Sums Due
35 Use Of Documents, Information, Etc.
36 Injury To Persons: Loss Of Property
37 Fair Wages, UAE Labor Laws, Visas, Etc.
38 Time Work

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
Section II MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT CONDITIONS

Para Title
46 Conditions Affecting The Execution Of The Work

47 Work To Be Carried Out
48 Deviations
49 Added And Omitted Work
50 Application Of Rates
51 Deduced Rates: Special Rates
52 Night And Friday Work Or Holiday Work
53 Time Work
54 Cartage And Demurrage
55 Sump Draining
56 De-Watering
57 Bunds And Discharge Hoses
58 Existing Plant Or Other Obstructions
59 Surplus Excavated Material
60 Covering In
61 Measurement-General Provisions
62 Application of Rates.
62.1 Rates For Excavation.
62.2 Filling-In And Ramming.
62.3 Permanent Reinstatement And Making Good.
63 Use Of "Additives" Or” Improvers"
64 (Deleted)
65 Abandoned Work
66 Pilot Holes; Trial Excavations
67 Rock
68 Timbering Of Excavations
69 Timber Left In
70 Cost Of Precautions Following An Objection To Route
71 Earth Free From Stones
72 Independent Sumps, Rubble Bottoms, Etc.
73 Test Cubes
74 (Deleted)
75 Duct Laying & Cable Laying, General
75.1 Abutting Pavings.
75.2 Kerb Concrete Backing.
75.3 Layered Depth Rates.
75.4 Rocky Soil.
75.5 Use Of Mechanical Excavators.
76 Duct Laying.
76.1 Rates Inclusive To Standard Depth.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
Para Title
76.2 Non-Standard Depth.
76.3 Variation In Duct Grouping.
76.4 Duct In Open Trench.
76.4.1 Duct Through Service Pipe.
76.5 Cutting And Bending Of Ducts.
76.6 Rodding And Roping And/Or Cleaning And Testing.
76.7 Side Shaft.
76.8 Measurement Item Excluded.
76.9 Slewing.
76.10 Testing After Slewing.
76.11 Marking Ends Of Duct Lines.
76.12 (Deleted)
76.13 (Deleted)
76.14 Cutting And Removing Of Existing Duct.
77 Polyethylene Cable Laying.
77.1 Rates.
77.2 Measurement.
77.3 Drawn Through Or Into Duct.
77.4 Laid In Open Trench.
77.5 Earth Free From Stone.
77.6 Testing Of Cables
77.6.1 Testing Before Installations.
77.6.2 Testing After Installations.
78 Foundations.
78.1 General.
78.2 Concrete Foundations To Paving.
78.3 Foundation Portion Of Concrete Pavings.
78.4 Concrete Foundation In Part Of Trench.
78.5 Concrete Other Than Paving Foundations.
78.6 Foundations Other Than Concrete.
79 Tunneling.
79.1 When Rates Not Applicable.
79.2 Measurement Of Tunnels.
79.3 Rates For Tunneling.
80 (Deleted)
81. Jointing Chambers, General.
81.1 Rates
81.2 Variation In Jointing Chamber Constructions.
81.3 Demolition – Recovery Of Jointing Chambers
82 Manhole.
82.1 Measurement.
82.2 Frames And Covers.
82.3 Shaft Entrance.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
Title
Para
82.4 Pumping Payment.
83 Joint Boxes.
83.1 Concrete Surrounds.
83.2 (Deleted)
83.3 Joint Box No 23.
84 Miscellaneous.
84.1 (Deleted)
84.2 (Deleted)
84.3 Demolishing Concrete Or Block Work.
84.5 Protection Post.
84.6 Marker Post.
84.7 Cabinet Cross Connection. Copper Cabinet/Fo Cabinet
84.8 Renewing and /Or Raising Frames And Covers.
86 Reinstatement By Authority
87 Basis Of Rates.
88 (Deleted)
89 Agreement Of Measurement
90 Margins
91 Flags Or Cultivated Grass
92 Broken Flanges Etc.
92.1 Before Disturbance.
92.2 During Operations.
92.3 Cartage.
93 Strengthening Materials
93.1 Excluded From Other Rates.
93.2 Included In Other Rates.
93.3 Use Of On-Site Material.
93.4 Strengthening Materials Rates.
93.5 Credits.
94 Compaction Tests
95-98 (Deleted)
99 Pumping Conditions For Payment In Manholes.
Part-III DEFINITIONS.
101 Abandoned Work
102 Damp Mix (Concrete).
103 Duct
104 Earth Free From Stones
105 Jointing Chamber
106 Pilot Hole
107 Rock
108 Shaft
109 Side Shaft
110 Shuttering

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
Para Title
111 Trial Excavation
112 Tunnel
113 Way
114 Pavings
Section-IV QUALITY OF MATERIALS
201 Specifications
202 Concrete
203 Quality
204 Mixing
205 Water
206 Placing And Cleanliness
207 Cement
208 Additives
209 (Deleted)
210 Samples
211 (Deleted)
212 Sand (Fine Aggregate)
213 Sand (Coarse Aggregate)
214 Size Of Aggregate
215 Cement Mortar
216 Iron And Steel Work
217 Hardcore
218 Stabilized Backfill
219 Water Proofing
Section-V EXCAVATION
301 General
302 Sub-Soil
303 Protection Of Excavated Material
304 Timbering, etc.
305 Objection
306 Mechanical Excavators
307 Silencers
308 Protection Paving
309 Pilot Holes & Trial Excavations
310 Side Shafts
311 Supports
312 Width Of Trench
313 Standard Depth
314 Change Of Level
315 Trenches For Polyethylene Cable
316 Tunneling
317 Ground Water Lowering

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
Para Title
318 Blasting Of Rock
319 Bunds
Section-VI DUCT AND CABLE LAYING
401 Drawings
402 Line Of Duct
403 Duct Formations
404 Laying Of Duct
405 Duct Leading Into Etc Buildings
406 Clearance From Other Services
407 Clearance From Electricity Supplies
408 Variation Of Duct
409 (Deleted)
410 Duct In Tunnel
411 Cutting And Bending Of Duct
412 Covering Of Duct
413 Rocky Soils
414 Cleaning And Testing
415 Deferred Jointing Chamber
416 Plugs
417 Draw Rope
418 Alignment Test For Disturbed Duct
419 Scrap Materials.
426 Duct No. 54D (PVC) General.
427 Trench (Duct 54D.).
428 Formations (Duct 54D.).
429 Laying And Jointing (Duct 54D.).
430 Alternative Method Of Jointing And Laying (Duct 54D.).
431 Bends (Duct 54d.).
432 Variations (Duct 54D.).
433 Back Fill (Duct 54D.).
434 Cleaning and Testing (Duct 54D.).
435 Leads-In General.
436 Duct Seal.
437 Lead-In Track
439 Caulking.
440 Sealing Of Conduits And Pipes
441 Duct No. 56 (PVC) General.
442 Trench For Duct 56.
443 Laying And Jointing (Duct 56.).
444 Bends (Duct 56.).
445 Variations (Duct 56.).
446 Back Fill (Duct 56.).
447 Cleaning and Testing (Duct 56.).

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
Para Title
448-449 High density polyethylene (HDPE) duct
468 Polyethylene Cable.
469 Mole Ploughing
470 Crossings
471 Terminating Points
472 Joint Marker
473 Capping, Steel Or PVC
474 Cutting And Sealing.
SLEWING AND/OR LOWERING OR RAISING OF DUCT
475 Excavation
476 Strong Back.
477 Suspension
478 Slewing Only
479 Movement
480 Trench Bottom
482 Irregularities
484 Pulled Joints
485 Inspection
486 Testing
Section-VII JOINTING CHAMBER
501 General
502 Types Of Jointing Chamber
503 Drawings
504 Variation
505 Clearance Of Ducts
506 Protection Of Cables And Associated Equipment
507 Duct Entries Into Existing Structures
508 Duct Entries
509 Jointing Chamber Fittings
510 Iron And Steelwork
511 Recovered Materials
512 Sumps
513 Concreting
514 Joints In Concrete
515 Concrete Quality And Finish
516 Compaction And Tamping Of Concrete
519 Wet Situations
520 Shuttering
521 Removal Of Shuttering
534 Frames And Covers, Carriageway No. 1,2,3, Double Triangular Type.
Installation and Renewal And/or Changing Level using Cement or Resin
536
mortar or Resin Bedding.
538 Concrete Surrounding.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
Para Title
539 Joint Boxes, No. 23
540 (Deleted)
541 Joint Markers And Marker Posts
Section-VIII
CABINET CROSS CONNECTION/ FDH (FIBER
DISTRIBUTION HUB)
542 Excavation For Bases
543 Provision Of Base.
544 Erection Of Cabinet.
545 (Deleted)
546 Key.
547 FO Cabinets Base, CATV Node, ONU Base, Kiosk Base.
Section-IX FILLING-IN AND RESTORATION OF PAVINGS
601 General
602 Ramming
603 Compaction Test
604 Sealing
605 Obligations
Section-X SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
701 General
702 PVC Cement and Methylate Spirits
703 Resin Pack No.6a
Safety
704
Section-XI ARTICLES REQUIRED FOR THE SCOPE OF WORK.
801 ARTICLES REQUIRED FOR THE SCOPE OF WORK.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
STANDARD CONDITIONS
1. Definitions.
1.1. "The Contract" means the documents forming the tender and acceptance thereof together
with the documents referred to therein including these Conditions, the Specification, the
Schedule of Rates, Reinstatement Charges and Conditions, the Schedule of Work and the
drawings and all these documents taken together shall be deemed to form one contract and
shall be complementary to one another. In the contract the following expressions shall,
unless the context otherwise requires, have the meanings hereby respectively assigned to
them.
1.2.1 "the work" means all the work to be carried out in pursuance of the Contract, including any
work carried out under the provisions of Condition 4 thereof.
1.2.2 "the Contractor" means the individual or firm or company undertaking the work and shall
include the legal personal representatives of such individual or of the persons comprising
such firm and the permitted assigns of such individual or firm or company.
1.2.3 "the Engineer" means the person who in the Contract is stated to be the Engineer, or the
representative of such person.
1.2.4 "the Site Engineer" means the officer for the time being appointed by the Etisalat/ higher
official for the purpose of superintending the work; or where the context permits, the
representative of such officer.
1.2.7 “Authority" means street authority, land/building owner or any other authorizing body who
maintain or own carriage ways, verges, thoroughfares, passages or private land.
1.2.8 "Permanent reinstatement and making good" means restoring excavated surfaces in
accordance with conditions imposed by the authority.
1.2.9 "Interim restoration" means filling-in and ramming excavations up to surface level,
including sealing coat, without providing permanent reinstatements and making good, as
instructed by the Authority.
1.2.10 The headings of these Conditions shall not affect the interpretation thereof.
1.2.11 Reference to any enactment, order, regulation or other similar instrument shall be construed
as a reference to the enactment, order, regulation or instrument as amended by any
subsequent enactment, order, regulation or instrument.
1.2.12 "Deviation" includes: any alteration from the footway to the carriage way (and vice-
versa), or from one description of paving to another, or from one street to another; any
alteration in the depth of work, or in the detail of the construction of jointing chamber; any
other work required for the good and sufficient execution of the work; but it does not
include added or omitted work.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
1.2.13 "Sump Draining" means lowering ground water by use of suction pumps, which draw water
from drainage sumps. Sump draining is otherwise known as Normal Pumping or simply
pumping.
1.2.14 "Dewatering" means lowering ground water by use of riser pipes with fixed filters through
which water is drawn, such pipes being first sunk into the ground near the working area
then suction pumps attached to them.
1.2.15 "Bund" means a temporary embankment, which is constructed for the purpose of retaining a
volume of water.
1.3 Any notice or other communications whatsoever which ETISALAT is required or

authorized by the Contract to give or make to the Contractor shall, without prejudice to any
other method of giving or making it, be sufficiently given or made if it is sent by post
addressed to the Contractor by name at the last known place of abode or business of the
Contractor and if that letter is not returned undelivered that notice or communication shall
be deemed for the purpose of the Contract to have been given or made at the time at which
that letter would in the ordinary course of post be delivered.
2. Standard of work.
The Contractor shall execute the Contract in the most suitable and workmanlike manner and
to the entire satisfaction of the ETISALAT Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible
for the correctness of the work throughout the whole term of the Contract.
3. Deviations.
The Site Engineer may from time to time (with or without the provision of or modification
to a drawing or drawings) instruct the Contractor to execute a deviation from the Contract
and such deviation shall be deemed to form part of the Contract. The Contractor shall not,
however, make any deviation without the authority of the Site Engineer and an election by
the Contractor to tunnel for a distance in excess of 1.8 meter shall be subject to the
agreement in writing of the Site Engineer.
4. Added and Omitted Work.
ETISALAT may instruct the Contractor either to omit any part of the work from the issued
work order/Contract or to undertake work in addition to that detailed in the Schedule of
Work as per requirement.
The Contractor shall not omit any portion of the work or put in hand any additional work
without authority in writing from ETISALAT.
ETISALAT reserves the right to carry out by means of ETISALAT workmen or other
agents any work in connection with the work which forms the subject of the Contract where
such work is not provided for in the Schedule of Rates.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
5. Local consents.
Contractor will obtain all provisional consent/way leave from the authorities and will
furnish along with proposed design plan for the execution of the work,
Prior to and during commencement of the works” necessary NOC/ permissions and
assistance from the authorities required to execute the works” shall be obtained,
renewed/revalidated by the contractor. Such permissions shall include Traffic clearances
for road cutting, Tile lifting, Asphalt cutting, Directional drilling/Thrust boring, Grass
cutting and other surfaces not covered here or diversions, oil field work permits, Defense
Department clearance, other utility clearance, permissions for constructing Bunds,
obtaining lines and levels from concerned authorities etc
All such permission from Municipality, NOC from other services departments etc.
mentioned above to be obtained by the contractor within two (02) calendar weeks on
receipt of NOI(Notice of Intent) documents (soft copy or hard copy) advice from
ETISALAT. Contractor is responsible for preparing set of drawings/documents for
submission to various departments/authorities.
Contractor shall comply with all requirements of the local authorities including any
security deposits, bank guarantees, or payment of fees.
Payment made by the contractor to the authorities for laboratory/testing for obtaining permissions
for asphalt, Tiles/Grass cuttings (at permission obtaining stage) shall be reimbursed on actual
cost basis. All other Payments made by the contractor to the authorities in the execution
stage towards Compaction test, additional/repeated/ failed tests etc , obtaining NOC’s,
Parking Fee , etc is considered as inclusive in the schedule of rates.
The contractor shall clear ETISALAT corridor from temporary site obstructions.
Necessary coordination, liaison and follow-up shall be done by the contractor.
Accuracy of collection, site setting and transfer of Lines, levels and required equipment /
staff shall be the responsibility of the contractor. Contractor shall obtain the required
certificate for the correctness of the site setting out as required by the authorities.
6. Safety Precautions.
6.1 In connection with the work and at his own cost except as is provided for in Para. 70 the
Contractor shall be responsible for the implementation, observance and performance
himself and his sub-contractors and agents and his or their workpeople and any other person
and of all property as may be otherwise necessary or desirable and whether imposed on
himself or ETISALAT.
6.2 The Contractor shall comply also with such safety instructions as may be given by Site
Engineer and shall comply with all Etisalat, local and Federal bye laws.
6.3 Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this condition, the
precautions to be taken by the Contractor shall include provision and maintenance of all
ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
lights, guards, fencing and watching when and where necessary or required by the Site
Engineer or by any competent statutory or other authority to protect the safety of the
general public, ETISALAT plants and other utilities.
6.4 Any information or instruction which may be provided or given by any ETISALAT servant
shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities under Condition 6.1 or his
liabilities under Condition 36 thereof.
6.5 The Contractor shall have posted at the site office the name and address of a responsible
representative who can be contacted in an emergency.
6.6. The contractor shall provide a sign board at each work site indicating the client’s name,
contractor’s name, address and contact telephone numbers, project reference.
7. Compliance with By-laws and Regulations.
The Contractor shall comply with all by-laws of any authority in the area in which the work
is to be carried out whether in respect of any accommodation which may be provided by the
Contractor for the workmen employed on the Contract, or any other matter to which the by-
laws apply, and, unless otherwise directed by ETISALAT, conform to all regulations of any
highway authority having the control of the streets concerned, and shall give all such notices
as are required by law to be given.
8. Cartage and Demurrage.
8.1 The Contractor shall cart all materials, tools and plant which he has to provide, and shall on
completion of the work remove all such materials, tools and plant as may be surplus.
8.2 The Contractor shall, as and when required by the Site Engineer, after issue of the notice to
commence the work, collect from wharfs, docks, goods yards, or equally accessible places
all articles provided by ETISALAT, and shall deliver such articles on the work, and shall on
completion of the work collect all such articles provided by ETISALAT, as may be left
over, or any stores recovered during the course of the work and deliver them at such places
as the Site Engineer may direct. The Contractor shall supply sufficient labour and/or
mechanical aids, to perform safely all such loading, unloading and other services as may be
necessary in connection therewith. The Contractor shall repay to ETISALAT the amount of
any demurrage, handling, storage, or other charges which ETISALAT may incur in
consequence of any delay in collecting on the part of the Contractor.
9. Care of Stores.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all materials and tools deposited with
him by ETISALAT for incorporation in the work, and shall be liable for any loss of, or
damage to, such materials and tools whilst they are in his custody. Also, the Contractor
shall keep readily available such records of the materials so deposited as will enable the Site
Engineer from time to time to check the quantities used and in hand against those delivered
to the Contractor's charge.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
The materials (e.g. ducts, draw rope, warning tapes etc) may not in any circumstances be
employed for guarding openings or any obstructions.
10. Materials Provided by The Contractor.
With the exception of the any articles supplied by ETISALAT, the Contractor shall
arrange whatsoever materials may be necessary and required for the scope of work, and
shall, if so required, furnish the name and address of the maker of any article he proposes to
use, and obtain at his own expense for the Engineer, or any officer who may be deputed by
him for the purpose, all facilities for examining and testing such article at the maker's works
before dispatch, and shall also furnish all facilities for the Site Engineer to examine and test
materials on the ground if he desires to do so.
11. Tools, Plant & Appliances.
The Contractor shall provide, all requisite tools, plant, appliances and equipment like
surveying equipment (GPS, Total Station, Theodolite, Dumpy level) etc or as advised by
the Site Engineer or/authorities.
12. Storage Accommodation.
The Contractor shall provide, on or at a convenient distance from the work, suitable storage
accommodation for all materials for incorporation in the work, including such as are
provided by ETISALAT.
13. Water and Fuel; Pumping and Baling.
The Contractor shall furnish all necessary water and fuel. He shall undertake all requisite
pumping and baling.
14. Office, Diary, etc.
If the duration of actual work is more than one week the Contractor shall, provide on or near
the work a suitable and convenient office for the use of the Site Engineer. As a minimum
acceptable standard the office shall:-
14.1 Be soundly constructed and transportable Porta-Cabin or a suitable room within the work
area.
14.2 Have a floor area not less than 9 sq. m and a height not less than 2.5 m to eaves.
14.3 Be weatherproof and capable of being ventilated. Permanent ventilation at a low level shall
be installed to prevent an accumulation of gas should there be a gas leak from the
equipment provided under Condition 14.6. The ventilator(s) shall be designed to prevent
them being rendered ineffective by office furniture, etc., for example, by fitting suitable
shaped wire grills.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
14.4 Have the interior painted white or cream to give the maximum light reflection.
14.5 Be capable of being secured against unauthorized entry.
14.6 Be provided with lighting equipment. All flexible hoses connecting gas appliances and gas
cylinders shall be securely attached by means of a "Jubilee" clip or similar device.
14.7 Be provided with a desk, or bench, at least 1.37m long and 610mm wide, and under this at
least one drawer, capable of being locked, of suitable size to hold diaries and other contract
documents. The desk, or bench, should preferably sloped from back to front, which should
then be about 1.07m from the floor of the office.
14.8 Have a window (or windows) in such a position as to adequately light the working area of
the desk or bench.
14.9 Be provided with suitable chairs or stools for the desk or bench.
14.10 Be provided with suitable hand washing utensils for the use of the Site Engineer and agent.
14.11 Be provided with air conditioning.
14.12 If the Site Engineer considers one office inadequate additional office shall be provided.
The office shall be reserved for clerical work for Site Engineer in connection with the
Contract and shall be maintained in a clean condition.
14.14 Availability of Documents at Work Site: The Contractor shall keep on the work site a
copy of the Specification, relevant approvals, project drawings, and way leaves etc to which
at all times during working hours. The Site Engineer shall have access.
The terms of this condition shall apply to the whole of the work including the Contractor's
permanent reinstatement.
The Contractor shall keep a record of details of all Paving disturbed during the course of the
work where the permanent reinstatement and making good is to be carried out by the
respective authorities. A copy of this record shall be made available to ETISALAT if
requested.
15. Return to Site and Reinstatements.

In the event of any break in continuity of the work the Contractor must give seven days
advance notice to the Site Engineer of his intention to return to the site to perform further
work under the Contract and must not commence any such work without the Site
Engineer's agreement that he may do so.
The foregoing shall also apply in all cases of return to site to carry out permanent
reinstatement and making good. Agreements to alter the basis of working regarding interim
reinstatement, or permanent reinstatement and making good from that specified in the
Contract shall not be made with the Authority without the prior approval in writing of

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
ETISALAT.
16. Contractor or Agent on Work.
The Contractor or his accredited Agent, who shall be fully qualified to represent him, shall
be always on the work during its progress. The Contractor's agent amongst other things
should be capable of and empowered by the Contractor to carry out the following duties:-
16.1 To mobilize or discharge all necessary foremen or workmen
16.2 To provide by hire or otherwise all necessary tools, safety equipment and mechanical aids
other than items provided by Etisalat.
16.3 To purchase all necessary materials.
16.4 To give instruction to foremen or workmen on the principles and practice of ETISALAT
underground duct and jointing chamber construction.
16.5 To take any necessary action to ensure the safety of workmen or property and public.
16.6 To agree with the Site Engineer day to day joint measurements of the work carried out and
record these in a legible manner.
16.7 To organize the work so as to meet the progress on scheduled of work and day to day
priorities as directed by the Site Engineer.
17. Dismissal of Contractor's Servants.
The Site Engineer shall have power to require the Contractor, subject to compliance with
any statutory requirements, immediately to cease to employ in connection with the Contract
and to replace any foreman or person below that grade whose continued employment
thereon is in the opinion of Site Engineer undesirable. Etisalat shall have power to require
the Contractor immediately to cease to employ in connection with the Contract and to
replace any person above the grade of foreman, including the Contractor's agent, whose
continued employment in connection therewith is in the opinion of Etisalat undesirable.
Any decision of Etisalat or the Site Engineer as the case may be under this condition shall
be final and conclusive.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
18. Sub-letting.
The Contractor shall not transfer or assign directly or indirectly (other than may be
customary in the trade concerned, when particulars shall be furnished in the Tender/
Contract) to any person or persons whatsoever, the whole or any portion of this Contract
except with the written permission of Etisalat.
The Selected Contractor/s shall not engage ETISALAT other Contractor/s as Sub
contractor and or shall not work as Sub contractor with ETISALAT other
Contractor/s for the similar scope of work/Contract.
20. Access to Premises.
The Contractor shall provide any necessary means of temporary access to any premises, the
entrance to which is obstructed or interfered with by or in the course of the execution of the
work.
21. Existing Plant or Other Obstructions.
If conditions necessitate the adoption of such a course, the Contractor shall remove, divert,
or carry by means of brick or concrete piers, any existing water main, gas main, electric
light main, hydraulic main, drain, sewer, temporary de-watering pipes, and the like as well
as make good any vault, cellar, subway or septic tank disturbed. Such work will be
inclusive in the schedule of rate as indicated in Condition 58.
22. Suspension of Work
ETISALAT shall recognize the work under suspension of work under the following
circumstances.
22.1 If the work or any portion thereof should be suspended for a period exceeding two normal
working days:-
22.1.1 By the order of the site Engineer for ETISALAT and, without prejudice to the generality of
the foregoing, if the Contractor be prevented from or delayed in proceeding with the work
by ETISALAT or some other contractor employed by ETISALAT, or
22.1.2 With the concurrence of the Engineer or the Site Engineer for ETISALAT and without
prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, if the Contractor be prevented from or delayed
in proceeding with the work by ETISALAT or some other contractor employed by
ETISALAT, or
22.1.3 Pursuant to the order or request of any in whose order or request ETISALAT is constrained
to or does acquiesce; provided that such suspension is not necessary in order to avoid risk of
damage from inclement weather or other like causes and is not due to any neglect or default
of the Contractor.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
23. Removal of Articles, Materials, Rubbish.
The Contractor shall remove all articles and materials requiring removal, and all rubbish,
earth, dirt or filth and so leave the site clean as the work proceeds. He shall provide all
necessary chute or tips.
24. Imperfect Work.
24.1 The Site Engineer may condemn any work which may be damaged by water, subsidence,
or any other cause, or which in his opinion has not been performed in accordance with
the terms of the Contract, and the Contractor shall (subject as provided in Condition 25
hereof) at his own proper cost and charge, rectify and perform or reconstruct the same
wholly or partially as may be required. The Contractor shall (subject as aforesaid) also
take back any materials or articles which may be considered by the Site Engineer to be
unsound or otherwise not in conformity with the Specification, and he shall not again
attempt to use on any work of ETISALAT any such materials. All materials or articles
which are condemned shall be removed from the work within 24 hours or, if re-
examination is required in accordance with Condition 25 hereof, within 24 hours of final
condemnation.
24.2 If the Contractor shall neglect to rectify, reform or reconstruct any work as aforesaid within
a period to be specified by the Site Engineer, or shall omit to take back any materials or
articles which may be considered by the Site Engineer, to be unsound or otherwise not in
conformity with the Specification, or shall fail to provide immediately suitable materials or
articles in lieu of those condemned, then the Contractor shall at once cause the work to be
stopped if so instructed by the Site Engineer, and ETISALAT shall be at liberty forthwith
to employ some other person or persons to perform the work, and to cause the required
materials or articles to be purchased.
24.3 Any defect in, arising out of, or consequent on the execution of the work performed under
this Contract; or due to any act, neglect, omission or failure on the part of the Contractor
that shall appear within twelve months after the date of completion of the work, shall be at
once made good by the Contractor at his own expense, notwithstanding any payment that
may have been made to the Contractor in respect of the work; and in default of such making
good by the Contractor, may cause such defect to be remedied by some other person at the
expense of the Contractor.
24.4 For the purpose of the Conditions the work shall not be deemed to have been
completed until the Contractor has performed and fulfilled the obligations imposed on
ETISALATby the Authority including site clearance.
Without any exemption, the contractor shall submit the approval of the reinstatement work
from the Authorities, test cubes results, and compaction test results etc. before clearing the
final diary of works.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
25. Re-examination of Condemned Work.
If any work performed or article or material provided by the Contractor be condemned as

aforesaid by the ETISALAT during the progress of the work and the Contractor considers
himself aggrieved, a re-examination of such work or article or material by an independent
person, to be mutually agreed upon by ETISALAT and the Contractor, shall take place if
the Contractor shall, by notice in writing delivered to the Engineer within three days of
such condemnation, so required and until such person gives his decision the powers
conferred on the Site Engineer and ETISALAT by Condition 24.2 shall not be exercised.
The decision of such person shall be final and the party against whom the decision is given
shall pay the entire expenses of the re-examination.
26. Arbitration.
All disputes, differences or questions between the parties to the Contract with respect to any
matter or thing arising out of or relating to Condition 17 or provided for in Conditions 24
and 25 hereof or as to which the decision of ETISALAT or of any other person is by the
Contract expressed to be final and conclusive shall after written notice by either party to the
Contract to the other party, be referred to a single arbitrator agreed for the purpose.
Unless the parties otherwise agree, such reference shall not take place until after the
completion, alleged completion or abandonment of the work or the determination of the
Contract.
27. Non-fulfillment of Contract.
27.1 Performance of work. The work shall be commenced by the contractor within such period
after the receipt of instructions in writing from ETISALAT to proceed as shall be specified,
and at such point or points, and in such positions as may be decided by the Site Engineer.
27.2 Time shall be of the essence of the Contract and the work shall (subject as hereinafter
provided) be completed within a period specified by ETISALAT.
27.4 If the execution of the work shall without any default or negligence on the part of the
Contractor be delayed by reason of any of the following causes, that is to say (a) by any of
the causes mentioned in Condition 22 hereof: (b) by reason of any act or default on the part
of ETISALAT or of any authority; (c) by strikes or lock-outs of workmen employed on the
work or in the preparation manufacture or transport of materials intended for the work; (d)
by any other cause which the Contractor could not have prevented and for which he was not
responsible the Contractor shall be allowed such extension of time for completion as the
Site Engineer shall certify in writing ought to be allowed on account thereof.
27.5 The decision of the Site Engineer as to the date on which the work has been actually
completed and on the question whether and to what extent the execution of the work has
been delayed owing to any of the causes referred to in the preceding clause hereof and
whether the Contractor could have prevented or ought to be held responsible for any
occurrence by which the work may be delayed and as to the extension of time to be allowed
to the contractor in respect of any such delay shall be final and conclusive.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
27.6 The right of ETISALAT to claim a penalty in accordance with Condition 27.7 for delay in
completion shall not be waived by any extension of time granted hereunder, or by any
concession granted or certificate given or payment made to the contractor, or by any act or
default of ETISALAT its servants or agents, or by any order for any extra work, or for any
addition to, alteration or modification of, or deduction from the work detailed in the
Schedule of Work.
27.7 If the work shall not be completed on or before the expiration of the period specified in the
contract, or in the case of any extension being granted under the provisions herein before
contained, on or before the extended date of completion then and in such case the
Contractor shall pay ETISALAT a sum calculated in accordance with the details set out in
the contract for the time which shall elapse from the expiration of such period or such
extended date for completion, as the case may be, to the actual date of completion. The
penalty, if invoked by ETISALAT, shall not exceed 5% of total value as listed in Schedule
of Quantities for each complete week of delay to a maximum of 15%.
27.8 The above forgoing does not exempt the contractor any way to delay the commencement
/completion of the work in other areas free from obstructions.
28. Termination of Contract.
ETISALAT may without prejudice to its rights against the Contractor in respect of any
delay or inferior workmanship or otherwise, or to any claims for damage in respect of any
breaches of the Contract and whether the period for completion has or has not expired, by
notice in writing absolutely termination the Contract in any of the following cases,
additional to those mentioned in Condition 32 hereof:-
28.1 If the Contractor, having been given by the Engineer a notice in writing to rectify,
reconstruct or replace any defective work or a notice in writing that the work is being
performed in an inefficient or otherwise improper manner, shall omit to comply with the
requirements of such notice for a period of seven days thereafter or if the Contractor shall
fail to commence work on the site within fourteen days after the expiration of the period
specified in the Contract or any agreed extension thereof, or if in any week the
Contractor shall not complete the number of linear meters or route or the quantity or
work specified the execution of the work so that either in the judgments of the Engineer
he will be unable to secure the completion of the work within the period specified for
completion or any agreed extension thereof or he has already failed to complete the work
on the expiration of such period; or
28.2 If the Contractor, being an individual, or where the contractor is a firm, any partner in that
firm, shall at any time become bankrupt, or shall have a receiving order or administration
order made against him, or shall make any composition or arrangement with or for the
benefit of his creditors, or shall make any conveyance or assignments for the benefit of his
creditors, or shall purport to do so, or any application shall be made under Bankruptcy Act
for the time being in force for sequestration of his estate, or a trust deed shall be granted by
him on behalf of his creditors; or

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
28.3 If the Contractor, being a company, shall pass a resolution, or the court shall make an order,
that the company shall be wound up, (in either case other than for the purpose of
reconstruction) or if a receiver or manager on behalf of a creditor shall be appointed, or if
circumstances shall arise which entitle the Court or a Creditor to appoint a receiver or
manager or which entitle the Court to make a winding-up order.
28.4 Provided always that such termination shall not prejudice or affect any right of action or
remedy which shall have accrued or shall accrue thereafter to ETISALAT.
29. Bills.
Within one week of project completion, the contractor shall submit diary sheets &
summary, all stores material transaction documents and the project as-built drawings with
actual site coordinates values in the format as followed by the concerned authority, for
all newly installed plants including J/Bs, M/Hs, Cabinets, and stumped duct-ends, etc. in
the “AUTOCAD/” format(soft copy and hard copy) to the satisfaction of the Site Engineer.
Further the contractor shall render a numbered and dated detailed and priced bill of the
same in accordance with the requirements of ETISALAT. All chargeable items on a Diary
page should be included in the same bill. If exception be taken to any of the items or the
charges, ETISALAT will amend and pay accordingly. The amendment(s) will be advised
to the Contractor and the Site Engineer who will endeavor to resolve any dispute which
arises there from. Any unresolved dispute between the Site Engineer, and the Contractor
shall be referred to ETISALAT Head Office Account Dept., Chief Internal Auditor, and
Legal Advisor.
30. Payments
30.1 Payments by ETISALAT
30.1.1 One Hundred per cent (100%) of all work actually performed and passed after measurement
shall be paid within thirty (30) days of the date of receipt of a numbered relative bill.
In case the contractor cannot complete a section of work due to obstruction or reasons
beyond his control, part payment may be considered up to a maximum of 50% value of the
completed portion, at the discretion of ETISALAT.
In certain cases, Advance Payments against bank guarantees and interim monthly
payments shall be applicable if defined in the Contract.
30.2 ETISALAT reserves the right to withhold payment of such a sum as in the opinion of the
Engineer is sufficient to cover the payments due to authorities for the permanent
reinstatement and making good of carriageways or footways, or any other charge in respect
of which ETISALAT is not satisfied that the Contractor has discharged all his liabilities and
to pay any sum so withheld to such authority or other person to whom such liability exists.
This will be deemed to include outstanding claims for damage to plant and equipment
belonging to ETISALAT or a third party.
31. Patents, etc.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
All royalties, license fees or similar expenses in respect of the supply or use for or in
connection with the work of any invention, process, drawing, model, plan or information
shall be deemed to have been included in the sum accepted or in the sum calculated in
accordance with the prices accepted and the Contractor shall indemnify ETISALAT from
and against all claims, proceedings, damages, costs and expenses which may be made or
brought against ETISALAT or to which ETISALAT may be put by reason of such supply
or use.
32. Corrupt Gifts and Payments of Commissions.
32.1 The Contractor shall not
32.1.1 Offer to give, or agree to give, to any person in the service of ETISALAT any gift or
consideration of any kind as an inducement or reward for doing or forbearing to do, or for
having done or forborne to do, any act in relation to the obtaining or execution of this or any
other contract for the service of ETISALAT, or for showing, or forbearing to show favour
or dis-favour to any person in relation to this or any other contract for the service of
ETISALAT.
32.1.2 Enter into this or any other contract with ETISALAT in connection with which commission
has been paid or agreed to be paid or agreed to be paid by him or on his behalf, or on his
behalf, or to his knowledge, unless, before the Contract is made, particulars of any such
commission and of the terms and conditions of any agreement for the payment thereof have
been disclosed in writing to a duly authorized representative of ETISALAT.
32.2 Any breach of this Condition by the Contractor or by anyone employed by him or acting on
his behalf (whether with or without the knowledge of the Contractor) or the commission of
any offence by the Contractor or by anyone employed by him or acting on his behalf or any
other contract for the service of ETISALAT shall entitle ETISALAT to determine the
Contract and recover from the Contractor the amount of any loss resulting from such
determination and/or to recover from the Contractor the amount or value of any such gift,
consideration or commission.
32.3 Any dispute or difference of opinion arising in respect of the interpretation, effect or
application of this conduit condition or of the amount recoverable here under by
ETISALAT from the Contractor shall be decided by ETISALAT whose decision shall be
final and conclusive.
33. Services Rendered by ETISALAT.
If ETISALAT shall accept delivery of any articles or materials in connection with the work
on behalf of the Contractor and shall pay any charges upon such articles or materials either
for demurrage, handling, storage, cartage or carriage, or for the price of such materials, or if
ETISALAT shall at the express or implied request of the Contractor perform any other
services for the Contractor any expense so incurred by ETISALAT shall be recoverable
from the Contractor.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
34. Recovery of Sums Due.
Whenever under the Contract any sum of money shall be recoverable from or payable by
the Contractor, the same may be deducted from any sum then due or which at any time
thereafter may become due to the Contractor, under this or any other contract with
ETISALAT.
35. Use of Documents, Information, etc.
35.1 Except with the consent in writing of ETISALAT, the Contractor shall not disclose the
Contract, or any provision thereof, or any Specification, Plan Drawing, Pattern, Sample or
information issued or furnished by or on behalf of ETISALAT in connection therewith to
any person, other than a person employed or engaged by the Contractor in the carrying out
of the Contract or any sub-Contractor, supplier or other person concerned with the same.
35.2 Any disclosure to any person permitted under Condition 35.1 shall be made in confidence
and shall extend so far only as may be necessary for the purposes of the Contract.
35.3 Except with the consent in writing of ETISALAT, the Contractor shall not make use of the
Contract or any Specification or other thing mentioned in Condition 25 otherwise than for
the purpose of carrying out the work under the Contract.
35.4 Any Specification, Plan, Drawing, Pattern or Sample mentioned in Condition 35.1 remains
the property of ETISALAT and must be returned to ETISALAT on completion of the
Contract.
36. Injury to Persons: Loss of Property.
36.1 This condition applies to any personal injury or loss of property (not being a loss of
property to which Condition 9 applies), which arises out of or in any way in connection
with the execution or purported execution of the Contract.
36.2 Subject to the following provisions of this Condition the Contractor shall:-
36.2.1 Be responsible for and reinstate and make good to the satisfaction of ETISALAT or make
compensation for any loss of property suffered by ETISALAT to which this Condition
applies.
36.2.2 Indemnify ETISALAT and servants of ETISALAT against all claims and proceedings
made or brought against ETISALAT or servants of ETISALAT in respect of any personal
injury or loss of property to which this Condition applies and against all costs and
proceedings reasonable incurred in connection therewith.
36.2.3 Indemnify ETISALAT against any payment by ETISALAT in order to indemnify in whole
or in part a servant of ETISALAT against any such claim, proceedings, costs or expenses,
and

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
36.2.4 Indemnify ETISALAT against any payment by ETISALAT to ETISALAT servant in

respect of loss of property to which this Condition applies suffered by that servant of
ETISALAT and against any payment made under any Government provision in connection
with any personal injury to which this Condition applies suffered by any servant of
ETISALAT.
36.3.1 ETISALAT shall notify the Contractor of any claim or proceeding made or brought in
respect of any personal injury or loss of property to which this Condition applies.
36.3.2 If the Contractor admits that he is liable to indemnify ETISALAT in respect of any claim or
proceeding, and the claim or proceeding, and the claim or proceeding is not an expected
claim, he, or, if he so desires, his insurers, shall be responsible subject to the condition
imposed by the following paragraph, for dealing with or settling that claim or proceeding.
36.3.3 If in connection with any such claim or proceeding with which the Contractor or his
insurers are dealing, any matter or issue arise which involves or may involve any privilege
or special right of ETISALAT (including any privilege or right in relation to the discovery
or production of documents) the Contractor or his insurers shall before taking any action
thereon, consult the legal adviser to ETISALAT and act in relation thereto as may be
required by ETISALAT, and if either the Contractor or his insurers fail to comply with this
paragraph, Condition 36.3.2. shall cease to apply.
36.3.4 For the purpose of this Clause "an expected claim" means a claim or proceeding in respect
of a matter failing to be dealt with under a Government provision, or a claim or proceeding
made or brought by or against a servant of ETISALAT.
36.4 Where any such claim or proceeding as is mentioned in Condition 36.2.2 or 36.2.3 is settled
otherwise than by the Contractor or his insurers, he shall not be required to pay by way if
indemnity any sum greater than that which would be reasonably payable in settlement
having regard to the circumstances of the case and in particular to the damages which might
be reasonable at law.
36.5 In this Condition: -
36.5.1 The expression "personal injury" includes sickness and death.
36.5.3 The expressions "servant of ETISALAT " and "servants of ETISALAT " include persons
who are servants of ETISALAT at the time when a personal injury or loss of property to
which this Condition applies occurs, notwithstanding that they cease to be such before any
payment in respect of the personal injury or loss of property is made, and where they have
ceased to be such by reason of their deaths, include their personal representatives, and
36.5.4 The expression "Government provision" means any decree, statue, warrant, order, scheme,
regulations or conditions of service applicable to a servant of ETISALAT making provision
for continuance of pay or for payment of sick pay, or allowance to or for the benefit of
servants of ETISALAT or their families, or dependents during or in respect of sickness,
injury or disablement suffered by such servants.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
37. Fair Wages, UAE Labour Laws, Visas, etc.
The Contractor shall in the execution of the contract, observe and fulfill the obligations
upon Contractors specified in the United Arab Emirates labour laws, in particular, those
relating to fair wages, working hours, religious holidays and visa regulations.
38. Time Work.
Only on the written authority of the Site Engineer, the Contractor shall perform time work,
and he shall record the particulars in the diary and render an account of the same as
hereinafter provided. All time work shall be performed and paid for as provided in
Condition 53.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT CONDITIONS
46. Conditions affecting the execution of the Work.
The general description of paving, etc, given by ETISALAT are such as appear from a
surface inspection.
The Contractor shall be deemed to have obtained all further details of the paving, Ducts,
Cable etc or otherwise, required by him in connection with his tender, including the nature
of the foundations and of the subsoil. He shall also be deemed to have satisfied himself as
to the conditions under which the work may or will be carried out and the supply of and
conditions affecting labour.
47. Work to be Carried out.
The details of the work as given in the Schedule of Work are only provisional, and the
lengths are approximates. No discrepancies in lengths or boundaries as shown shall affect
the rates in the Schedule of Rates, but in the case of deviations see Condition 48.
48. Deviations.
Any deviation shall be paid for at the appropriate rate in the Contract.
49. Added and Omitted Work.
If work is added or omitted under the terms of Condition 4 payment will be adjusted at the
appropriate inclusive rates in the Schedule of Rates.
50. Application of Rates.
The rates in the Schedule of Rates shall be deemed to cover for work done irrespective of
day or night or holidays or as specified in the contract. They shall include all necessary
labor, materials (except for certain articles named in the Specification to be supplied free by
ETISALAT plant and services as stated in the Standard Conditions.
The rates in respect of work under any given descriptions of paving, etc. shall be applicable
to work of that class in any portion of the route.
51. Deduced Rates: Special Rates.
In the case of deviations or additions, if there be no appropriate rate in the Contract, and a
rate cannot be deduced from the Schedule of Rates, payment will be made on the basis of a
special rate to be agreed in writing between the Contractor and ETISALAT
Where no rates are available in the schedule of rates the rates shall be built up on the basis
of Similar works and rates available in the any other related contract.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
52. Night and Friday or Holiday Work.
No extra payment will be made for the labour and/or plant as Overhead, charges are as all
the rates deemed to be covered by the rates for work performed during the Night, Friday or
Holiday work. However, for certain cases such payment shall be made if specified in
the contract.
53. Time Work.
All Time Work performed, shall be paid for at the rates and prices specified in the Schedule
of Rates, as provided in Condition 38.
54. Cartage and Demurrage.

The Contractor shall perform at his own expense in all respects, all cartage and other
services as specified in Condition 8.
The Schedule of Rates specified in the Contract, shall be deemed to be on the basis of the
services required by Condition 8 and this Condition.
55. Sump Draining.

The rates in the Schedule of Rates, shall be deemed to be inclusive of all requisite sump
draining or pumping except as detailed in Conditions 56 and 99.
56. De-watering.
If carried out by the Contractor for his own convenience as an alternative method to sump
draining, de-watering costs will be deemed to be inclusive in the Schedule of Rates, for
trench work, tunneling and extra excavation, fill and ram on trenches and tunnels. If
carried out by the Contractor on manholes, the De-watering costs shall be subject to the
provisions of the Schedule of Rates
57. Bunds and Discharge Hoses.
If the Engineer agrees that a Bund is necessary, the Contractor shall be responsible for
obtaining permission from the Authority for the size and location. The height of
embankment shall be 100cm minimum and the total surface area occupied shall be
measured from the centers of embankment construction. The work shall include all
operations necessary for the construction and demolition together with associated
reinstatement charges.
58. Existing Plant or Other Obstructions
58.1 The Rates payable under the Schedule of Rates shall cover the cost of any temporary
slinging or shoring rendered necessary by the carrying out of the Contract.
58.2 The cost of work in connection with existing mains, plant or other obstructions done in
accordance with Condition 21 will be treated as an inclusive.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
58.3 If the undertakers owning mains or plant as aforesaid elect themselves to effect the removal
or diversion of their plant, the Contractor shall pay to the undertakers the reasonable cost
incurred (with prior approval from ETISALAT), and he may reclaim from ETISALAT
the net amount plus 10 per cent, such percentage to be held as covering cost of foremen,
supervision, office expenses and profit, as well as obligations thrown upon the Contractor
by these Conditions during the time the undertaker's operations are in progress. The
provisions of this paragraph will apply with prior approval from ETISALAT
59. Surplus Excavated Material.
The rates in the Schedule of Rates shall be deemed to be inclusive of cartage to and
disposal at shoot or tip of any excavated material made surplus by the work and
Contractor shall remove such material immediately from the site.
60. Covering in.
The Contractor shall give due notice to the Site Engineer whenever work is intended to be
covered in the contractor shall provide all the required trial pits to verify the works, free of
cost
Where the work intended to be covered in includes work payable at any of the excavation
rates in the Schedule of Rates or at any of the rock rates in that Section, payment for the
work payable at these rates shall only be made if such work is seen and authorized by the
Site Engineer before filling in is commenced.
61. Measurement - General Provisions.
61.1 The Contractor shall provide the requisite number of persons and proper means and
appliances to carry out the measurement.
61.2 The measurement shall be verified on behalf of ETISALAT by the Site Engineer or other
representative of the Engineer, and by the Contractor himself or a person appointed by him,
such person not being in the employment of ETISALAT.
61.3 The Contractor shall afford all reasonable facilities and assistance to the Site Engineer for
compiling records of the location of the work executed under the Contract. The Site
Engineer is responsible for the accuracy of these measurements.
61.4 The several works and materials shall be measured, net, in situ (to the nearer 100mm in the
case of length and 50 mm in the case of width of trench), as executed, without reference to
nay practice or other local custom that may prevail.
61.5 Measurement shall always be taken and recorded for all works chargeable under the
Contract.
62. Application of Rates.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
62.1 In the Schedule of Rates, the "Excavation" rates are applicable to excavation work paid for
as provided in these Conditions, e.g.:-
62.1.1 Abandoned work, parts of side shafts and parts of pilot holes not used.
62.1.2 Excavation for ducts at greater or less than standard depths.
62.1.3 Excavation for jointing chamber at greater or less than standard depths, except where
covered in other tendered rates.
62.1.4 Excavation for slewing, diversion of other undertakers' plant, etc.
62.1.5 Excavation for independent sumps, rubble bottoms, kiosk bases, etc.
62.1.6 The rates for each layer of excavation shall cover the timbering of that layer plus any
additions or modifications to the timbering of shallower layers.
62.2 In the Schedule of Rates, the "Filling-in and Ramming" rate is applicable to the types of
work as laid down in Condition 62.1.
62.3 The schedule of Rates, "Permanent Reinstatement and Making Good" rates are for use in
connection with work as provided in these Conditions, e.g.:-
62.3.1 Excavation and filling-in of abandoned work including parts of pilot holes not used.
62.3.3 The rates shall include for interim sealing coat and cement or lime mortar bedding where
required but not for concrete or reinforced concrete foundations to paving, the provision of
such foundations being paid for at the appropriate "Foundations" rates.
62.3.4 Where a Man hole, Joint box, Pay Phone base, Cabinet base, etc are built but full excavation
was not required, in these cases no credit shall be claimed by ETISALAT for the excavation
work not done. However surround filling shall not be paid extra if the local available
material on site is reused.
62.3.5 Where a Ramp is provided to a Jointing chamber for taking cable drums, winches etc, the
cost of imported material brought to perform the work shall not be paid extra.
63. Use of "Additives" or "improvers".
No extra payment will be allowed for the use of "additives" and "improvers" where this is
permitted.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
65. Abandoned Work.
If owing to obstruction or unforeseen difficulties the work cannot be completed in any

trench or excavation, on the instruction of the Site Engineer such trench or excavation shall
be filled-in and restored as provided by the Specification, the entire cost of such abandoned
work being governed by the appropriate "Excavation", "Filling-in and Ramming" and
"Permanent Reinstatement" rates in the Schedule of Rates.
If abandoned work abut on adopted work the measurement of the restoration work common
to both shall be excluded from the measurement of the abandoned work restored, and the
margins specified under Condition 90 shall not be claimed in respect of the sides of
abandoned and adopted work which abut on each other.
66. Pilot Holes; Trial Excavations.
If all or part of any Pilot Hole be utilized for a trench or Jointing Chamber excavation, it
shall be measured in with the work and the remaining part of such a Pilot Hole not properly
included as part of the work shall be termed a Partially Abandoned Pilot Hole and measured
and charged for as Abandoned Work. Where no part of a Pilot Hole is proper to be
measured i with the work, the excavation will be termed Totally Abandoned Pilot Hole and
charged for as Abandoned Work. Payment for a trial Excavation shall be made at the
appropriate rates in the Schedule of Rates, which shall include the cost of standing by,
cartage in accordance with Condition 8.1 and any necessary guarding and lighting.
67. Rock.
Excavation in rock (including chalk) will be paid for as per an extra and the rates in the
Schedule of Rates in the Contract.
The amount of rock paid for shall be limited to the volume necessarily excavated in
compliance with the requirement of the Specification regarding width of trench.
Where complete removal of a boulder is approved by the Site Engineer payment will
be made at the rate of (rock excavation) in the Schedule of Rates, for the total volume
of the rock excavated. Such extra payment will be deemed to cover all additional
work involved by the removal of the boulder.
68. Timbering of Excavations.
The rates in the Schedule of Rated, shall be deemed to be inclusive of all necessary
timbering, sheet piling and shoring.
69. Timber Left in.
In order to provide for the safety of adjoining land or property, or otherwise Site Engineer
may direct that timer shall be left in.
Timber which the Site Engineer has directed shall be left in may, subsequently, at his

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
direction or with his authority, be cut off at some point below ground level.
70. Cost of Precautions Following an Objection to Route.
The following basis applies where precautions are ordered by the Site Engineer under the
terms of the Specification. The cost of precautions ordered below and/or above ground
level to safeguard against damage to property must be borne by the Contractor.
71. Earth Free From Stones.
Wherever earth free from stones is called in the Specification, no payment will be made for
providing and/or carting any necessary materials, including Polyethylene Cable Laying
Work.
72. Independent Sumps, Rubble Bottoms, etc.
Where agreed necessary by the Site Engineer such items as Excavation, Filling-in and
Ramming, Reinstatement and materials used, (other than temporary earth-supporting
timber), to provide independent sumps, rubble bottoms, etc., in any excavation will be
treated as inclusive to the Schedule of Rates.
73. Test Cubes.
The rates payable under the Schedule of Rates shall be deemed to include the cost of
making, curing and testing of all test cubes of Concrete Quality 'A' which are ordered to be
taken by the Site Engineer in accordance with the Specification.
75. Duct Laying & Cable Laying, General.
75.1 Abutting Pavings.
If a trench be opened on a line along which two or more paving abut, thus involving the
disturbance of more than one class of paving, payment shall be made at the rate per meter
run appropriate to the paving through which a line through the center of the trench passes.
75.2 Kerb Concrete Backing.
The rates in the Schedule of Rates for Kerb shall include for concrete backing. Concrete
below the depth of kerb shall be classed as foundations.
75.3 Layered Depth Rates.
For all Polyethylene Duct and Cable laying and for other Duct laid under Grass or Unmade
the rates in the Schedule of Rates, are for laying, etc., ducts or cables at certain specified
depths (inclusive of variations as defined) or a layered depths. In such cases if the ducts or
cables are laid at depths greater than the maximum depths for which inclusive contract rates
exist, the excavation, filling-in and ramming for the extra depth shall be treated as
"Excavation" and "Filling-in and Ramming" and be charged for at the appropriate rates in

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
the Schedule of Rates.
75.4 Rocky Soils.
In rocky soils where earth free from stones is required to afford a bedding in accordance
with the Specification, the additional Excavation and Filling-in and Ramming and provision
of earth free from stones shall be considered as inclusive in the schedule of rates.
75.5 Use of Mechanical Excavators.
Where a trench shall be excavated by a mechanical excavator, under the terms of the
Specification the payment of extras, if any, shall be based on the agreed necessary width of
trench using manual excavation.
76. Duct laying.
76.1 Rates inclusive to Standard Depth.
The rates in the Schedule of Rates, shall, except where otherwise indicated, be inclusive for
all work down to Standard Depth or layered depths and for any widening down to such
depths which may be required because of extra depth. Including the laying of the warning
tape at appropriate depth.
76.2 Non-standard Depths.
If by direction of the Site Engineer the average depth of a trench exceeds the Standard
Depth prescribed in the Specification the excavation, filling-in and ramming, below
standard depth, shall be treated as "Excavation" and "Filling-in and Ramming" and be
charged for at the appropriate rates in the Schedule of Rates. If the average depth of a trench
be less than the standard, a corresponding deduction shall be made at the same rates.
Where rates are quoted in the Schedule of Rates for laying ducts at certain specified or
layered depths see Condition 75.3
76.3 Variations in Duct Grouping.
If by direction of the Site Engineer a variation in duct grouping be required from that
shown on the Schedule of Work and the rates in the Schedule of Rates, are inappropriate to
such variation, they shall be adjusted by an addition or allowance calculated from the
appropriated rates in of the same Schedule.
76.4 The rates in the Schedule of Rates for Laying and Jointing Duct in Open Trench shall
include for laying the duct by itself or in conjunction with other ducts, also for cleaning,
testing, draw rope left in SITU (including supply of draw rope) and for any earth free
from stones necessary to meet the requirements of the Specification.
76.4.1 Ducts Through Service Pipe. PVC Ducts No. 54D and No. 56 and Polyethylene Duct
. installed through service pipe or crossing etc will be paid for at the appropriate rates in the
Schedule of Rates and shall include all necessary operations including those referred to in

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
Condition 76.4.
76.5 Cutting and Bending of Ducts.
All Cutting and bending of ducts shall be considered as inclusive.
76.6 Rodding and Roping and/or Cleaning and Testing.
76.6.1 The cleaning and testing of ducts laid under the Contract as required by the Specification
including the modified tests required where the building of a jointing chamber is deferred
until after the completion of a section of duct, shall be deemed to be included in the rates in
the Schedule of Rates.
76.6.2 Where rodding and roping and/or cleaning and testing (including supply and leaving a
draw rope in SITU) of ducts and ducts laid other than under the Contract is requested by the
Site Engineer, such work will be paid for at the specified rate(s) in the Schedule of Rates.
The rate(s) payable shall be related to the total bore length rodded and roped/cleaned and
tested between two adjacent jointing chambers or points as directed by the Site Engineer.
76.7 Side Shafts.
Where the trench is at normal depth Side Shafts, if agreed by the Site Engineer to be
necessary, should be regarded as Abandoned Work and charged for accordingly. Where
however, the trench is at extra depth, payment for the Side Shaft excavation shall be limited
to that which is over and above the extra width arising from the extra depth.
76.8 Measurement Items Excluded.
76.8.1 Jointing chambers and concrete extensions shall not be included when measuring the length
of ducts laid.
76.8.2 Bends. Bends shall be paid for at the rates appropriate to ducts of the same class.
76.9 Slewing.
The Slewing work shall include for all operations detailed in the Specification for
supporting the ducts so that they may be slewed and/or lowered and/or raised including
movement to and from any temporary positions. Separate payment will be made for
Excavation, Filling-in and Ramming, Reinstatement, Rodding and Roping and/or Cleaning
and Testing.
For the purpose of calculating the volume for Excavation, Filling-in and Ramming no credit
will be claimed by ETISALAT in respect of the volume of Ducts. When measuring the
length of the duct slewed on both sides of jointing chamber is slewed on one side of the
jointing chamber, half the length of the jointing chamber will be added to the length of the
duct actually slewed. Such allowance shall be deemed to cover for the slewing of any
apparatus in the jointing chamber.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
76.10 Testing after Slewing.
When jointing chambers are constructed on an existing duct route necessitating the slewing
and/or lowering of existing ducts or when slewing and or lowering of existing ducts is
necessitated by road alterations the rodding and testing of the "spare" ways will be paid for
at the appropriate rate in the Schedule of Rates.
76.11 Marking Ends of Duct Lines.
The rates in the Schedule of Rates, for Duct Laying will be deemed to cover all work in
connection with the fixing of markers at the ends of duct lines at points in the Schedule of
Work. The additional work in connection with the fixing on any such markers required in
addition to those scheduled will be paid for at the specified rate in the Schedule of Rates.
76.14 Cutting and Removing existing Ducts.
Cutting and removing existing ducts, including the rounding of cut edges, shall be
considered as inclusive rate in the Schedule of Rates .
77. Cable Laying.
77.1 Rates.
The rates in the Schedule of Rates, for Polyethylene Cable Laying will be deemed to cover
all work in connection with buried jointing points, buried terminating coils, and the fixing
of markers at jointing points indicated on the Schedule of works including supply and
laying of warning tapes, work in connection with any buried terminating coils required,
shall be considered as inclusive rate in the Schedule of Rates.
77.2 Measurement.
Measurement for payment for a length of Polyethylene Cable laid shall be restricted to the
length of trench excluding the crossing of jointing chambers. Where a small length of cable
is overlapped at jointing points or cable is left for jointing in a Joint Box or Manhole, such
lengths will not be measured for payment purposes.
77.3 Drawn Through or Into Duct.
Polyethylene Duct or cable drawn through or into duct rate shall include all necessary
operations and rodding, existing plant where required Measurement for this purpose will be
restricted to the length of ducts involved.
77.4 Laid in Open Trench.
The rate in the Schedule of Rates under "Polyethylene Duct and Cable etc." for laying in
open trench shall apply to laying a cable by itself or in conjunction with other cables.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
77.5 Earth free from stones.
The supply and ramming of the 100 mm layers of earth free from stones in stony ground,
both below and above the cable or cables, shall be considered inclusive in Schedule of
rates.
77.6 Testing of the cables
77.6.1 Testing before Installation.
It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to check the integrity of the cables and or test
the cables before taking delivery from the ETISALAT stores. Any damages found later,
shall be the responsibility of the contractor.
77.6.2 Testing before and after Installation.
It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to check the integrity of the cables before
taking delivery from the SITE/stores. Any damages found later, shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
The contractor shall be responsible for any damages during transportation and
handling of the cables.
Once the cable is laid, the cables newly laid shall be tested by the Contractor in
coordination with ETISALAT for the integrity of the cable, to confirm that no damage has
occurred during installation. In case of any damages, the cost of the cable shall be recovered
from the contractor. The contractor shall offer all the labour assistance. The testing of the
cable shall be carried out before the release of the payment.
77.6.3 Marking Ends of Cables.
The rates in the Schedule of Rates, for Cable Laying will be deemed to cover all work
in connection with the providing of markers at the ends of cable lines at points in the
Schedule of Work.
77.6.4 Cutting and Removing of Cables.
Cutting and removing of cables including the sealing of cables, shall be considered as
inclusive rate in the Schedule of Rates
77.6.5 Cables laid to cabinet/FDH.
The cables laid to cabinet/FDH shall be left at the last Joint Box or up to the
cabinet/FDH depending upon the Site Engineer instructions and site requirements.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
78. Foundations.
78.1 General.
The rates in the Schedule of Rates, in relation to the various pavings must include the
excavation and replacement of the paving material and foundations of pitching, hardcore,
macadam, road-metalling, any necessary cement or other foundations (except as indicated in
the following paragraphs) and any rendering or grouting in connection with the
reinstatement of such pavings.
78.2 Concrete Foundations to Pavings.
The appropriate rates in the Schedule of Rates, for concrete and reinforced concrete will be
paid as an extra over the "Excavation" rate at whatever depth these materials are
encountered, provided that they form part of the Carriageway or Footway paving
foundation. Any additional cost for reinstating pavings on Reinforced Concrete because of
wider margins shall be deemed to be included in the reinforced concrete foundation rates
relating to restoration with new material.
78.3 Foundation Portion of Concrete Pavings.
The foundations portion of concrete or reinforced concrete in situ paving as defined in the
Specification shall be paid for at the rate in the Schedule of Rates.
78.4 Concrete Foundations in part of Trench.
If concrete or reinforced concrete paving foundations occupy any portion of the trench they
shall be paid for at the concrete excavation/reinstatement rates.
78.5 Concrete other than Paving Foundations.
Where reinforced or un-reinforced concrete, not forming part of the carriageway or footway
foundations, is encountered and the concrete is of comparable hardness to soft, hard or
boulder rock as defined in the Specification then the excavation of such concrete will be
paid for at the appropriate rock rate.
78.6 Foundations other than Concrete.
Where encountered below 300 mm from the paving surface or at any depth under unmade,
grass (any category) or any cultivated ground, and whether or not required to be replaced as
found, any paving or foundation material which if excavated by hand methods presents a
similar difficulty in excavation to such items as pitching, hardcore, road-metalling and
derelict foundations, with the exception of reinforced or un-reinforced concrete will be paid
at the subka surface rate in the schedule of rate.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
79. Tunneling
79.1 When Rates not Applicable.
If the Contractor elects to tunnel for any length, or if it is specified that a tunnel will be
excavated for a distance of less than 1.8m, payment will be made as if the work had been
performed by breaking out from the surface. Such payment shall be deemed to cover all
cost in connection with back-filling with concrete as specified in the Specification.
79.2 Measurement of Tunnels.
Subject to Condition 79.1 the length of tunnel to be paid for at rates in the Schedule of
Rates shall be arrived at by measuring the actual length of the completed tunnel, from the
point where the driving of the tunnel commences to the point where the tunnel finishes,
including the space below any intermediate shaft. Where a manhole is constructed on a
tunnel and its position is used temporarily as working shaft, the manhole shall be
excluded from the measurement of the tunnel. Concrete or brickwork extensions shall
also be excluded.
79.3 Rates for Tunneling.
When tunneling rates are included in the Schedule of Rates, they shall cover all operations
in connection with the laying of duct in tunnel, viz., excavation, all necessary shoring,
timbering (including timber left in), laying and jointing of ducts, filling of tunnel headings
with concrete, cartage of all materials displaced, and including any intermediate shafts or
alternative arrangements if intermediate shafts are not practicable), the provision of
illuminants and all other services including the installation and withdrawal of the Inflatable
Tube.
When a tunnel is to be constructed and inclusive rates are not contained in the Schedule of
Rates, the work will be paid for at the appropriate rates in the Schedule of Rates.
81. JOINTING CHAMBER,
General.
81.1 Rates: The Schedule of Rates, include the supply and installation of all materials and
fittings and complete construction and the cutting to length of existing ducts including any
access subway where specified, (e.g. excavation; cartage of materials displaced; concreting;
reinforced concreting; filling-in work in connection with terminating ducts in jointing
chambers; all necessary timbering and shoring; such measures as required by the
Specification to protect cables and associated equipment; in the case of interim restoration
and permanent reinstatement and making good).
81.2 Variations in Jointing Chamber Construction.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
Where under the terms of the Specification the Site Engineer may require modification of
standard dimensions the price for the standard structure shall be adjusted at the appropriate
rate in the Schedule of Rates except for variation in depth of Joint Boxes, for which a
variation rate is quoted in schedule of rate.
The method of payment for shaft entrances is detailed in Condition 82.3
81.3 Demolition-Recovery of Jointing Chambers.
The prices for Demolition or Recovery of Jointing Chambers in the Schedule of Rates,
which are inclusive of demolition of shafts, etc., shall apply to the appropriate description of
Jointing Chambers irrespective of the type, thickness of walls, variations in depth, etc., of
the jointing chamber concerned. Where an existing jointing chamber is demolished or
recovered and or a new one constructed in new or on a new site, no credit will be claimed
by ETISALAT in respect of excavation etc., not required to be performed.
82. Manholes.
82.1 Measurement. Measurement of manholes shall be taken as follows:-
Length and width-All types. Between outside surfaces of walls.
Depth - All types. Between bottom of concrete floor and surface of carriage way or footway
including the shaft when shaft entrance is constructed, the depth between a point 450 mm
below the surface and the top of the roof beams shall be considered as inclusive in the
schedule of rates. Beyond the 450 mm depth is chargeable as indicated under Excavation,
"Filling-in and Ramming" (see also Condition 82.3).
82.2 Frames and Covers.
The prices in the Schedule of Rates, for Manholes shall be based on fitting up to 160 mm
deep Frames and Covers No.1 or No. 2.
82.3 Shaft Entrance.
When a shaft entrance exceeding 450 mm with No.1 or 2 C/W F & C to a manhole is
provided, extra work involved, shall be paid as per appropriate Schedule of rates.
82.4 Pumping Payment.
Payment for pumping in Manholes will be made on the basis set out in Condition 99 and in
the Schedule of Rates, Time work rates.
83. Joint Boxes.
83.1 Concrete Surrounds.
The concrete surround called for in the Specification will be deemed to be included in Joint

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
Box rates
83.3 Joint Box No. 23.
The rate in the Schedule of Rates for the installation of J.B. 23 will cover all operations
involved including excavation in any surface, back-filling, and permanent reinstatement,
drilling entry holes if necessary, etc. including provision of concrete surround, where
required with supply and installation of JB-23 with ductile cover.
84. Miscellaneous.
84.3 Demolishing Concrete or Block work.
The rate(s) in the Schedule of Rates for Demolishing Concrete or Block work shall be
payable only when enlarging or fitting frames and covers to existing jointing chambers and
no rates for these items inclusive of such demolition) are tendered in the Schedule of Rates.
84.5 Protection Posts.
The specified rate in the Schedule of Rates shall be applicable for both CAST IN SITU or
PRE CAST for the supply and erection of galvanized Iron Protection post as per Drag. CN
1065Z.
84.6 Marker Post.
The specified rate in the Schedule of Rates shall be applicable for both CAST IN SITU or
PRE CAST for the supply and erection of Marker post as per Drag. CN 1065 Z.
84.7 Cabinet Cross Connection/ FDH (Fiber Distribution HUB).
(a) Build Base and Erect Cabinet –
Subject to the supply by ETISALAT of such articles as are specified in the Specification the
rate in the Schedule of Rates, in any paving, includes the supply of all materials and fittings,
necessary excavation, complete construction of the base, earth rod, necessary interim or
permanent reinstatement, and the erection of cabinet thereon.
Where modification of standard dimensions is required by the Site Engineer, the price of
the standard structure will be adjusted at the appropriate rates.
(b) Recover Existing Cabinet/FDH and Demolish Concrete Base.
The rate in the Schedule of Rates is a lump sum to cover all work in connection with the
recovery of existing cabinet, protection post, the demolition, filling-in and interim or
permanent reinstatement of existing concrete bases.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
Where an existing concrete base is demolished and a new one constructed on the site of the
demolished concrete base, no credit will be claimed by ETISALAT in respect of excavation,
etc., not required to be performed.
84.8 Renewing and/or Raising Frames and Covers.
The rate for renewing and/or raising up to 75 mm Frames and Covers in any paving and
foundations includes:- (1) breaking away surrounding concrete, (2) removal of old frame
and cover, cleaning of the Frame and covers and delivery to such places as the Site
Engineer may direct, (3) breaking out existing mortar, concrete or packing bed down to the
top of the jointing chamber walls or shaft and cleaning off, (4) fitting new frame and cover
in accordance with the Specifications.
The rate however excludes the modifications to Jointing Chambers quoted separately in the
Schedule of Rates.
86. Reinstatement Authority.
If the authority shall have given notice or shall give notice to ETISALAT or elect to do the
permanent reinstatement and making good of the street or controlled part thereof at upper
levels broken up by the Contractor, the Contractor shall be paid as per schedule of rates.
Where the contractor has been allowed by the Authority for the permanent reinstatement of
the paving disturbed, the contractor shall carryout the reinstatement work observing the
standards imposed by the Authority. If the reinstatement work done by the contractor is not
acceptable to the Authority, the contractor shall pay to the street authority that will be
claimed by the Authority. In default of any such payment by the Contractor, ETISALAT
may pay the sum to the authority and deduct the amount so paid from any sums payable to
the Contractor under this or any other contract entered into by the Contractor with
ETISALAT.
87. Basis of Rates.
The particulars furnished in the contract of Reinstatement Charges and Conditions of

authorities concerned or liable to be considered in the execution of the work shall be
deemed to be the basis of the rates in the Schedule of Rates, in relation to work in
connection with which the work or permanent reinstatement and making good will be
performed by the Authorities.
89. Agreement of Measurements.
In connection with the restoration of carriageways and footways (pursuant to the provisions
of the Specification) measurements of surface areas disturbed, concrete inserted, etc., shall,
when the restoration is carried out by the street authority be agreed between the Contractor
and the street authority, but attention is drawn to Condition 93.1 regarding Strengthening
Materials.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
90. Margins.
As regards margins, the rates in the Schedule of Rates, the following margins shall be
considered as inclusive, except where otherwise specified under Reinstatement Charges and
Conditions, be held to cover the restoration of the area disturbed by the whole of the work
including deterioration occurring during the interim restoration period plus the following
margins which are the maximum trimming allowances which ETISALAT will recognize,
namely: -
In asphalt, macadam, treated macadam, gravel, flint, in SITU paving, or similar pavings, a
margin of 75mm on each side, except where on reinforced concrete foundations.
In reinforced concrete paving and all paving and surfaces on reinforced concrete
foundations, a margin of 150 mm on each side
In wood, setts or bricks a margin of 115 mm on each side.
In foundations of concrete, a margin of 75 mm on each side.
Any additional reinstatement exceeding the above margins and necessary in connection
with the work either on direction of Authority or due to site condition if agreed by the Site
Engineer shall be paid for as per the Schedule of Rates.
Where the authority insists for a wider trench than normally required for the purpose of
better compaction and reinstatement of paving, the extra width shall be measured and paid
for as per the schedule of price works.
91. Flags or Cultivated Grass.
In flag paving or cultivated grass the rates in the Schedule of Rates, shall be held to cover
the restoration of the area of paving which it is necessary to disturb; in the case of work
under the Schedule of Rates, restoration of the area which it is necessary to disturb will be
paid as per actual measurement and after approval from Site Engineer.
92. Broken Flags, etc.
92.1 Before Disturbance.
No allowance shall be made in the rates to cover the cost of supplying new flags, paving
bricks, titles, kerbs or setts to replace those found broken or cracked before disturbance by
the Contractor before the paving is disturbed a representative of ETISALAT, the authority
and the Contractor will jointly survey the route and will agree upon the number of these
items found broken or cracked which cannot be re-laid. Where the authority carries out the
permanent reinstatement of the paving, payment for new flags, paving bricks, tiles, kerbs or
setts to replace those which are found broken or cracked before disturbance by the
Contractor and which cannot be re-laid will be a matter for settlement between ETISALAT
and the authority.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
92.2 During Operations.
The cost of replacing all flags, paving bricks, tiles, kerbs or setts broken or damaged during
the progress of the work shall be borne by the Contractor.
92.3 Cartage.
Any costs of cartage or handling of the broken or new flags, paving bricks tiles, kerbs or
setts whether the permanent reinstatement is carried out by the street authority or the
Contractor, shall be deemed to be included in rates.
93. Strengthening Materials.
93.1 Excluded from Other Rates.
Except as in Condition 93.2 or otherwise specifically stated herein, no allowance should be

made in the rates in the Schedule of Rates for the supply and insertion of strengthening
materials, e.g., concrete, pitching, hardcore, Subka/Macadam, etc. for foundations over and
above that which already exists. If any Authority requires the insertion of additional
strengthening material and it is provided by a Authority, payment will be based upon the
appropriate charges made by that authority and where provided by the Contractor, upon the
appropriate rates in the Schedule of Rates.
93.2 Included in Other Rates.
The rates referred to in Condition 93.1 shall be deemed to include for strengthening materials
in the following circumstances:-
93.2.1 Concrete within 75mm and R/F concrete within 150mm of the surface when replacing a
recognized paving material.
93.2.2 Concrete replacing any part of a composite paving, for which a special rate is quoted.
93.2.3 Surplus material available on the work where used as strengthening material.
93.3 Use of On-site Material.

Where the Site Engineer agrees that a suitable hard material available on the work can be
used as strengthening material no payment will be made for such material
93.4. Strengthening Materials Rates.
The rates in the Schedule of Rates, for Strengthening Materials shall include for provision,
delivery on site and insertion thereof as per condition 602 (d).
93.5 Credits.
Wherever Strengthening Materials or Wherever Strengthening Materials or concreting rates

or payable and Filling-in and Ramming of the volume concerned is also being paid for
ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
under some other inclusive contract rate, credit will be taken by ETISALAT at the rate in
the Schedule of Rates, for Filling-in and Ramming for a volume equal to that of the
strengthening material or concrete inserted.
94. Compaction Test.
The scope of work in Schedule of Rates, shall be deemed to include any number of tests
required to meet the standards/requirements of the authorities as per condition 603.
Sample collection of compaction test, the location shall be specified by the Site Engineer as
per Condition 603. The testing laboratory must have the prior approval of the Authority.
99. Pumping Conditions For Payment in Manholes.
99.1 Pumping time in Manhole or Excavation for Manhole will be paid for at the appropriate rate
in the Schedule of Rates, Timework Rate, provided that such pumping is certified as
necessary by the Site Engineer.
99.2 deleted
99.3 The calculation of pumping time shall commence at the start of excavation or demolition of
an existing manhole where applicable and shall end when all work on the manhole structure
including any shaft is complete or when the back-filling above the manhole roof reaches the
water table, if this be above roof level, whichever is the later.
99.4 Pumping carried out in connection with the provision of an independent sump, rubble
bottom or other measure taken to permit construction of a manhole, shall be deemed as
pumping time for the manhole.
99.5 Pumping carried out in connection with the rectification of defective work and for
acceptance inspections shall be excluded from the calculation of reckonable pumping time.
99.6 Pumping/De watering time.
For thrust boring works and Break through and make good (BTMG) shall be paid extra
over the scheduled rates.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
DEFINITIONS SECTION
INDEX
Para Title Para Title
101. Abandoned Work 108. Shaft

102. Damp Mix 109. Side Shaft
103. Duct 110. Shuttering
104. Earth, Free from Stones 111. Trial Excavation
105. Jointing Chamber 112. Tunnel
106. Pilot Hole 113. Way
107. Rock 114. Paving
In the tender and the Conditions and the several schedules thereto unless the context
otherwise requires :
101. Abandoned Work.
"Abandoned Work" means a trench or excavation which, due to obstructions or other

unforeseen difficulties, cannot be wholly utilized, but which is required to be filled in,
rammed and the surface restored, and is not proper to be measured in with the work charged
for at inclusive rates.
102. Damp Mix (Concrete).
"Damp Mix" means a mixture of concrete of the quality specified but containing no more
water than is sufficient for hydration of the cement and coagulation of the ingredients; the
concrete shall have no measurable slump. As a guide, the consistency may be checked by
squeezing between the hands a small quantity of the freshly mixed concrete which should
hold the shape formed and not exclude excess water.
103. Duct.
Duct" means a single or Multi Way duct formation-using duct of PVC, polyethylene, or
other material.
104. Earth, Free from Stones. "Earth, Free from Stones" means either (a) loose earth, all
of which will pass through a 15mm mesh sieve, or (b) clay having approximately the same
moisture content as when excavated. Materials (a) and (b) shall be capable of being
thoroughly compacted around, and material (a) between, ducts of any type, in either case,
the material shall not cause damage to the ducts during back-filling and shall not leave voids
to form a water course. Clay prior to back-filling shall be reduced in size if necessary to

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
prevent voids in the backfill.
105. Jointing Chamber.
"Jointing Chamber" means any manhole, joint box or other underground vault or chamber
giving access to duct routes and/or cable.
106. Pilot Hole.
"Pilot Hole" means an excavation taken out during the execution of a duct work scheme in
order to determine the position of buried plant and/or conditions below the surface. The
usual form of a Pilot Hole for a duct or cable trench is across the line of the trench, and for a
Jointing Chamber, Cabinet, etc., at any position necessary to indicate a clear excavation
space for the proposed structure.
107. Rock.
The definition of rock is divided into the following types:
(a) Soft Rock. Means a bed of rock which may consist of a mass of soft stone or a mass of hard
stone containing fissures or seams; it not being practicable to excavate by fork and/or spade
and, although possible to excavate using an ordinary pickaxe would, if so excavated, result
in a very uneconomical rate of progress and so necessitate the use of a compressor and
pneumatic tools for economical excavation (e.g.) lime stone, sand stone, concrete.
(b) Hard Rock. Means a solid mass of rock which may have seams, but is virtually unaffected
by a blow from a pickaxe, and requires a compressor or blasting equipment to execute
excavation (e.g.) granite Quartzite and R/F concrete.
(c) Boulder Rock. Means a solid stone in boulder formation, similar in character to hard rock
having a measurement exceeding 380mm cube or volume exceeding 0.055 cubic meter.
108. Shaft.
"Shaft" means the vertical access aperture (a) to an underground manhole, (b) to a
horizontal passage forming part of a manhole or, (c) to a tunnel constructed for the purpose
of laying duct. In the case of (a) and (b) the shaft commences from a point 450 mm below
the surface level down to the top of the manhole roof; in the case of (c), from the point at
which the excavation commences to a point level with the top of the tunnel roof timbers.
109. Side Shaft.
"Side Shaft" means an excavation carried out parallel to or at some angle alongside and
constituting a widening of a trench in order to facilitate the laying of a duct past and
obstruction.
110. Shuttering.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
"Shuttering" means all framework used in concrete construction.
111. Trial Excavation.
"Trial Excavation" means an excavation of an exploratory nature, as directed by

ETISALAT, in order to determine the position of or to expose buried plant and/or to
determine conditions below the surface for any or all of the following (a) planning of a
proposed duct work scheme, (b) maintenance work by ETISALAT staff and, (c) recording
of buried plant.
112. Tunnel.
"Tunnel" means a horizontal, or near horizontal, heading or passage of any length, and
excavated below the surface for the purpose of laying duct and associated works; it shall
normally have two or more surface access points. Short length headings under kerbs or
other pavings, not removed, shall be classed as Tunnel.
113. Way.
"Way" means a single duct or one duct within a multi-way duct formation.
114. Pavings are defined as follows:
CARRIAGEWAY AND FOOTWAY
Description of Classes included
Paving
Asphalt A mixture of relatively hard asphalted cement with aggregate, the aggregate to be so graded as to
provide a solid impervious mass having no voids. It can be of either single or double construction, and,
when hot can be spread by rakes or mechanical spreader, and compacted by means of a roller. It may
have coated lippings in the surface. The appearance of a cut face of asphalt will be of a dense mass
containing graded aggregate of about 25mm down (in some cases the aggregate is of uniform size)
and resembles black broken concrete. The binder is so strong that a piece cannot be broken by hand.
Bitumen and A mixture of aggregate and bitumen or tar having preponderance of coarse aggregate and a
macadam substantial proportion of voids. It can be of either single or double course construction and is usually
warm when consolidated. Usually of open or medium texture and has the appearance of aggregate
held together by a bitumen or a tar binder.
Grass A level or even grass surface which requires the careful removal and storage of the turf, and
protection from damage of the adjacent turf. In reinstating, the turf shall be carefully replaced;
damaged turf being renewed by importing new turf and the reinstated area shall be level or even of
itself and with the adjacent area. All surplus stones and spoil shall be cleared from the reinstated
and adjacent areas.
Subka Sand originating from coastal containing salts which include carbonates, sulphates, chlorides and
others which has been alternatively watered and rolled to form a wearing surface.
Flags artificial All classes of artificial flagstones.
Kerb All classes of Kerb.
Unmade Surface where no paving exists and no reinstatement, temporary nor permanent, can be called for.
Carpet and Where the carpet is 13mm, or less in thickness, the classification shall be defined as that of the
Surface Dressing paving, except Macadam, when impregnated with and/or surfaced to a thickness of 13mm, or less
with tar, pitch, bitumen or asphalt, shall be classed as bitumen or Macadam, and

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
(b) Mastic Asphalt, irrespective of its thickness.

Dual Pavings The result of subsequent application of a wearing course to a previously existing wearing course.
Macadam All hard untreated stone, slag or gravel forming footway or carriage way Pavings.
Tiles All classes of tile pavings,
Ornamental Tiles Tiles which have been furnace glazed to provide an ornamental or patterned finish.
Cobbles All cobbled, grouted with cement.
Concrete in SITU Un-reinforced concrete, granolithic and all other similar pavings.
Concrete in SITU Reinforced concrete granolithic and all (reinforced) other similar pavings
Rough Unsurfaced but prepared with foundation of hardcore, road base or similar material.
Unsurfaced
Setts All setts, natural or artificial stone, other than cobbles, whether plain
or grouted with cement, tar or other material.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
QUALITY OF MATERIALS SECTION
INDEX

201. Specifications 212. Sand
202. Concrete 213. Aggregate
203. Quality 214. Size of Aggregate
204. Mixing 215 Cement Mortar
205. Water 216. Iron and Steel work
206. Placing & Cleanliness 217. Hardcore
207. Cement 218 Stabilized Backfill
208. Additives 219. Water Proofing
210. Samples
201. Specifications.
All materials not otherwise specified are to be in accordance with the Specification of the
British Standards Institution, in so far as those Specifications apply.
202. Concrete.
(a) Concrete shall be of the quality required by this Specification, or as directed by the Site
Engineer. The qualities used as follows, but see also Condition. 203.
Concrete.
(a). New chart added for ready mixed or mechanically mixed concrete (See below chart).
(b). Substitute as below:
The contractor shall use ready mixed concrete for any specified grade of concrete,
subject to approval of the concrete supplier and mix design etc. by the Site Engineer.
All ready mixed concrete shall conform to BS 5238, batches at the concrete plant, to
be used to approval and shall comply with all the requirements of the contract.
The concrete shall be carried in purpose made agitators operating continuously, or
transit mixers specially designed to carry the product. The concrete shall be
compacted and in it final position within a maximum period of two hours of its
batching time at the plant unless a longer period is agreed by the Site Engineer under
special circumstances. The time of batching concrete shall be recorded on the
delivery note along with the details of the constituents of each batch of mix.
When truck mixed concrete is used water is to be added at the central batching plant
of quality and in quantity as specified or approved. With trucks mounted with proper
water dispensers the possibility of adding water, to dry mixed batch at site can be
Permitted if agreed by the Site Engineer. Under no circumstances water shall be
allowed to be added either during transit or at site to the ready mixed concrete.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
The transit mixers and their mixing and discharge requirements shall comply with the
requirements BS 4251. Mixing shall continue for the number and rates of revolutions
are recommended minimum rate of revolutions per minute.
Grade of Concrete A B C D
Characteristic strength 40 35 25 15
0 28 days in N/nm2
Individual Test Results 32 28 20 12
To be more than (N/mm2)
Mixes to be designed for a mean 48 44 32 20
Strength (N/mm2)
Slump Max (with plasticiser) 70 70 100 120
Max. water cement ratio 0.4 0.45 0.55 0.65
Minimum Cement (kg/m3) 400 370 300 250
Total Aggregate (kg/m3) %age of fine 1650 1700 1750 1800
aggregate to total Dry Aggregate
Zone © 40 – 45 40 – 45 35 – 50 35 – 50
Zone (M) 35 – 40 35 – 40 35 – 50 -
Zone (F) 30 - 35 30 – 35 35 – 50 -
Nominal maximum size of aggregate 20 mm 20mm 20mm 10mm
Method of compaction All (A – B – C – D) Vibrated
For pump able concrete, admixtures may be used to increase the workability. As there is likelihood of
higher strengths due to their use, the requirements of average of four cubes and that of an individual test
result have to be correspondingly increased and those figures shall be agreed upon at the trail mix stage.
7 – days strength is 0.8 of 28 days strength.
All Materials are to generally confirm to following standards:
Cement :BS 12
Water :BS 3148 (Also as specified for concrete works)
Aggregates : 882
BS
Admixtures :BS 5075 Part I
All concrete mixes are to be designed according to requirements of the above table.
** As directed by the Site Engineer.
203. Quality.
(a) Where necessary, details of the concrete to be employed for Jointing Chamber
construction will be included on the construction drawing. In all other cases, Concrete
Quality "A" shall be used for the construction of Jointing Chambers and for other
operations as specified.
(b) Concrete Quality "D" shall be used for concrete blocks in which ducts are laid and for

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
filling Frames and Covers unless otherwise specified; also, for duct concrete surround.
(c) Where a coarse concrete is required for supporting or protecting buried plant, Concrete
Quality "C" shall be used, unless otherwise specified.
(d) Concrete Quality "B" shall be used for insertion between electricity supplies and plant
where normal separation cannot be obtained, unless otherwise specified.
204. Mixing.
(a) Concrete Mixing will be done by machine however hand mixing may be allowed only at
the discretion of Site Engineer for minor works. Such minor works shall not exceed
0.5m3 or 3 bags of cement whichever is less, provided a 10 % more cement is added for
the same batch of mixing. When mixed by hand the ingredients shall be repeatedly
turned over and mixed in a dry state on mixing boards, after which water from the rose of
a watering can shall be added, and the material shall then again be turned over
sufficiently to ensure thorough mixing.
(b) The mixing boards shall be sufficiently large to give ample room for turning over the
ingredients entirely from one place to another and shall be so arranged or constructed that
liquid cement shall not escape through the joints.
(c) When mixed by machine the ingredients shall be put into the machine dry without prior
mixing. The water may be inserted either first or last. Such machines shall, however, be
used only so long as they ensure thorough mixing and are maintained in clean condition.
They shall be of the "batch" type.
(d) Sand and aggregate, other than all-in aggregate shall be stored separately on site.
205. Water
The standard cleanliness of water for mixing and curing is that it shall be free from
impurities. The quantity used shall be sufficient, but not more than sufficient, to secure a
plastic mixture and shall not exceed that necessary to provide the maximum specified
slump. The Site Engineer may reject concrete which, in his opinion, is over watered to
the extent that its strength will be impaired.
Further, the quality of water shall conform to BS 3148.

The PH requirements of water shall be from 7-9.
The inorganic impurities of water shall not exceed the following
 Chlorides = 600mg/litre
 Sulphates = 500 mgs/litre.
 Total dissolved solids = 2000mg/litre.
 Alkali carbonate and Bicarbonate = 1000mg/litre.
206. Placing and Cleanliness.
(a) The concrete shall be deposited in its intended position as quickly as possible after being
ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
mixed within the specified time period and all concrete footings and foundations shall be
tamped and carefully leveled.
(b) Concrete which has become hard, dry or dirty after being mixed shall not be used. If any
earth falls on the top of any concrete after laying and before the work is completed it
shall be carefully removed.
(c) Cleanliness shall be observed in all operations and in relation to all materials.
207. Cement.
(a) All cement shall be fresh and of approved manufacture. Wherever so specified
ordinary Portland cement shall be locally manufactured complying with BS 12 or
ASTM 150 type 1.Sulphate resisting cement to be used for all underground structure.
Unless specifically any other type of cement is recommended to be used, shall be to BS
4027 or ASTMS 5. The soil conditions may require the cement to be type MSRPC
which will take preference on any other type of cement.
(b) Cement brought to the site shall have prior approval and the contractor shall submit at all
times the manufacturers test certificate and proof that required specification has been
complied with together with a note of the date of manufacture, certified by an
independent approved lab. The cement shall be rejected in case considered as unsuitable
for the works.
(c) The cement shall be properly stored under cover and clear of the
ground to well protect against the effects of weather and contamination. Bags of the
cement once opened shall be completely consumed.
208. Additives
`No additives of any type shall normally be allowed unless approved by Site Engineer.
Wherever fair surfaced concrete is specified or for ready mixed concrete the contractor
shall use approved plasticizers to improve the workability of concrete. All plasticizers
shall be strictly used to the recommendations of the manufacturer.
The concrete for all below ground structures has to be necessarily watertight. For the
purposed a suitable approved integral water proofing compound described as a blend of
inorganic plasticized shall be used.
210. Samples
Where required Site Engineer, shall direct the contractor to provide the required
certificate of test report for the cement from approved independent laboratory.
212. Sand (Fine Aggregate).
All sand shall be in accordance with BS 882, part 2 grading of sand shall be within the
limits of class C or M, table 5 of BS 882. The percentage by weight passing BS 410 test

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
sieve 300mm shall not exceed 30%.Fine aggregates shall comply with the following
specifications:
 Clay lumps and Friable particles (to ASTM C142) - Max 1% by weight.
 Coal, Lignite and shells (to ASTM C123) - Max 1% by weight.
 Acid soluble Chlorides - Less than 0.06% by weight.
 Acid soluble Sulphates - Less than 0.04% by weight.
 Sodium Sulphate soundness test (ASTM C88-5 cycles) – Loss less than 10%
by weight.
 Sand equivalent (AASHTO M6) – Minimum 70%.
 Water absorption ( ASTM C 128/127) – Maximum 2%.
213 Sand (Coarse Aggregate).
The coarse aggregate shall be in accordance with Bs 882 part 2. Grating of coarse
aggregate shall be with Table 1 of BS 882 for nominal size of graded aggregate 20mm to
5mm.
Coarse aggregates shall nominally comply with the following specifications:
 Soft & Friable particles (to ASTM 142) – Max 1% by weight.

 Organic Material of any nature - Not allowed.
 Acid soluble Chlorides (BS 812 ) - Less than 0.03% by weight.
 Acid soluble Sulphates (BS 812) - Less than 0.3% by weight.
 Magnesium Sulphate soundness test (ASTM C88) – Loss less than 10% by
weight.
 Fine value (BS 812 part 111) – More than 100 kn.
 Flakiness & Elongation Index (BS 812) – Less than 2.5%.
 Abrasion loss (ASTM C131) – Less than 2.5%
 Water absorption ( ASTM C 128/127) – Maximum 2.3%.
214. Size of Aggregate.

Aggregate for each of the qualities of mix included in Para 202 shall be graded up to and
including:-
A : 20mm
B : 20mm
C : 20mm
D : 10 mm.
215. Cement Mortar.
(a) The Cement Mortar shall consist of :
  One measurement of cement conforming to the relevant BS.
  Three measures of sand conforming to BS1200.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
(b) The materials after being gauged shall be thoroughly mixed in a dry state on mixing
boards is (Condition. 204 refers), and then thoroughly mixed with sufficient water to from
a stiff mortar.
(c) On no account shall water be added after mortar has once been mixed and mortar, after
it has once begun to set, shall not be used or mixed with other cement and sand.
(d) An excess of water shall in no case be used for mixing, and if more water than is
necessary be used, such mortar after it has begun to set shall not be mixed with further
quantity of sand and cement, but the whole shall be condemned.
216. Iron and Steel Work.
All reinforcing bars (to be epoxy coated) shall be hot rolled high yield strength bars
from an approved manufacturer complying with BS 4449 or similar approved standard.
Cold twisted bars shall be to BS 4482 or equal approved standard. Steel Fabric
reinforcement shall comply with BS 4483 or equal approved standard. All steel received
at site shall have necessary mill certificate and shall be subject to confirmation tests from
an approved independent test, for which samples shall be drawn from actual batch of
steel employed for the works.
217. Hardcore.
All hardcore shall consist of hard block, concrete or stone graded down to a minimum of
75mm. When provided for use in trenches, sufficient hardcore material under 75mm
shall be added to fill voids and aid consolidation.
218. Stabilized Backfill.
Stabilized Backfill shall consist of excavated soil mixed with cement. The ration of
excavated soil to cement shall be 10 to 1, or as otherwise specified, for the back-filling of
trenches. Mixing may be carried out by hand or machine in either case the mixing shall
be sufficient to give an even color throughout.
219. Water Proofing
All concrete works below ground and in contact with soil shall be water proofed in the
following manner:.
All concrete structures shall be internally applied with two coats of master seal or Magna
slurry or similar and equal approved crystal forming compound. All application shall be
strictly to manufacturer’s recommendations, and shall be continuously cured with water
for at least three days or more as recommended by the manufacturer.
Externally, all concrete surfaces shall be applied with a suitable primer and then with a
self-adhesive membrance Bituthene 1000 XHc or Premseal 100 or equal approved. The
membrance shall be protected by 3mm thick protection board Sevipak or Apoc or equal
approved. The protection board shall be properly wrapped and secured in place before

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
any back filling works.
All such structures shall have heavy duty PVC water stop min 250mm wide (Centre fix
or Rearguard type depending on the situation at site) of make serviseal from servicised or
green streak.
For all concrete structures “Polythene sheet 1000 gauge” shall be provided under
all blinding concrete (PCC)”.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
EXCAVATION SECTION
INDEX
301. General. 311. Supports

302. Sub-Soil. 312. Width of Trench
303. Protection of Excavated Material. 313. Standard Depth
304. Timbering ,Etc. 314. Change of Level
305. Objection . 315. Trenches for polyethylene Cable
306. Mechanical Excavators 316. Tunneling
307. Silencers 317. Lowering of Ground water
308 Protection Paving 318. Blasting of Rock
309. Pilot Holes & Trial Excavations 319. Bunts
310. Side Shafts
301. General.
The Contractor shall excavate in the Carriageway or Footway, in positions as he may be

directed by the Site Engineer carefully segregating the surface and foundation
materials from other excavated materials in the order that, unless otherwise directed
by the Site Engineer, they may be replaced ,as possible in their original order.
302. Subsoil.
(a) Excavated subsoil shall be protected from weathering action which would cause a
damaging increase or decrease in the natural moisture content of the soil , leading to the
formation of Voids and/or settlement after back filling.
(b) The amount of excavated soil left exposed above ground overnight shall be kept to a
minimum.
(c) Normally a certain amount of subsoil, roughly equivalent to the volume of duct being
laid is surplus and carted to tip. Subsoil which is damaged or unsuitable shall be selected
for cartage to tip and, if required, suitable undamaged subsoil shall be brought from a
newly excavated length, or imported to site to replace the subsoil carted away.
303. Protection of Excavated Material.
The type of protection to be undertaken is as follows:
(a). Wet weather-excavated material shall be staked in a ridged heap and protected against
rain by covering with polyethylene or other water proof sheeting. Where excavated
materials cover a channel, boards, or alternatively a length of duct , shall be laid beneath
the excavated material to maintain the water channel. Some of the excavated material
shall be placed to acts as a dam to turn water away from any open excavation
(b) Dry weather-subsoil being excavated and back filled during the same day needs no
ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
special protection unless it is in the form of large pieces of clay which may become
baked hard , in which case they should be covered with smaller granular material from
the subsoil or with polyethylene or other water proof sheeting. Any subsoil left exposed
above ground over night or for longer periods should be protected with polyethylene or
other water proof sheeting in order that natural water content is maintained.
304. Timbering, etc.,
Except where otherwise provided ,the excavation shall include all necessary timbering
,sheet piling and shoring to maintain stability of the excavation.
305. Objection
If the Contractor shall object, in writing to any position selected as being likely to cause
damage to adjoining property, the contractor shall give such modified directions as shall
remove the objection or shall submit the matter to the Engineer, and if he deem & the
objection to be reasonable the Contractor shall be relieved of liability for damage that
may result from due and proper execution of the work in the position so objected to. In
this event the contractor shall submit a proposal to specify the precautions that shall be
taken to safeguard the property which gives rise to the objection to the Engineer.
306. Mechanical Excavators.

Any mechanical excavator must be capable of allowing for, and should be used in such a
manner as to fulfil the requirements of Condition .301 and 312 of this specification in
respect of segregation of materials and width of trench obtainable by using manual
excavation.
Mechanical AIDS.
Any mechanical Aids must be capable of allowing for, and should be used in such a
manner as to fulfill the requirements for ETISALAT general specification in respect of
technique and the effect it may have to our PVC ducts and cables. If objected such
equipment’s and tools shall not be used while cabling or rodding etc.
307. Silencers
Where pneumatic drills or other power driven road breaking appliance are used ,they
shall be fitted with efficient silencing devices. The compressor and other power driven
machines used for work shall be maintained in an efficient condition so as to avoid
undue noise.
308. Protection pavings.
The contractor shall take all reasonable steps to prevent damage to pavings by his plant,
and, to protect pavings from contamination by fuel and / oil from his equipment.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
309. Pilot Holes and Trial Excavations.
The contractor shall excavate in the carriage way or foot way in positions as he may be
directed by the Site Engineer, such pilot holes or trial excavations as are necessary to
meet the requirements defined in the Definitions Section of this specification.
310. Side Shafts
Where deemed necessary by the Site Engineer Side shafts shall be excavated alongside
the trench as required, to negotiate obstructions.
311. Supports.
(a) The supports of an excavation shall be so designed and placed to prevent loss of ground
from beneath adjacent paved surface and to permit, where ever possible withdrawal of
such supports and consolidation of the space occupied. The prior agreement of the Site
Engineer must be obtained and recorded in the Works Diary where the withdrawal of
supports is considered to constitute a greater danger to the surrounding property than the
subsequent void produced by rotting timber.
(b). Existing mains and services shall be adequately supported by temporary slinging or
strutting or where required by the Site Engineer, by brick or concrete piers. At the
discretion of the Site Engineer where existing mains or services render compaction of
the back fill beneath them difficult, the back fill shall be stabilized by mixing it with
cement in the ratio of 10 parts soil to 1 part cement by volume.
312. Width of Trench. In no case shall be the width of trench excavated be greater than is
reasonably necessary for satisfactory execution of work. In unmade however, this
requirement may be waived at the discretion of the Site Engineer, if the Contractor
desires to use a wide excavator in such a position where a wide trench would not be
detrimental to property or carriage way haunches. Diary entries shall show the agreed
necessary width, the actual width being recorded as a note. The Site Engineer may not
however, wave the requirements of Condition 301, 306 and the Filling-in and Restoration
of Paving Section of this Specification

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
313. Standard Depths.

Type of duct Standard Depth of cover to top of upper
most Barrel or for ducts laid in
concrete, to top of concrete surround. In
any Paving.
PVC single way and 2 way. 600 mm

Duct No. 54 D./ Duct No. 56/HDPE.
PVC Multi way. 600 mm
Duct No. 54 D/HDPE (Over 2 and up to
and including 20 ways).
PVC Multi-way. 600 mm
Duct No. 54 D/HDPE (Leads-in buildings
and over 20 ways for street tracks).
All other Types As specified
Polyethylene Cable 600 mm or laid in
(a) Laid direct in ground. duct as above.
(b) Vehicular crossings .
(c) Customers gardens or Cultivated
ground.
Note: The standard depth of cover shall be followed unless directed otherwise by
the Site Engineer, local authority or as per the site condition
314. Change of Level. In passing from foot way to carriage way and vice versa ,or where
ducts enter jointing chambers below standard depth, or in any other circumstances where
it is necessary to change the level ,the bottom of the trench shall rise or fall gradually as
the Site Engineer may direct.
315. Trenches for Polyethylene Cable.
(a) Excavation for the laying of polyethylene cable direct in the ground shall be carried out
by the Contractor at such positions as may be directed by the Site Engineer.
(b) The general conditions detailed in Condition.301-303 of this specifications shall apply.
(c) The trench may be "V" shaped provided that (i) the base of the trench is of sufficient
width to accommodate the cable or cables laid adjacent with minimum separation and (ii)
it is of the required depth.
(d) At points detailed on the schedule of work, or by the Site Engineer, where a cable has to
cross a boundary wall from a foot way to a customer’s garden or curtilage and it is not
possible to lay under the boundary wall ,the Contractor shall break through the wall and
insert a short length of suitable duct. Any void around the duct shall be packed with
concrete and the ends of the duct well rounded to prevent the possibility of damage to the
ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
cable.
316. Tunneling.
In no case shall the width or height of any tunnel be greater than is necessary for the
satisfactory execution of the work
317. Ground Water Lowering.
(a) Where site conditions are such that water could be removed from the area by suction
pumps working from sumps in to which the water drains ,the Contractor may, for his
own convenience and with the Site Engineer consent use a de-watering system. The Site
Engineer`s consent to use in the vicinity of an excavation of de-watering system
involving riser pipes which draw water from the ground though fixed filters attached to
the riser pipes will be subject to -
(i) The provision where necessary, of sand aggregates filters in the ground around the riser
pipes.
(ii) the absence of fine particles in the discharge after the first 20 minutes of pumping if,
after this period of time ,fines are still being extracted with water, the riser pipes shall be
individually withdrawn to facilitate a check of the ball valve and gauze screens in each
well point head . The consent of the Site Engineer may be withdrawn at any time, if de-
watering operation appears to be causing subsidence due to soil migration or shrinkage.
(b) Where site condition are such that the use of de-watering equipment is agreed by the
Engineer to be the only practical method of carrying out the work ,then ETISALAT will
nominate a specialist firm or to the contractor having the knowledge and facilities to
carry out dewatering operations in the area without liability to the Contractor.
318. Blasting of rock.
Excavation of rock encountered below ground during duct laying operations may be
assisted by the use of explosives. The use of explosives will be allowed provided that.
(a) Public and private property, above ground are in no way endangered
(b) ETISALAT is satisfied as to the competence of the shot fires ability, which may require
a trial demonstration.
(c) The contractor takes all necessary precautions for the safety of members of the public,
ETISALAT and Contractors own staff.
(d) The cost to ETISALAT is no greater, in respect of trench width than would be the cost if
the rock were removed without the aid of explosives.
(e) The contractor has obtained all necessary permits from Government Bodies/authorities.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
(f) Contractor to obtain approval from ETISALAT before commencement of the

work.
319. Bunds.
Shall be constructed in such a manner that they can contain water with a depth not
exceeding 750 mm . The overall size will depend upon the volume of water to be
contained and/or conditions imposed on ETISALAT by the authority and public health
authority (See condition 57).

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
DUCT AND CABLE LAYING SECTION
INDEX
401 Drawings 430 Alternative Method of Jointing & Laying.
402 Line of Duct 431 Bends.
403 Duct Formations 432 Variations.
404 Laying of Ducts 433 Backfill.
405 Duct leading into ETC Building 434 Cleaning and Testing.
406 Clearances from Other Services 435 Leads-in/ General.
407 Clearances from Electricity 436 Duct Seal.
408 Variation of Duct 437 Lead-in Track
410 Duct in Tunnel 439 Caulking.
411 Cutting and Bending of Duct 440 Sealing of Conduits & Pipes.
412 Covering of Duct 441-447 Duct No. 56 (PVC).
413 Rocky Soils 468-474 Polyethylene Cable laying
414 Cleaning and testing 475 Slewing. and/ Lowering or
Raising of Duct. Excavation.
415 Deferred Jointing Chamber 476 Strong Back
416 Plugs 477 Suspension
417 Draw Rope 478 Slewing
418 Alignment Test for Disturbed Duct 479 Movement.
419 Scrap Materials. 480 Trench Bottom
426 Duct No.54D (PVC) / General 482 Irregularities
427 Trench. 484 Pulled Joints
428 Formation 485 Inspection
429 Laying and Jointing 486 Testing
401. Drawing Nos
Drawing Nos. CN 1065z, 1875, 1889, 1932, 10617, 10686, 10836 and 13207 refer.
402. Line of Duct.
The line of duct shall be kept as straight as possible.

403. Duct Formations.
The duct formation shall be either specified for the type of duct concerned or as detailed
on the schedule of Work but subject to the discretion of the Site Engineer.
404. Laying of Duct.
Duct laying shall be done only in accordance with this Specification and such directions
and instruction of the Site Engineer, which shall be closely followed. Duct laying may
only be done in the absence of ETISALAT representative when prior permission has
been given.
405. Ducts leading into ETISALAT buildings.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
All ducts leading into ETISALAT buildings shall be both gas tight and watertight.
406. Clearances from other Services.
All types of ducts and cables laid direct in the ground shall be kept well clear of gas or
water mains and service pipes, sewers and subways, manholes and joint boxes belonging
to other undertakers. In order to admit the use of "Tapping" machines on gas and water
mains, at least 300mm clearance shall be given, if practicable, to the other classes of
plant mentioned above. In no case shall the clearance be less
than 150mm and, where two sets of plant cross each other, the minimum vertical
clearance shall be 150mm.
407. Clearances from Electrical Supplies.
Clearances of ETISALAT plant from Electricity supplies shall be as follows:

(a) As much clearance as is practicable shall be given to the bases of trolley wire standards,
electric lamp standards, traffic signal posts and other similar plant. Where it is
impossible to provide a clearance of 150mm or more, a layer of concrete Quality "B" not
less than 50mm thick, shall be placed between the two sets of plant.
(b) High voltage single-core cables for electricity supply, electric tramway or electric
railway systems, EXCEEDING 650 VOLTS, shall have a standard minimum clearance
of 450mm. NO exception to this requirement is permitted.
(c) High voltage multi-core for the same systems referred to in (b) above and EXCEEDING
650 VOLTS, shall have a standard minimum clearance of 300mm. In difficult cases a
reduced separation will be permitted provided that where a separation of more than
150mm is impracticable, a layer of concrete Quality "B" shall be inserted between the
two sets of plant whether they cross each other or not. The concrete shall not be less than
50mm thick, and of such width and length that at every point the shortest path found the
concrete shall exceed 200mm.
(d) Medium and low voltage cables for supply systems NOT EXCEEDING 650 VOLTS,
shall have a standard minimum clearance of 50mm. Where the two sets of plant cross
each other NO exception to this requirement will be permitted. At other points, where
difficulties arise, a reduced clearance down to 25mm will be permitted in which case the
space between the two sets of plant shall be filled with a layer of concrete Quality "B"
The concrete shall not be less than 50mm thick and of such width and length that at
every point the shortest path between the two sets of plant, round the concrete, shall
exceed 75mm.
408. Variation of Duct.
In any case in which the Site Engineer so directs, the type of duct may be varied for the
good and sufficient execution of the work.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
410. Duct in Tunnel.
Where duct is laid in tunnel, the heading and all spaces around the duct shall be
completely filled with a well compacted damp mix concrete Quality "C" unless
otherwise specified.
411. Cutting and Bending of Duct.
The Contractor shall do any necessary cutting of duct to the requirements of the work.
The inside edges of all cut ducts shall be thoroughly rounded off or so dressed that there
can be possibility of damages to cables.
411.1 Cutting, Bending and Sealing of Cables.
The Contractor shall carry out any necessary cutting of Cables according to the
requirements of the work as per schedule of the work or as directed by the Site
Engineer, however site measurements should be carried out to prevent wastage of
cables / short lengths.
Only purpose designed equipment capable of providing a gradual curve shall be

used for the bending/ cutting of cables.
412. Covering of Duct.
All duct not laid in concrete, shall be covered by a layer of earth, free from stones, and
hand punned to a thickness of not less than 100mm, unless otherwise specified.
413. Rocky Soils.
In rocky or stony soils, earth free from stones shall be spread over the trench bottom and
rammed to afford a bedding approximately 100mm thick on which to lay the duct, as
directed by the Site Engineer. In such cases 100 mm of extra excavation of the trench
will be necessary to achieve the required depth of cover.
414. Cleaning and testing.
(a) On completion of the duct line (including compaction of the backfill) between any two
jointing chambers, or sites thereof, a cylindrical brush and an Iron Test Mandrel shall be
passed once through each "way" to test the duct and to remove any foreign matter which
may have entered. The size of the test mandrel and brush shall be advised by
ETISALAT. Contractor shall provide brush and mandrel for the testing as advised
by Site Engineer without additional cost to Etisalat. The mandrel shall follow the
brush to minimize possible scoring or breaking of the duct.
(b) For details of the additional test required for ducts when the building of a jointing
chamber is deferred until after the completion of a section of duct see Condition 415 of

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
this Specification.
(c) Where cable damage is suspected the contractor shall afford all reasonable
assistance to test the cable and shall arrange the labour required for the testing
operations.
(d) All tests shall be carried out in the presence of the Site Engineer, and if any obstruction
or other defect be discovered it shall be rectified forthwith to his satisfaction.
415. Deferred Jointing Chamber.
When the building of a jointing chamber is deferred until after the completion of a
section of duct included in the work each "way" shall be tested, on completion of the
jointing chamber, by means of the mandrel and brush specified for the particular duct. A
visual check shall first be made by the Site Engineer, with the aid of a torch or similar
means of illumination, that no foreign matter or materials are likely to be pushed up the
duct. All such test shall be at the Contractor's expense.
416. Plugs.
A suitable plug, approved by ETISALAT, shall be inserted at the end of each "way" of
a duct route to prevent the ingress of water and/or other foreign matter, until all work has
been completed on that section and the length tested and accepted by ETISALAT.
In case of Road crossings, and dead ends, the plug shall be left buried ensuring the rope
properly tied to the plug.
417. Draw Rope.
A draw rope approved by ETISALAT, shall be threaded through and left in every
"way" following duct laying operations and satisfactory tests. Jointing together lengths
of draw rope to make up the necessary length between jointing chambers shall be carried
out as directed by the Site Engineer and in accordance with Drawing CN 13207. Draw
rope shall not be joined for the purpose of conserving lengths shorter than 50 meters.
418. Alignment Test of Disturbed Duct.
When jointing chambers are provided on an existing route or when any disturbance takes
place which may affect the alignment of duct, and the Site Engineer so directs, a test
mandrel and brush of the appropriate dimensions shall be drawn through each of the
spare "ways".
419. Scrap Materials.
All the scrap Ducts, Draw Ropes; recovered iron furniture not reusable shall be delivered
to the disposable location as approved by the Authorities. The quantity thus disposed
shall be pre-certified by the Site Engineer for the purpose of reconciliation.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
Frames and or covers and other reusable iron items shall be returned to ETISALAT
stores, if not reused on the same site duly cleaned.
PVC DUCT - DUCT NO. 54D
426. General.
Duct No. 54D is manufactured from polyvinyl - Chloride (PVC). It is supplied in 6.0
meters effective lengths, has an internal diameter of 90mm and a nominal wall thickness
of 3.25mm. Each duct length has a tapered socket at one end which will accept the
barrel of the duct. Couplings, Duct, 54A, 300mm in length are also available for use
with short lengths of duct which have no socket. Couplings Duct, 54A shall not be used
for duct leading into buildings.
427. Trench.
The Trench shall be excavated to the required width and depth; the trench bottom shall
be free from stones, level and well punned. The duct shall be laid at standard depths
(Condition 313 refers) unless otherwise specified.
428. Formations.
Duct No. 54D may be laid as a single duct or in multi-way formation as follows:-
(a) Up to and including 9 ways in rectangular formation
(b) Over 9 ways rectangular formations with concrete surround thickness on sides shall 100
mm and on Top shall 150 mm and shall be paid as per schedule of rates.
(c) Where required, the bottom side of the Multi way Duct may be R/F concrete for 150 mm
thick. This shall be considered as extra work and paid for as per schedule of rates.
429. Laying and Jointing.
(a) Single way
(i) The open starting end of the trench shall be blanked off with a board or boards, to act as
an anvil against which the duct can be driven home. The duct shall be recessed into the
wall of jointing chambers 10mm from the inside surface. The surface of the duct shall be
roughened with glass paper or sand paper for its length in the jointing chamber wall.
(ii) The duct shall be laid on the trench bottom with the socket towards the duct layer; the
spigot end and the inside of the socket of the ducts to be jointed shall be thoroughly
cleaned with a dry rag.
(iii) The spigot end of the duct shall be offered to the socket initially pushed in by hand and
then to achieve proper engagement a suitable wooden batten is placed across the remote
socket and tapped with a hammer. Full engagement should be ensured. Occasionally,
due to variations in size, this cannot be achieved, in which case, excessive force must not

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
be exerted after a tight joint has been effected.
(iv) When jointing short lengths of duct together with a coupling, Duct No. 54A, BOTH
SPIGOT ends and the inside of the Coupling shall be thoroughly cleaned with
methylated spirits applied with a clean rag. The spigot ends should be given a liberal
coating of P.V.C. cement and then fitted into the coupling. This operation involves using
toxic and inflammable materials (see Condition 702).
(b) Multi-way up to and including 9 ways -
(i) The preparatory work and jointing shall be as outlined in Condition. 429 (a) of this
Specification.
(ii) The first layer of ducts shall be laid on the prepared trench bottom so that their outer
surfaces touch each other and a minimum gap of 100mm remains between the outside
ducts and the sides of the trench timbering where used. Wooden stakes or an approved
alternative shall be driven into the ground at 3 metre intervals along the trench to keep
the ducts in the correct position. Earth, free from stones (see Condition 104) shall be
placed to fill the spaces between the ducts and the next layer of duct when the latter is
bedded down. The second and subsequent layers of duct shall be laid between the
wooden stakes so that they are vertically above and then bedded down to touch the ducts
in the layer below, the spaces between the ducts being filled in the same way with earth,
free from stones, (see Condition 104). The joints shall be staggered so that no joint
touches any other point.
(iii) At approximately 5 metres from the jointing chamber at each end of the track, the duct
formation shall open out to provide a gap between each duct, both vertically and
horizontally, of 25,, using, spacers, Duct No.2. Over this 5 meters section all spaces
between the ducts and the trench wall shall be filled with well compacted earth, free from
stones (see Condition 104), as directed by the Site Engineer.
(c) Multi-way over 9 days, Drawing CN 10686 refers :-
(i) The preparatory work and jointing shall be as outlined in Condition 429 (a) of this
Specification.
(ii) The first layer of duct shall be laid on the prepared trench bottom so that their outer
surfaces touch each other and a minimum gap of 100mm remains between the outside
ducts and the sides of the trench, or trench timbering where used. Mild steel bard, 12mm
diameter and of the required length shall be driven into the ground at 1.5 metre intervals
along the trench to keep the ducts in the correct position. The second and subsequent
layer of duct shall be laid between the mild steel bars so that they are vertically above
and touching the ducts in the layer below. The joints shall be staggered so that no joint
touches any other joint. On completion of the assembly of the duct nest, 6mm diameter
mild steel bars shall be horizontally across the uppermost layer of ducts and tied to the
vertical bars.
(iii) Where the total number of layers of duct in any one formation exceeds 8 and the number

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
of ducts in each layer exceeds 2 the following shall apply. Between the two layers of
duct midway, or approximately midway, from the top and bottom of the duct nest and
intermediate layer of reinforced concrete, 100mm in depth and with 12mm mild steel
reinforcing bars conforming to the layout of reinforcing in the top cover detailed in
Drawing CN 10686, shall be placed across the duct nest, the additional reinforcing
required by this sub-paragraph shall not be required in the 5 meter sections detailed in
subparagraphs (iv) and (v) below.
(iv) At approximately 5 metres from the jointing chambers at each end of the track, the duct
formation shall open out to provide a gap between each duct, both vertically and
horizontally of 25mm. Banks of spacers, Duct No.2 shall be placed at 325mm and
1324mm from the jointing chamber wall to provide this spacing. Each spacer bank shall
enclose all the ducts except those in the bottom layer on which the spacer bank shall rest.
Where sub-paragraph (iii) applies, the 100mm intermediate layer shall be reduced over
the 5 metre sections to provide the required 25mm spacing at the jointing chambers.
(v) Where the total number of layers of duct exceeds three, concreting of spaced formations
shall be in stages such that the number of layers of duct laid and concreted at each stage
shall not exceed three. The concrete shall be brought to a level, which shall not interfere
with laying of subsequent layer of duct and spacer.
(vi) Concrete Quality "D" made with Sulphate Resisting cement shall be used throughout and
shall have a slump of 120 mm. The concrete shall be evenly placed around the duct to
give a finished minimum thickness of 100mm on both sides and to a depth of 150 mm
above the top layer of ducts. Care must be taken to ensure that each batch, as it is placed,
is properly compacted without creating unbalanced side thrust against the ducts. Each
batch shall be vibrated using a vibrator having a maximum diameter of 51mm, the poker
shall be lowered into the concrete between the wall of the trench and the outside of the
duct nest and shall not touch the duct. In spaced formation sections care must be taken to
ensure that the gaps between the ducts are properly filled with concrete, the final layer of
concrete shall be thoroughly trowelled. The Contractor may use ready mixed concrete
for construction of the duct surround.
(vii) With formations of four or more ducts wide, mild steel reinforcing bars conforming to
Drawing CN 10686 shall be placed and wired in position before placing concrete over
the uppermost ducts of the completed nest.
(viii). In the case of column entry manholes, the duct formation shall open out to enter the
manhole as shown on the appropriate manhole drawing and at right angles to the entry
wall. The distance over which the transformation is made shall be no greater than is
necessary to satisfy the 5 meters minimum bending radius for Duct No 54D. The ducts
shall be secured in position during concreting either with spacers, Duct, Nos. 2 and 3
built up to the required centers or by reinforcing rods which may be encased in the
concrete, the volume between the separated duct formations shall be excavated and filled
with concrete of the same quality as that surrounding the duct formations.
(ix) Where required the Road crossings up to 9W shall be encased in concrete as required by
the authorities and the concrete shall be paid as extra as per schedule of rate.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
(x). The road crossings shall be extended up to the ETISALAT reservations or to a point as
directed by the Site Engineer at the approved depths, if required.
(xi). Where required, the ducts falling in carriageway/footway tiled area to be encased in
concrete, as stipulated by the concerned authorities and shall be paid as per
schedule of rate..
430. Alternative Method of Jointing and Laying.
Provided space permits. Duct No 54D may be jointed above ground and fed into the
trench from one end. The leading end of each duct way being guided into position using
a suitable hooked tool made from 6mm diameter mild steel reinforcing bar.
431. Bends.
Normally bends are not recommended since the duct is sufficiently flexible to provide a
minimum bending radius of 5 meters. Tighter bends should not be attempted otherwise
kinking of the duct may result.
432. Variations.
Any variation of duct formation and/or depth shall only be carried out with the prior
agreement of the Site Engineer.
433. Backfill.
(a) Back-filling of trenches where Duct No. 54D has been laid to Para 429 (a) and (b) shall
be carried out in accordance with the Filling-in and Restoration of Paving Section of this
Specification.
(b) Where Duct No. 54D has been laid to Condition 429 (c) the end shuttering and trench
supporting timber, if used, shall be removed not less than 12 hours after the concrete has
been placed. Back-filling of the trench, in accordance with the Filling-in and Restoration
of Pavings section of this Specification, shall not be carried out until a further 48 hours
have elapsed.
434. Cleaning and Testing.
The iron test mandrel to be used for testing Duct No 54D shall be 240mm long 83mm in
diameter. The cylindrical cleaning brush shall be 95mm in diameter. (see also Condition
414).
435. LEADS-IN
General.
(a) Normally, the duct seal and first 1.5 metre of Duct No.54D leading into a new building
will be included to the construction of the building. The remaining lead-in duct shall

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
then be connected to the "starter" duct and laid to the exchange jointing chamber in
accordance with Condition 437 and Drawing CN 10836.
(b) In the case of existing buildings, and occasionally new buildings, an opening will be
provided into which a duct seal shall be constructed in accordance with Condition. 436
prior to the laying of the remaining lead-in duct which shall be in accordance with
Condition. 437 and Drawing CN 10836. Alternatively, where specified, individual holes
125mm dia, shall be diamond drilled in the wall at 150mm centers. Each gland and
appropriate length of duct shall be assembled in accordance with Condition 436 (b) and
grouted into the holes, to within 25mm of the wall surfaces as shown on Drawing CN
10836. The remaining recesses shall be filled with compound No. 23 (Condition. 440
refers).
436. Duct Seal.
(a) A duct seal, complete with glands or other method, shall be constructed in accordance
with Drawing CN 10836 and the following sub paragraphs prior to any duct laying
operations.
A duct seal, with glands or other methods installed shall be restored after the new
cable installation and shall be to a satisfactory level to prevent leakages
(b) The spigot end of 1.5 metre lengths of Duct No. 54D shall be thoroughly cleaned with
methylated spirits applied with a clean cotton rag. Jointing adhesive (P.V.C. Cement)
shall be applied liberally to the full circumference of the outside end 100mm of the
spigot with a clean rag. The spigot end shall then be pushed into the back of a Gland,
Caulking No. 2. Surplus adhesive shall be wiped around the gland end to form a sealing
fillet of adhesive; additional adhesive shall be applied, if necessary to form this sealing
fillet (see also Condition 701).
(c) The external surface of the assembled duct and gland shall then be cleaned with
methylated spirits and coated with Compound No 21 into which a 3:1 mixture of dry
sharp sand and cement shall be pressed; a small area being treated at a time because of
the speed with which Compound No 21 dries out. These applications shall continue until
a 50mm length of the gland and a 250mm length of the duct adjacent to the joint have
been completely coated.
(d) Two plywood templates, each a minimum of 25mm thick and at least 150mm larger all
round than the duct opening, shall be drilled with 106mm diameter holes at 130mm
centers to match the number of ducts forming the lead-in. The template for the gland end
shall be positioned on the inner wall of the cable chamber/trench, reinforced and braced
as necessary to ensure that it will remain flat and in position during the subsequent
operations.
NOTE : Where the lead-in is angled, the spacing’s of the centers of the holes in the
templates must be adjusted to provide a separation of approximately 35mm between
ducts.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
(e) The jointed glands shall be fitted to the template and secured, each with two Collars,
Gland, Caulking, with their chamfered ends facing each other, and a lack nut (Drawing
CN 10836 refers). Where the lead-in is angled, the Contractor will be supplied with the
appropriate angled collars information of which is given in the following table:-
Collar Gland Number required

Caulking No. Angle per Gland
2 50 2
3 100 2
4 150 2
5 Straight 2
(f) As the ducts are fixed to the template they shall be temporarily supported so that no
strain is placed on the gland/duct joint. When all the ducts have been secured in position,
the second (outer) template shall be positioned 50mm along the socket, reinforced and
braced. The Contractor shall ensure that all ducts are parallel and except for angled
leads-in, at right angles to the templates and so, maintained during the subsequent
concreting operations.
(g) Concrete Quality "D", having a slump of 50mm, shall then be carefully placed to
completely fill the interstices of the duct nest and to provide a minimum cover of 150mm
on the top sides of the duct nest. The concrete shall be placed in 'lifts' no greater than 2
ducts high and each 'lift' shall be well compacted by using a vibratory poker (maximum
diameter of 50mm) on each side of the duct nest.
(h) When at least 2 days have elapsed after placing the concrete, the template shall be
removed and the concrete examined. Small voids shall be filled and rendered flush with
the existing face providing they do not extend beyond two adjacent ducts or do not
exceed 50mm in depth. If larger voids than this exist, the concrete will be regarded as
substandard and must be completely removed and replaced.
437. Leads-in Track.
(a) Duct 54D shall be used for all lead-in sections between the building and the exchange
jointing chamber. The duct shall be gastight and watertight, and, irrespective of the
number of ways, shall be laid in accordance with Condition 429 (c) to 434, terminating
with duct sockets recessed 10mm from the inside face of the jointing chamber wall.
Additionally prior to jointing, the spigot and socket of each duct shall be thoroughly
cleaned with methylated spirits applied with a clean cotton rag. The full circumference
of the outside end 100mm of the spigot shall then be liberally coated with jointing
adhesive (PVC Cement) using a clean cotton rag and the duct joint shall be made as
quickly as possible (Condition.429 (a) (iii) refers). Finally, the surplus and, if
necessary, additional adhesive shall be wiped around the end of the socket and adjacent
surface of the duct with a clean cotton rag to form a continuous sealing fillet.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
(b) Plentiful supplies of clean, dry cotton rags shall be available and, in inclement weather
protection for the jointing operations shall be provided, e.g: a temporary awning.
(c) The Lead-in ducts between the Duct seal and the 1st Manhole (Exchange Manhole) shall
be encased in concrete.
439. Caulking.
On completion of the cleaning and testing of the lead-in duct route and acceptance by the
Site Engineer, each duct way shall be caulked in the following manner.
(a) Drill two 6mm diameter holes, 12mm from the edges, and on the same diameter line, of a
Disc Gland Caulking.
(b) Tie a knot approximately 200mm from the end of the draw rope (a draw rope is left in
each "way" following completion of the duct route Condition. 417 refers), pass the end
of the draw rope through one hole and back through the other hole and tie a further knot;
thus leaving a loop which can be used to remove the inner disc.
(c) Push any surplus draw rope into the duct and place the disc i the gland against the
internal shoulder or R/F concrete as directed.
(d) Tightly pack the gland with thoroughly worked Compound No.16 or approved
alternative, and slightly overfill.
(e) Place a second disc into the recess of the end cap and screw onto the gland so
compressing the compound. Additional compound may be required after the original has
been compressed to ensure that there are no voids in the compound between the discs.
(f) At the exchange jointing chamber, the Contractor shall repeat the procedure in (a)-
(c) above, and tightly pack the socket with thoroughly worked Compound No.16, or
approved alternative. The compound shall be compressed with a second disc until this
disc is released approximately 3mm into the socket.
440. Sealing of Conduits and Pipes
Small conduits and pipes into Subscriber's premises, call office, kiosks, posts etc., shall
be sealed by pressing a clean rag into the aperture and facing off with a layer of synthetic
rubber. A 25mm depth of rag and a 10mm depth of rubber shall be used. (Silicone
Sealant A, or an equivalent material, shall be used for this purpose)
441. PVC DUCT - DUCT NO. 56
General.
Duct No. 56 is manufactured from polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) It is in 6.0 metre effective

lengths, has an internal diameter of 51mm and a nominal wall thickness of 1.55mm.
Each duct length has a tapered socket formed at one end which will accept the normal

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
barrel of the duct.
442. Trench.
The trench shall be excavated to the required width and depth and the bottom shall be
free from stones, level and punned. The duct shall be laid at standard depths (Condition
313 refers) otherwise specified.
443. Laying and Jointing.
(a) The duct shall be laid on the trench bottom with the socket towards the duct layer; the
spigot and the inside of the socket of the ducts to be jointed shall first be thoroughly
cleaned with a dry rag.
(b) The spigot end of the duct shall be offered to the socket, initially pushed in by hand, and
then to achieve proper engagement a suitable wooden batten is placed across the remote
socket and tapped with a hammer. Full engagement should be ensured, occasionally, due
to variations in size, this cannot be achieved, in which case, excessive force must not be
exerted after a tight joint has been effected.
(c) Alternatively, the duct may be jointed above ground and lowered into position on the
trench bottom where this is more convenient.
(d) All spaces alongside the duct shall be filled with earth, free from stones and hand punned
to a compacted thickness of not less than 75mm above the top of the duct barrel.
444. Bends.
The duct is sufficiently flexible to provide a minimum bending radius of 9.5 meters.
Tighter bends should not be attempted otherwise kinking of the duct may result. Bends,
Duct No. 56 (900229mm radius) and Bends Duct No. 56A (900622mm radius) are only
for termination purposes at poles and small buildings respectively.
445. Variations
Any variation of duct formation and/or depth shall only be carried out with the prior
agreement of the Site Engineer.
446. Backfill.
Backfilling of the trench shall be carried out in accordance with the Filling-in and
Restoration of Paving Section of this Specification.
447. Cleaning and Testing.
The iron test mandrel to be used for testing Duct No. 56 shall be 216mm long and 43mm in
diameter; the cylindrical cleaning brush shall be 57mm in diameter (see also Condition. 414).

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) DUCT
LAYING SECTION.
INDEX
Para Title
448. GENERAL
449. LAYING of HDPE Ducts
448. General .
The high density polyethylene (HDPE) DUCT, are used as an alternative of PVC Duct 54D
and or Duct 56, for the construction of underground duct system for fiber optic and copper
cables for long distance, junction and Access networks.
HDPE Ducts are generally available in standard drum lengths max 1000 meters, and in future
will be available in drums or in coils of suitable lengths.
449. LAYING of HDPE Ducts
The HDPE ducts can be buried directly or being flexible, can be installed in main ducts very
similar to cables pulling in ducts, using standard cable drum trailers, cable accessories and
winches.
The HDPE Ducts can either be terminated at all the manholes and joint boxes or can be run
through more than one Joint Box or Manhole without cutting, depending upon the
requirement.
A HDPE Ducts is never to be cut flush with the manhole or Joint Box wall. It is to be cut in
such a way that a tail of about 10 cms is left beyond the end of the main duct.
The HDPE Ducts can be connected with each other in the manholes or joint boxes or even
inside the trench/duct by using Couplers. The thickness of the Coupler is so small that it does
not greatly increase the overall diameter of the HDPE Ducts.
The coupling used to be a pressure-tight joint. The coupling can withstand a pressure upto 10
Bar and as such can be used to joint the HDPE Ducts where cable installation is being done by
employing cable blowing-in technique.
The HDPE Ducts must be sealed at all manholes / joint boxes by using the plugs

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
POLYETHYLENE CABLE LAYING
468. Polyethylene Cable
(a). The cable will be supplied by ETISALAT or by the Contractor on drums (which are
returnable to ETISALAT stores) together with drum spindles and lifting jacks.
(b) The drum shall be set up at static positions and the cable drawn off and laid into the
trench. Alternatively, the drum may be set up on a mobile vehicle and the cable paid off
along the trench. The method employed independent upon the circumstances,
obstructions and access to the trench.
(c) In rocky or stony soils, earth, free from stones, rammed to form a 100mm layer both
below and above the cable shall be provided as directed by the Site Engineer.
469 Moleploughing.
The Contractor may use mole ploughing techniques in grass or unmade ground,
dependent upon the nature of the sub-soil position of other services, access to line of
route, the depth at which the cable is laid, the use of approved equipment and the Site
Engineer agreement. The Site Engineer agreement will not unreasonably be withheld.
470. Crossings
At carriage way crossings and vehicular crossings of the footway, polyethylene cable
shall be laid directly in the ground or drawn into duct, as directed by the Site Engineer.
The Contractor may be requested to draw Etisalat distribution cable into duct already in
use.
Further a spare Duct 54 D or Duct 56 or a polyethylene duct may also be considered to

be laid in line with the cable for maintenance purposes.
471. Terminating Points.
A sufficient length of cable for terminating purposes will be coiled, and the coil shall
either be be left/ buried in the ground or fastened to a pole or wall, as directed by the
Site Engineer. In the latter case, the cable coil shall be fastened at a point above a length
of steel or PVC Capping or Polyethylene Duct. Where Capping, or Polyethylene Duct
or cable is fixed to a wall, the wall shall be plugged to take the fixings (Condition 473
refers).
472. Joint Marker.
A joint marker will be installed by the Contractor at each buried joint or terminating
point as directed by the Site Engineer.
473. Capping, Steel or PVC.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
Steel or PVC capping will be supplied together with Nails, Bonding and Washers, No.
19, and will be fitted by the Contractor in positions determined by Site Engineer.
474. Cutting and Sealing
All cable cutting, temporary sealing of cut ends and jointing will be carried out by
contractor. Where two or more cables are to be jointed, a short length of cable will
normally be overlapped and laid along the line of trench.
475. SLEWING AND/OR LOWERING OR RAISING OF DUCT
Excavation.
(a) The size of the excavation for slewing and/or raising a duct line shall be as directed by
the Site Engineer.
(b) Where lowering only is necessary the duct line shall be suspended and the required
excavation taken out down the side and under the duct line. When this method is
impracticable the duct line shall be slewed and raised or lowered temporarily as required
by the Site Engineer for a distance which is just sufficient to allow access for carrying out the
excavation.
(c) With the exception of making slight adjustments to the duct line after slewing and
lowering, the duct line shall not be removed in any way without adequate reinforcement
in the form of a strong back being firmly lashed to it.
476. Strong back.
(a) The strong back shall be lashed to the duct line, with both ends of
each duct firmly held, using separate lashings or a continuous rope. The lashings shall be
tightened, to the satisfaction of the Site Engineer.
(b) Any forces which it is necessary to apply to the duct line to move it in any way shall be
applied not directly to duct line but to the strong back lashed to it. Such forces shall be
applied at points whose spacing is sufficiently close to keep the bending of the duct line
and strong back between the points to a negligible amount.
477. Suspension.
When the duct line is to be lowered, the complete length shall be suspended from the
suitable beams or tripods and/or approved winching devices spanning the excavation.
When the duct line is to be slewed whilst suspended in this way, the suspending ropes
shall be fastened to sling poles resting on the supporting beams and running parallel to
the duct line strong back and free to move across the beams. All suspending ropes shall
be so arranged that the duct line can be raised or lowered as required, smoothly and

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
continuously, and can be tied off firmly at any stage.
478. Slewing Only.
When the duct line is to be slewed only, it may be moved without suspending it,
provided that:
(a) The surface across which the duct line is to be slid shall be reasonably level and regular,
made so if necessary by setting boards in the surface.
(b) The strong back shall be firmly lashed to the side of the duct line.
(c) The moving force shall be applied to the strong back by rope, jack or other method to
allow the duct line to be moved smoothly and without jerking.
479. Movement.
The slewing and /or lowering of the duct line shall be carried out by making a succession
of very small movements of the duct line, each made progressively along the affected
length. The curvature of the duct line at any intermediate stage between the initial and
final positions shall not exceed the deviation limits laid down for laying new duct of the
same type.
480. Trench Bottom.
Prior to finally placing the duct the trench bottom shall be prepared in the same way as is
specified for duct laying.
482. Irregularities.
After the duct line has been finally lowered into its required position and the strong back
has been removed, any irregularities and bore crossings in the general line of the ducts
shall be corrected at the direction of the Site Engineer.
484. Pulled joints
Where, following cabling operations and or slewing and/or lowering or raising

operations, a duct joint or joints have pulled apart, the contractor shall promptly
report the case to the Etisalat for the assistance and to undertake the following
rectification measures. The short lengths of ordinary or split duct may be inserted in the
duct line as directed by the Site Engineer.
Where cable damage is suspected the contractor shall afford all reasonable
assistance to test the cable and shall arrange the labour required for the testing
operations.
485. Inspection

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
After all operations are completed, the joints of all ducts shall be inspected to ensure that
they are forming an effective seal, any defects shall be made good to the satisfaction of
the Site Engineer.
Inspection. After all the cabling operations are completed, the existing cable joints
along the route shall also be inspected, to be ensured that they are free of leaks or
damages. The contractor shall be responsible for any damages caused during the
installation works.
Contractor shall maintain Proper records for operations to avoid regular or

repeated faults/mistakes.
486. Testing.
All spare bores of the duct line shall be rodded and roped and/or cleaned and tested as
specified for the particular duct concerned shall be Paid as per schedule of rates.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
JOINTING CHAMBERS SECTION

INDEX
501 General 513 Concreting
502 Types of Jointing Chambers 514 Joints in Concrete
503 Drawings 515 Concrete Quality &
504 Variations 516 Compaction and Tamping of Concrete
505 Clearance of Ducts 519 Wet Situations
506 Protection of Cables and Associated 520 Shuttering
Equipment
507 Duct Entries Into Existing Structures 521 Curing Times
508 Duct Entry 534-536 Frames & Covers, Carriage way

Double Triangular
509 Jointing Chamber fittings 538 Concrete Surround
510 Iron and Steelwork 539 Joint Boxes No. 23
511 Recovered Material 541 Joint Markers & Marking Posts
512 Sumps 542-544, Cabinets, cross Connection
546,547
501. General.
Jointing chambers shall conform to the standard drawing/s and/or other drawing/s, as
specified unless Condition. 504 applies. Manholes having less than 2000mm head room
shall not be normally accepted.
502 (a). Types of Manholes.
Code Drawing No. Code Drawing No.

MR 2* CN 1938 MR 4 CN 1953
MRT 7 CN 1955 MRT 8* CN 1956
MRT 9 CN 1957
* These manholes have a range of internal heights.
(b) The standard types of joint boxes with the code references
employed, are as follows:
F & C C/W CODE DRAWING NO

No. 4 JRC 4 CN 1815Z
No. 2 JRC 12 CN 1709Z
No. 3 JRC 14 CN 1690Z
503 Drawings.
ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
In addition to the drawings listed above, the following CN Drawing Nos. also refer;
1153, 1464, 1750, 1814, 13152. and EP-1012, EP-1013 & EP-1020 etc.
504. Variations.
The presence of unforeseen obstructions in the ground, or adverse ground conditions,

may necessitate the construction of a type other than that specified, or a modification of
one or more of the dimensions stipulated on the relevant drawing. The Contractor shall
be advised of any modifications to the drawings and/or schedule of Work by the Site
Engineer and such modifications will be confirmed by ETISALAT in writing. The
Contractor shall not carry out modifications without the approval of the Site Engineer.
505. Clearance of Ducts.
Ducts shall enter manholes as shown on the relevant drawings or as directed by the Site
Engineer, unless otherwise required by the drawings or the Site Engineer, the ducts
shall enter the manholes at such depths as will ensure a minimum clearance of 450mm
(min) to 750mm (max) above the duct to the roof.
506. Protection of Cables and Associated Equipment.
During the cutting of duct entries into existing structures, irrespective of whether
vibration-free methods are used, or during the demolition and rebuilding of jointing
chambers, the Contractor shall take such measures as the Site Engineer may direct to
protect cables and associated equipment. Such measures may include any or all of the
following requirements:-
(a). All movement of cables shall be carried out under the direction of the Site Engineer.
(b) A ladder shall be provided and used by the Contractor for access into and out of
manhole excavations. Under no circumstances may cables, joint and associated
equipment be used for climbing, standing, or sitting on .
(c) Sufficient pumping capacity shall be made available and operated to ensure that when
cables are removed from their bearers they shall not be immersed in water at any time.
The responsibility of keeping cables and joints dry will pass to ETISALAT when
ETISALAT commences checking and / or testing the cables.
(d) All cables shall be protected at duct entries by shielding as necessary against mechanical
damage and by packing with foam rubber to act as a cushion when any movement
occurs.
(e) During demolition of the roof of a manhole, the Contractor shall erect a deck of timber
between the cables and the roof of the manhole to protect ETISALAT plant from falling
debris in the following manner.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
(i) A minimum of four screw jacks shall be evenly spaced and placed horizontally between
the uppermost cables and the underside of the roof. A 25mm recess in each wall is
necessary for the screw jack plate; UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES shall friction joints
be used between the screw plate and wall. Lengths of poling boards or other similar
timber shall then be placed over the screw jacks to completely protect cables and/or other
equipment from falling debris.
(ii) Alternatively, the Contractor may use vertical and horizontal timber supports as follows:
a minimum of three 225mmx75mm timber uprights shall be evenly spaced against each
long wall of the manhole with 225mmx75mm timber shall be placed horizontally on top
of the uprights and secured, and between the uprights at the bottom; all positions to be
wedged and blocked to the satisfaction of the Site Engineer. Lengths of poling boards
or other similar timber shall then be placed on top of the horizontal supports.
(iii) When the manhole roof and walls have been demolished down to the level of the timber
decking and all debris removed, the cables and any other equipment shall be suspended
from the surface to the satisfaction of the Site Engineer
(iv) Cables and joints and other equipment shall be protected by dropping (not tying) with
several layers of sacking while the timber decking is being erected and dismantled, and
during the demolition of the remainder of the walls.
(f) During rebuilding operations cables shall be supported on wooden benches with cushion
of sacking or similar material once the floor has been laid and the concrete allowed to
set.
507. Duct Entries Into Existing Structures.
(a) General - structures such as jointing chamber, Telephone Exchanges, Repeater Stations
and other similar buildings, which contain cables and/or equipment liable to damage by
vibration, shall have all new duct entries cut with substantially vibration free cutting
equipment.
(b). Approved Methods. Where vibration-free cutting equipment is necessary as specified on

the schedule of Work or as directed by the Site Engineer the Contractor shall only
employ Diamond Impregnated or Rotary-Percussion drilling methods, PNEUMATIC
TOOLS, SLEDGE OR CLUB HAMMERS AND OTHER TOOLS MUST NOT BE
USED.
Any alternate method by the Contractor will be employed ONLY after approval by the
Site Engineer.
NOTE: The Contractor may use the services of a firm specializing in diamond drilling
on a sub-contract basis.
(c) Position of Entry - this will be as specified in the Schedule of Work or as directed by the
Site Engineer. Any departure from this position must be agreed with the Site Engineer
prior to the commencement of work.
(d) Protection - the Contractor shall carry out such protection of cables and/or equipment,
prior to drilling operations, as directed by the Site Engineer.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
(e) Reinforcement - where the method used requires that reinforcing bars are cut as a
separate operation bar-croppers or hacksaws only shall be used. Gas cutting equipment
must not be used.
(f) Anchor Irons - where possible new duct entries should be positioned at least 300mm
from any existing Anchor Iron. Where this clearance cannot be obtained, the anchor iron
concerned shall be sawn off. Gas cutting equipment must not be used.
508. Duct Entries.
The concrete around all ducts where they enter jointing chambers shall be carefully
flushed up and rendered in cement mortar.
509. Jointing Chamber Fittings.
Anchor Irons and other fittings shall be fixed as and where shown on the relevant
drawing, or in such other position as the Site Engineer.
510. Iron and Steel work.
(a) All iron and steel work, except as in Condition 510 (b), supplied by the Contractor and
which has not been galvanized by an approved method, shall be free from mill scale and
given one coat or red lead and oil after delivery, and two coats of an approved
bituminous paint after fixing.
(b) Any UN galvanized iron or steel which is to be embedded in concrete shall be free from
mud, oil, loose rust, loose mill scale, grease or any other substance which can be shown
to affect adversely the steel or concrete chemically, or reduce the bond. Normal handling
prior to embedment in the concrete is usually sufficient for the removal of loose rust and
scale from reinforcement.
(c) All reinforcement in the floor, roof and shaft shall be secured together by means of
approved wire ties sufficient to prevent displacement of the reinforcement during the
placing and compaction of the concrete.
511. Recovered Material.
After the demolition or alteration of existing jointing chambers, any recovered

serviceable material shall be delivered to a nominated ETISALAT site, or disposed of as
instructed by the Site Engineer
512. Sump.
Where a sump is provided the floor shall have a slight fall thereto.
513. Concreting.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
Concrete, when placed and if subject to rapid drying out by sun and/or wind, shall be
protected to prevent it becoming dry during the seven days following placing.
514. Joints in Concrete.
(a) Construction joints shall be provided where shown on the relative construction drawing.
A minimum of 12 hours shall elapse between the constructions stages thus indicated.
The construction joint shall be effected by cleaning the existing concrete, wetting it and
rendering with a 5mm layer of well trowelled cement mortar before the new concrete is
placed in position.
(b) Whenever possible, concrete walls shall be completed in one operation. Where this is
not practicable, construction joints shall be straight and well-furnished as shown in the
drawing. Before concrete is resumed, the surface of concrete on first side of joints is to
be thoroughly cleaned and the surface removed so as to expose the aggregate. This may
include proper hacking of the surface if the concrete is hard enough. The previous
concrete surface is then to be treated with a SBR based bonding compound as
recommended by the manufacturer for such applications, before placing any concrete
against it. The new concrete shall be well compacted (Condition. 516 refers) but care
shall be taken during its placing close to the joint. Such construction joints shall be cited
at least 150 mm from any anchor iron position.
515. Concrete Quality and Finish.
(a) Except where the quality of concrete is detailed on the construction drawing, all concrete
used for the construction of jointing chambers shall be Quality "A" as specified in the
Quality of Materials Section of this Specification.
No unauthorized repair shall be allowed to improve the finish of the concrete surface.
This shall be allowed only with the prior approval of the Site Engineer with approved
materials only.
(b). At his discretion, the Site Engineer may require test cubes to be taken of any batch of
site mixed concrete used for jointing chamber construction. Where ready mixed concrete
is used, the Site Engineer will require test cubes to be taken on the following basis:-
Joint Boxes A minimum of one test cubes from any

batch of concrete.
Manholes A minimum of three test cubes from
each batch of concrete.
PS: All test cubes shall be clearly marked for identification.

The equipment necessary for the making of the test cubes shall be provided by the
Contractor. The cubes shall be tested by a Testing Laboratory approved by ETISALAT
and the Contractor shall supply a copy of the test report to the Site Engineer within 14
days of the cubes being tested.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
Work will not normally be delayed for the result of any test to be ascertained. The
making, curing and testing of all cubes of concrete for compressive strength tests shall be
in accordance with BS 1881, Parts 3 and 4, and the results shall satisfy the following
table:-
(c) Whether test cubes have been taken or not, the Site Engineer may as a result of
inspection, rebound hammer tests or the cube tests, condemn the jointing chamber.
Alternatively test cores shall be taken and tested in accordance with BS 1881, Part 4.
The cores shall be examined and tested, and the estimated cube strength ascertained by
an approved and independent laboratory. The Contractor shall be provided with a copy
of the test report as soon as it is available and, if this indicates that the quality of the
concrete in the structure is unsatisfactory, the jointing chamber shall not be accepted.
(d) On completion of a jointing chamber the floor shall be rendered with cement mortar in
accordance with the relevant drawing (Condition 512 refers). The walls of concrete
jointing chambers shall have a smooth finish; any slight cavities exposed when the
shuttering is removed shall be made good with cement mortar, and any projections
removed. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THE WALLS BE COATED
WITH A CEMENT OR CEMENT/SANDWASH.
516. Compaction and Tamping of Concrete.

In construction of concrete or reinforced concrete jointing chambers, the concrete shall
be thoroughly worked and tamped into all parts of the moulds or forms and around the
reinforcement. All concrete shall be compacted by the use of a poker type vibrator until
a dense solid mass without voids is obtained, exceptionally, hand tamping may be
employed for un-reinforced concrete Footway joint boxes.
Care should be taken not to touch reinforcement steel with the poker during compaction.
519. Wet Situations.
In wet situations the contractor shall carry out additional measures to protect the
Cables and Joints, deemed necessary or as per advice from Site Engineer may
direct the Contractor to implement such methods as are deemed necessary to prevent
damage to freshly placed concrete or mortar and to ensure a waterproof jointing
chamber. These methods may include an independent sump, or the use of heavy duty
polyethylene sheet or other suitable material, or drainage beneath the concrete floor. The
construction shall be water tight, no leakage is permitted through the floor, construction
Joint wall or roof.
520. Shuttering.
(a) Subject to compliance with the drawings as regards dimensions, the Contractor shall be
at liberty to adopt any arrangement he may think fit for the make-up of shuttering. The
shuttering shall be oiled or lime-washed prior to concreting.
(b) In all cases the shuttering used shall be of such dimensions, and so constructed, as to
remain rigid and unyielding to weight and vibration during the laying and tamping of the
concrete. No shaking or jarring shall be permitted during setting.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
521. Removal of shuttering.

The minimum periods after completion of any concrete and/or block work which must
elapse before-
(a) the shuttering of jointing chambers is removed,
(b) the restoration of pavings or surfaces may be commenced,
© traffic is allowed to pass, are as follows:
Type of a) To removal of b) To removal of

cement used shuttering wall Shuttering Roof
Sulphate resisting or
24 hrs 7 days
mild sulphate resisting
FRAME AND COVERS, CARRIAGEWAY NOS 1, 2, 3

(DOUBLE TRIANGULAR TYPE)
534. Frames and Covers.
Ductile Carriage way Frames and Covers Nos. 1,2 and 3 are used for the following
jointing chambers.
Type of Frame and Used for Jointing Dimensions of No. of

Cover Chambers Opening Covers
All Carriage way
No. 1 610mmx610mm 2
Manholes
No. 2 JRC 12 1220mmx685mm 4

No. 3 JRC 14 1830mmx685mm 6
All the above Frame & Cover assembly shall be supplied with safety
grids.
536. Installation and Renewal and/or Changing Level using Cement or Resin Mortar or
Resin Bedding.
(a) Preparation of New Jointing Chambers - the jointing chamber walls or shaft shall be
terminated to and leveled off at a depth of 175 mm below the carriageway surface.
Where the joint box walls or manhole shaft is constructed of concrete, and the frame and
cover is to be set on resin mortar or resin bedding, the walls or shaft shall terminate at
this level with a course of suitable thickness quarry tiles on cement mortar. Installation
of the frame and cover must not be commenced until the concrete has been allowed to set
for at least 12 hours.
(b) Preparation of Existing Jointing Chambers - the existing frame and cover shall be
removed and the top of the jointing chamber walls or shaft cut back or built up, as the

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
case may be, and leveled off to approximately 175 mm below the carriageway surface.
Where building up is necessary bricks or quarry tiles of suitable thickness shall be used
and set on cement or resin mortar for cement mortar or resin installations respectively.
(c) Preparations of Frame and Covers - prior to installation remove the triangular covers and,
where provided, the safety grid(s), and ensure that the frame is clean, dry and free from
grease. Remove any loose rust or scale with a wire brush.
(d) Setting of Frame -
(i) Using Cement Mortar (Frames and Covers, Carriageway No.1 ONLY). The top surfaces
of the manhole shaft shall be brushed clean, moistened with water and a 20mm layer of
cement mortar trawled over the entire surface to be covered by the frame. The frame,
with covers removed, shall be lowered carefully onto the cement mortar and gently
tapped with a wooden punner until the top edge is level with the carriageway surface.
Any surplus mortar shall be struck off flush with the inside walls and, in the case of a
new manhole, haunched around and over the lower flange of the frame. For at least 2
hours after the frame has been set on the cement mortar, care must be taken not to disturb
or walk on the frame. The covers shall then be replaced and, in the case of an existing
manhole,
the sides of the excavation and frame shall be primed with bitumen emulsion and the
space around the frame shall be reinstated with coated macadam (Condition. 538 refer).
The coated macadam shall be well compacted in two layers with a suitable power
rammer to finish level with the top of the frame and the surrounding surface.
(e) Opening to Traffic. Before opening to traffic, it must be established that the covers do
not foul the safety grids or the sides of the shaft or joint box walls. If there is evidence of
fouling, it shall be obviated in a manner acceptable to the Site Engineer.
(i) Cement Mortar. The minimum period after installation of the frame which must elapse
before commencing reinstatement and opening to traffic shall be in accordance with
Condition 521, of this Specification in respect of the jointing chamber and bedding
under the frame.
538. Concrete Surrounding.
Any Jointing Chamber fitted with a Carriageway frame and cover shall have a concrete
surround of concrete Quality "A" to the depth of the frame and cover. The width of this
concrete surround shall extend to the outside of the structure wall or 150mm whichever
is the less. Opening to traffic shall be subject to Condition 521.
539. JOINT BOX NO. 23
(a) General. Joint Box No. 23 is a moulded fibre glass jointing chamber used for
accommodating distribution cable joints. Its normal use will be limited to installation on
Duct 56 routes or on direct buried (direct in ground) cables. It can accommodate one

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
sleeve 31A and is therefore ideal for underground distribution point position.
(b) Drawing. Details of measurement of JB 23 (with ductile iron cover) are given in
Drawing CN 13152.
(c) Installation. The excavation for installing a JB 23(with ductile iron cover) should be
such that any surrounding compacted soil or paving is disturbed as little or possible to
ensure that the box is well supported. Excavation should approximately measure 400mm
wide by 700mm long by 490mm deep. The base of the excavation which will support
the box should be compacted and if necessary imported material free from large stones
shall be used to provide a base.
After installation of the box the backfill soil, free from stones, should be well compacted
all around the box.
(d) Concrete Surround. Where installed in loose surface conditions, it may be necessary for
a concrete surround to be cast at the box position as per the Schedule of Work or as per
instruction by the Site Engineer. The surround shall be 150mm wide to a depth of
75mm concrete Quality "A" with one 10mm diameter by 225mm long right angled
reinforcing bar centrally located in concrete mass at each corner.
541. Joint Markers and Marking Posts.
The position of each buried jointing point shall be indicated by means of a steel Marker
post/protection post placed flush with the surface immediately over the centers of the
object, or a Marking Post positioned as directed by the Site Engineer.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
CABINET CROSS CONNECTION/

FDH (FIBER DISTRIBUTION HUB)
542. Excavation for Base.
(a) Excavations of the sizes shown on drawing CN 1464Z sheet 4 shall be made in the
positions indicated by the Site Engineer.
(b) The bottom of each excavation shall be well rammed.
543. Provision of Base.
(a) Template - a template shall be provided by the Contractor and used to register
accurately the positions of the Bends Duct No. 54D and Bolts Foundation Indented
No. 1 and their position relative to the footway surface the bends shall be so placed to
give the required depth of cover on the duct leaving the cabinet (Condition 313
refers) and to project 30mm above the proposed base. Any surplus duct shall be cut
off and removed (Condition 411 refers) after the base has been placed and the periods
given in Condition 543 (b) have elapsed. The foundation bolts and the earth
rod/spike shall be fixed in the template so that they are set vertically in the base and to
project 40mm and 100mm respectively above the proposed base. Where cabinets are
installed on slopping ground, it may be necessary for part of the base to be above
ground in order to open fully the cabinet doors. The height of the base is determined
by the Site Engineer for sites that are liable to flooding and the base should be raised
accordingly.
(b) Concreting - prior to concreting the ends of the PVC duct bends shall be sealed with
plugs (Duct and Cable Laying Section refers). Concrete Quality "A" shall be used for
the base and shall be placed round the PVC duct bends and carefully leveled at a depth
of 75mm below the surface of the ground or paving, as measured at the center of the
base. The minimum period, after the completion of concreting, which must elapse
before the cabinet is erected, shall be 48 hours.
544. Erection of Cabinet.
(a) The surface of the concrete must be thoroughly cleaned and bedding of cement mortar
laid to a depth of 13mm over that part of the surface on which the plinth will seat.
Before drying, the plinth should be placed in position and secured by the foundation
bolts at the four corners. The cement mortar should then be struck off in line with the
inside of the plinth and on the outside trowel led to form a fillet around the flange to
assist in drainage of water. With the cabinet door removed access to sealing putty,
cabinet securing bolts and washers is obtained. Positioned 20mm. away from the
central cut out of the plinth lay and press out a 3mm thick x 13 mm wide single
continuous strip of sealing putty onto the plinth. Position the cabinet body onto the
plinth and bolt down with the supplied washers and hexagon bolts so as to spread the
putty and seal. Scrape off with a blunt tool any excess putty which protrudes beyond
the cabinet exterior. Finally the inside of the cabinet base should be sealed using
Resin Pack 6A.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
(b). Back-filling of the excavations shall proceed in accordance with the filling-in and
Restoration of Paving Section of this Specification.
546. Key.
Key obtainable from the Site Engineer is required to open Cabinets Cross-
Connection.
547. Cabinets base, CATV Node, ONU base, kiosk base.
Where required the concrete base shall be built as per ETISALAT drawing or as per
manufacturer’s drawing.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
FILLING-IN AND RESTORATION OF PAVING SECTION
INDEX

601. General 604. Sealing
602 Ramming 605. Obligations
603. Compaction Test
601. General.
(a) The Contractor shall execute interim restoration and permanent reinstatement, except
as in Condition 86 of Standard Conditions to the satisfaction of the Site Engineer.
(b) The operation of filling-in a trench shall not normally be commenced until the work to
be covered thereby has been approved by the Site Engineer. Filling-in may only
commence before such approval is given, provided that, prior permission has been
received from the Site Engineer, and the Contractor agrees to excavate fill and
reinstate such tests holes as may be requested later by the Site Engineer
602. Ramming.
(a) The periods of time between the placing of concrete and the commencement of back-
filling shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Duct and Cable Laying
Section and the Jointing Chambers Section of this Specification, and must be strictly
followed.
(b) All spaces outside the walls of jointing chambers, duct laid in concrete in trench and
all other duct laid in trench shall be carefully filled in with granular material or
concrete as directed by the Site Engineer and rammed, care being taken to ensure that
the ramming does not disturb any recently completed work.
(c ) All ducts not laid in concrete shall be covered by a layer of earth, free from stones,
and hand punned to a thickness of not less than 100 mm, or as otherwise directed by
the Site Engineer.
(d) Except where otherwise directed by the Site Engineer, all materials shall be replaced in
150 to 230 mm layers or according to authorities specification/requirement, in the
reverse order to which they were excavated and thoroughly compacted. Mechanical
punners shall normally be used. If this is impracticable and hand punning is employed,
there shall be at least three punners to one filler.
No excavated material shall be reused without the approval of the Site Engineer. Where
new material is insisted by authorities, or required for scope of Contractor shall
arrange the same without any additional cost to Etisalat. The cost of such material
also shall be considered as a part of schedule of works of duct laying and joint box
construction. The required material tests to be conducted as directed by the
authorities (either by the authority themselves or in the laboratory approved by the
authorities) and the cost of the conducting tests to meet the requirements of
authorities is also considered as a part of schedule of works of duct laying and joint
box construction.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
603. Compaction Test.

(a) Back filled excavation shall be tested at various levels by applying and continuously
operating either, an explosive type rammer weighing approximately 102 Kg. over an area
of one half square metre for a period of three minutes, or a vibration rammer weighing
not less than 50 Kg. over a similar area for three minutes or less if the behavior of the
machine indicated maximum compaction. Rammers used for the compaction tests must
be in efficient working order. At least one test, in a position selected by, and in the
presence of the Site Engineer, shall be carried out during back-filling as follows:
(i) Carriageway trench excavations - within a 50 metre length of trench or between
jointing chambers and/or jointing chamber positions, whichever is the shorter, and
(ii) in all other carriageway excavations.
( b). Further tests shall be carried out in the carriage way or footway, at such times and
locations as the Site Engineer considers necessary.
( c). The compaction will be considered satisfactory providing the tests show no measurable
change level. A measurable change in level is a depression which cannot be rectified by
reshaping the tested area, and consequently requires additional material, which when
compaction will restore the surface of the test area to the original level. Should any
measurable change in level occur, then the area of faulty compaction as defined by the
results of this and further check tests shall be rectified as required by the Site Engineer,
under the terms of condition 24 of the Standard Conditions.
At all times the test results shall provide 98% MDD (Max Dry Density) compaction. The
local authorities requirements and procedures are also applicable.
Minimum two test per 50m run, and or additional tests or repeated test as
required by the authorities shall be considered inclusive in the schedule of rates.
604. Sealing.
(a ). A sealing coat capable of preventing the ingress of water shall, unless otherwise
specified, be provided before opening to traffic any back-filled excavation in carriage
ways or footways which have sealed paving that cannot be relayed as an interim
measure. Tar or Bitumen Macadam sufficiently well graded to be an effective seal or
other similar approved material shall be used. Before the sealing coat is inserted the cut
edges of the existing paving must be brushed clean and coated with an approved
emulsion. Paving of Flags and other similar types that can be relayed, as an interim
measure will require the sealing coat where spaces are left unpaved, at the interim stage.
The sealing coat shall be not less than 50mm in thickness.
(b ). The Site Engineer will not allow the inclusion of an interim sealing coat as part of the
permanent reinstatement unless:
(i) Prior approval of the Street Authority's Surveyor is obtained via the Site Engineer.
Where the local authority elects to carry out the permanent reinstatement the contractor
shall perform all the works related to interim restoration. However the thickness of
interim restoration of the paving shall not be less than 50mm and the compaction
requirements are fully met.
ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
(ii) The sealing coat to a minimum of 75mm whatever the materials used, or such greater
depth as shall be agreed with the Surveyor/ Site Engineer.
The method of inserting the sealing coat is to permanent reinstatement standards, that is,
trimmed and fluxed edges, agreed materials, etc.
Little, if any, settlement has occurred after an adequate interim period. This period will
normally be 3 months, but may be modified with the written agreement of the Site
Engineer.
(c ) Sealing coats less than 75mm will not be accepted by the Site Engineer as part of the
permanent reinstatement. Rates for the work must allow for complete removal of the
interim sealing coat at the permanent reinstatement stage.
A temporary reinstatements shall cover all the work of the permanent reinstatement with
the exception of the top paving restored to 50mm thick.
605. Obligations.
Whatever method is used, the filling-in and the restoration of Paving shall comply with
the obligations imposed on ETISALAT.
605.1 Filling in and restoration of Excavation.
The contractor shall excavate and fill & ram the trenches excavated to clear blockages
in the duct, to the full satisfaction of the Site Engineer.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS SECTION
INDEX
Para. Title Para. Title
701. General 703. Resin Pack No. 6A

702. P.V.C. Cement and Methylated 704. Resin Bedding and Resin
Spirits Mortar
701. General.
(a) Ducts, pipes and cables existing in the ground shall not be diverted either by levering or
otherwise; they shall not be allowed to rest upon (other than as a temporary means of
support) or to be incorporated into any part of ETISALAT structures or duct. This shall
apply unless the Site Engineer otherwise directs, in which case the Site Engineer will
be responsible for obtaining the agreement of the owner of the existing apparatus to the
arrangements to be adopted.
(b) Where it is proposed that LASER (Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of

Radiation) equipment is to be used in connection with any work to this Specification,
details shall be supplied in advance to ETISALAT for approval. Any safety
precautions required by the Site Engineer for the operation of Laser equipment shall
be observed.
(c) When using certain materials referred to in this Specification, the safety precautions
contained in the following paragraphs should be observed.
702. P.V.C. Cement and Methylated Spirits.
When using P.V.C. Cement and/or methylated spirits, care should be taken to ensure that
working areas are adequately ventilated. Naked flames should not be used under any
circumstances and smoking should not be permitted.
703. Resin Pack No. 6A
When mixing and/or using Resin Pack No. 6A:-
(a) Barrier cream should be applied to the hands, and forearms if exposed, before
handling the resin.
(b) Disposable gloves should be worn.
(c) After use, all soiled containers waste and gloves should be disposed of in a refuse bin.
(d) The resin should always be mixed in a well-ventilated place.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
704
(1) The contractor is responsible for the safety of the pedestrians, vehicles for their own
working staff.
(2) Proper approved traffic signboard and flashlights, warning tapes shall be used throughout
the execution of the job to the entire satisfaction of the Site Engineer and the authorities.
(3) Access to the business and the residence etc shall be always maintained.
(4) No time the excavation shall be left open unreasonably affecting the users of footpath
and road.
(5) As far as possible the work at a new location may not be commenced without completing
the earlier commenced portions.
(6) All safety measures required by any local authorities including appointment of safety
officer for fieldwork should be followed without any delay or extra cost.

ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
TOOLS, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT SECTION
INDEX
Par. Title
801 Articles required for the scope of work
801. Articles required for the scope of work
Contractor shall arrange such of the following list or other articles as may be required
for the scope of work.
Anchor Irons for Jointing Chambers

Bends, Duct-PVC
Bolts, Arm
Bolts, Foundation Indented
Boxes, Joint No. 23
Brackets, Joint Box
Cable Bearers
Cable, Cable Drums
Capping, Rolled Steel or PVC
Cap end sealing.
Clips Binding
Collars, Gland Caulking
Compound No. 14
Compound No. 16
Compound No. 20
Compound No. 21
Connectors, Bend
Couplings, All types
Glands, Caulking
Discs, Caulking No. 1
Draw Rope No. 1
Ducts, PVC, and Polyethylene or other types as specified.
Frames and Covers for Jointing Chambers and all types
Gratings Sump
Grips, Stay
Hooks,
Ladders with Hooks and Bar
Mixture No. 2
Nails, Bonding
ESS LPD
VERSION-1(2012)
Numbers, Poles Plastic

Plugs
Poles Wood
Duct Plugs for Duct 54D, Duct 56.
Duct Couplings and accessories.
Mini Plugs, Quards Plugs, Tri Plugs for Sub Ducts.
HDPE ducts with required fixtures
Sub Duct couplings and accessories.
Lubricants.
Cable seals.
Duct seals.
Resin Pack No.6A
Rod, Stay
Screw Coach
Spike/Rod, Earth
Strips, Binding
Steps, Manhole
Steps, Pole
Washers, No. 19
Wire Stay
Wire Copper Earth
Brushes Cylindrical for cleaning ducts
Diaries
Keys, Joint Boxes
Key, Lifting, for Manhole Covers
Keys, Cabinet
Mandrels, Testing
Plugs, Pressure No.1

Combined Du and ETC - ISP and OSP Design Guidelines PDF

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Combined Du and ETC - ISP and OSP Design Guidelines PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Combined Du and ETC - ISP and OSP Design Guidelines PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COMMON DU & ETC - ISP AND OSP DESIGN GUIDELINES

COMMON DU & ETC -

Etisalat and Du has joined together in “Common” agreement to cooperate in the

This document covers the following ISP building types:

1.1 Meet-Me-Room (MMR)

 Architectural layouts - Appendix-6- Architectural

 Structural layouts - Appendix-6- Structural

 Electrical layout - Appendix-6- Electrical

 Mechanical layout - Appendix-6- Mechanical

1.2 LEAD-IN DUCTS

 Scenario 1 – Duct network already exists

 Scenario 2 – Duct network is still to be built

1.3 LEAD-IN DUCTS - building entry

1.4 LEAD-IN DUCTS – entry box

2 Inside Plant Common Infrastructure Specifications (ISP)

2.1 TELECOM SPACES

2.1.1 TELECOM ROOMS - general

The following room types are covered:

2.1.2 General Electromechanical (EM) requirements for Main Telecom room

 4 x 13A Twin Socket distributed on the walls of the MTR

 One number of AC and DC Earth bars

 A/C Unit – to maintain the temperature at 24°C

 2 nos. handheld CO2 cylinder extinguishers to be provided inside the room.

2.1.3 General Electromechanical (EM) requirements for Main Telecom room

2.1.4 TELECOM ROOMS - main telecom room

2.1.5 TELECOM ROOMS -floor telecom room

Refer to the Mini ODF (Splice cabinet) detail in Appendix-1-Figure-15

2.1.6 TELECOM ROOMS – safety and general fit-out

2.1.7 Roof-Top and Mobile Service Room

 2 number of AC & DC earth bars connected to the dedicated earth pits

 Heat dissipation can be considered at 36kW for Roof-Top Room

 2 nos. handheld CO2 cylinder extinguishers to be provided inside the

 Room should be provided with adequate lighting with minimum of 200

2.1.7.2 TELECOM ROOMS – Mobile-service rooms (more than G+10 floors)

 2 number of AC & DC earth bars connected to the dedicated earth pits

 Provide 2 x 63A TP isolator fed with dedicated feeder from essential

 Heat dissipation can be considered at 26KW for mobile service room

 2 nos. handheld CO2 cylinder extinguishers to be provided inside the

 Room should be provided with adequate lighting with minimum of 200

2.2 HOME AND OFFICE CONSOLIDATION CABINETS – Residential &

2.2.1 Home Consolidation Cabinet – Serving up to 24 port of RJ-45 per Tenant

2.3 BUSINESS CONSOLIDATION CABINETS – Commercial Predefined Rooms

2.3.1 BUSINESS CONSOLIDATION CABINETS - Commercial Shell and Core

2.4.2 VERTICAL CONTAINMENT - Multi-Tenant Buildings

2.4.3 VERTICAL CONTAINMENT – Within the Home/Villa/Warehouse

2.4.5 HORIZONTAL CONTAINMENT – Mobile service Antenna

2.4.6 HORIZONTAL CONTAINMENT – Within the Home/Villa/Warehouse

 300 mm x 300 mm x 150 mm (L x W x D)

2.4. 7 HORIZONTAL CONTAINMENT – Groups of Towers

 300 mm x 100 mm (W x H) with Heavy Duty Return Flange (HDRF)

2.5 Fiber Termination Components and PON splitters

The following Fiber Termination components are to be provided to splice multicore SM

2.5.1 General GPON Optical Splitter Specification

 Optical Splitter shall be made of Planar Lightwave Circuit (PLC) type

 Manufacturer of Optical Splitters shall be fully compliant with Telcordia GR-

2.5.2 High density (2 in x 32 out) Connectorized Modular Splitter Specification

 High density modular splitters shall be used for a building, which

 The modular splitters will be fitted inside the splitter chassis.(Sub-